environmental impact assessment - Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Transcription

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
FOR THE PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURKHA (NORTH) LIGNITE
MINE PROJECT (3 MTPA TO 5 MTPA IN ML AREA OF 3672 HA)
LOCATED AT TEHSIL GHOGHA, BHAVNAGAR DISTRICT, GUJARAT
GUJARAT MINERAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED
GUJARAT
April 2013
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed expansion of
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of
3672 ha) located at Tehsil Ghogha, District Bhavnagar, Gujarat
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S. NO.
CONTENTS
PAGE NO
CHAPTER-I : INTRODUCTION
1.1
Purpose of the Report
1
1.2
Identification of Project & Project Proponent
2
1.2.1
Project
2
1.2.2
Project Proponent
3
Brief Discussion of Project
4
1.3.1
Nature of the Project
4
1.3.2
Size of the Project
4
1.3.3
Location of the Project
4
1.3.4
Connectivity
4
1.3.5
Importance to the Country & Region
6
1.4
Scope of the Study
7
1.5
Methodology
10
1.5.1
Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status
10
1.5.2
Environmental Impact Assessment
11
1.5.3
Preparation of Environmental Management Plan
11
1.3
CHAPTER-II : PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Type of Project
13
2.2
Need for the Project
13
2.3
Location of Surkha (North) Lignite mine
13
2.4
Size or Magnitude of Operation
16
2.5
Proposed Schedule and Approval for Implementation
17
2.6
Technology and Process Description
19
2.6.1
Mining Technology
19
2.6.2
Process Description
20
2.6.3
Quarry Layout
22
Project Description
22
2.7.1
Topography
22
2.7.2
Drainage Pattern
22
2.7
i
S. NO.
CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
2.7.3
General Geology
23
2.7.4
Geology of the Bhavnagar Block
24
2.7.5
Details of Exploration
35
2.7.6
Reserves and Grade
37
2.7.6.1
Methods of Geological Reserves Estimate
40
2.7.6.2
Quarriable Geological Reserves
40
2.7.6.3
Quality of the Lignite
42
2.7.6.4
Mineable Reserves and Anticipated Life of the Mine
43
Year Wise Development and Production Details
43
2.7.7.1
Mining Carried Out in Past Three Years
45
2.7.7.2
Details of Year-wise Mining during first Five years
45
2.7.8
Design Parameters of Mining (Opencast Working)
55
2.7.9
Mining Machinery
61
2.7.10
Haul roads
64
2.7.11
Pyrite Removal Plant
65
2.7.12
Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste
65
2.7.12.1
Nature of Top Soil and Overburden/Waste
65
2.7.12.2
Year/Stage wise Waste Generation
65
2.7.12.3
Waste Disposal Sites
66
2.7.13
Reclamation and Rehabilitation
66
2.7.14
Mine Drainage
67
2.7.15
Employment Potential
69
2.7.16
Site Services
70
2.7.17
Land Requirement
74
2.7.18
Water Requirement
75
2.7.19
Power Requirement
76
2.8
Sources of Pollution
77
2.8.1
Air Pollution
77
2.8.2
Hydrological Conditions
81
2.8.3
Water Resources and Quality
81
2.7.7
ii
S. NO.
CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
2.8.4
Top Soil and Overburden Generation
82
2.8.5
Noise Levels and Vibration
82
CHAPTER - III : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1
Introduction
84
3.2
Meteorology
84
3.2.1
Meteorological data recorded at site
85
3.2.2
Secondary Data from Indian Meteorological Dept. (IMD), Surat
87
Air Quality
88
3.3.1
Selection of Sampling Locations
88
3.3.2
Frequency and Parameters for Sampling
89
3.3.3
Instruments used for Sampling & Analysis
89
3.3.4
Sampling and Analytical Techniques
91
3.3.5
Presentation of Results
92
3.3.6
Observations of Results
94
Noise Environment
95
3.4.1
Methodology
95
3.5
Water Quality
99
3.5.1
Water Sampling Locations
99
3.5.2
Presentation of Results
100
3.6
Soil Environment
106
3.6.1
Data Generation
106
3.6.2
Soil Sampling Locations
106
3.6.3
Baseline Soil Status
108
3.6.4
Observations
111
Biological Environment
111
3.7.1
Assessment of Ecological Environment
112
3.7.2
Flora
113
3.7.3
Fauna
116
Land Use Studies
118
3.3
3.4
3.7
3.8
iii
S. NO.
CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
3.8.1
Study Area
118
3.8.2
Methodology
119
3.8.3
Scale of mapping
121
3.8.4
Interpretation Technique
121
3.8.5
Field Verification
122
3.8.6
Description of the Land Use / land cover classes
125
3.8.7
Land use Pattern Based on Census Data
127
3.9
Demography and Socio-economics
128
3.9.1
Methodology Adopted for the Study
128
3.9.2
Demographic Aspects
128
3.9.3
Social Structure
129
3.9.4
Literacy Levels
130
3.9.5
Occupational Structure
130
3.9.6
Infrastructure Facilities
131
CHAPTER-IV : ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
Details of the Environmental Impacts
134
4.1.1
Impact on Climate
134
4.1.2
Impact on Topography and Drainage
135
4.1.3
Impact on Land Use
136
4.1.4
Impact on Topsoil
138
4.1.5
Impact on Air Quality
138
4.1.5.1
Air Pollution Impact Prediction through Dispersion Modeling
142
4.1.5.2
24 Hourly Incremental Ground Level Concentrations
144
4.1.5.3
Measures of Minimizing Impacts
149
4.1.5.4
Overall Air Impact due to the Mining Operations
150
Impact on Water Regime
150
4.1.6.1
Water Demand
150
4.1.6.2
Source of Water
150
4.1.6.3
Impact on Surface Water Quality
151
4.1.6
iv
S. NO.
4.1.6.4
CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
Changes in Aquifer Properties
152
Wastewater Generation, Treatment & Disposal
153
Measures for Minimizing Adverse Impacts
154
Impact on Noise Levels and Ground Vibrations
156
Noise Impact on Working Environment
156
Impact due to Ground Vibrations
162
4.1.9.1
165
4.1.10
Topsoil and Overburden (OB)
166
167
Impact on Traffic Load
169
Haulage/Transport
170
4.1.12
Impact on Socio - Economic Aspects
171
4.1.13
Impact on Sensitive Locations
173
Irreversible & Irretrievable Commitments of Environmental
173
4.1.7
4.1.7.1
4.1.8
4.1.8.1
4.1.9
4.1.10.1
4.1.11
4.1.11.1
4.2
Components
4.3
Mitigation Measures
174
4.3.1
Air Pollution Management
174
4.3.2
Water Quality Management
179
4.3.3
Noise and Vibration
181
4.3.4
Land Reclamation
183
4.3.5
Afforestation Program and Conservation Strategies for Flora
186
4.3.6
Socio-Economic Development
193
4.4
Community Development Action Plan
193
4.5
Suggested Measures
194
4.6
Occupational Health (Impacts and Mitigation Measures)
195
4.6.1
Identification of Work Related Health Hazards
195
4.6.2
Ranking of Risks to Public Health
197
4.6.3
Assessment of Risks
197
4.6.4
Measures to Communicate Risks for Prevention and Control
197
v
S. NO.
Table of Contents
CONTENTS
PAGE NO
CHAPTER-V: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE
5.1
Site Alternatives under Consideration
198
5.2
Analysis of Alternative Technology
198
Method of Mining
198
5.2.1
CHAPTER-VI :ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
6.1
Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures
199
6.2
Environmental Monitoring
199
6.3
Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environment Monitoring
201
6.3.1
Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis
202
6.3.2
Water and Wastewater Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis
202
6.4
Monitoring Equipment and Consumables
202
6.5
Occupational Health and Safety
203
6.6
Budgetary Allocation for Environment Protection
204
CHAPTER-VII : ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1
Public Consultation
205
7.2
Mine Closure Plan
205
7.2.1
Various Aspects Of Mine Closure Plan
207
7.2.2
Reason for Closure
207
7.2.3
Statutory Obligations
207
7.2.4
Details of Mine Closure Plan
210
7.2.4.1
Mined Out Land & Reclamation
211
7.2.4.2
Water Quality Management
213
7.2.4.3
Air Quality Management
214
7.2.4.4
Solid Waste Management
215
7.2.4.5
Topsoil Management
217
7.2.4.6
Management of washery / Plant reject
218
7.2.4.7
Disposal of Mining Machinery
218
7.2.4.8
Other Infrastructure
218
7.2.4.9
Safety & Security
219
Economic Repercussions of closure of Mine and Manpower
219
7.2.5
Retrenchments
vi
S. NO.
7.2.5.1
Table of Contents
CONTENTS
PAGE NO
Manpower
219
7.2.6
Time Schedule of Abandonment
221
7.2.7
Abandonment Cost
222
7.2.7.1
Annual Recurring Closure Cost
223
7.2.8
Responsibility of Mine Owner
224
7.2.9
Provision for Mine Closure
224
224
7.3.1
Occupational Health
225
7.3.2
Safety Plan
226
7.3.2.1
Statutory Rules
226
7.3.2.2
227
7.3.2.3
Safety Aspects for Outsourcing of the HEMM / Equipment and
Workers
Stability of Benches, Quarry High Walls and Spoil Dumps
229
7.3.2.4
Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water
229
7.3.2.5
Prevention of Flooding of Equipment Deployed at Bottom Horizons
230
7.3.2.6
Prevention of Electric Shocks
230
7.3.2.7
Dust Suppression & Dilution of Exhaust Fumes
230
7.3.2.8
Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention
231
7.3.2.9
Measures during Drilling and Blasting
232
Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
232
7.4.1
Approach to the Study
233
7.4.2
Possible Hazards in Opencast Coal Mines
235
7.4.2.1
Blasting
235
7.4.2.2
Overburden
235
7.4.2.3
Heavy Machinery
235
7.4.2.4
Storage of Explosives
235
7.4.2.5
Fuel Storage
237
7.4.2.6
Water Logging
237
7.4.2.7
Hazard Identification
237
7.4.3
Disaster Management Plan
241
7.4.4
Emergency Facilities
247
7.4.5
Emergency Actions
250
7.3
7.4
vii
S. NO.
CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
7.4.6
General
249
7.4.7
Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan
251
7.5
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
254
7.5.1
Village wise Expenditure details of CSR activity completed
255
7.5.2
Monitoring and Evaluation
257
CHAPTER-VIII : PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1
Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure
259
8.2
Improvement in the Social Infrastructure
259
8.3
260
CHAPTER-IX : ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS
9.1
Institutional Arrangements for Environment Protection and
261
Conservation
9.1.1
Environmental Department
261
CHAPTER-X : SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
10.1
Summary
263
10.2
Conclusion
263
CHAPTER-XI: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
11
Disclosure of Consultants
270
11.1
Introduction
270
11.2
Quality Policy
271
11.3
Services Offered
271
11.4
Sectors We Serve
272
11.5
Study Team
273
ANNEXURE
1
Copy of Environmental Clearance issued for 3 MTPA with
274
Compliance Report
2
Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MoEF
303
3
Compliance Report for TOR Conditions
310
4
Ambient Air Quality Results
320
5
Land use pattern
332
6
Demographic details
333
viii
S. NO.
7
CONTENTS
Proceedings of the Earlier Public Hearing
Table of Contents
PAGE NO
334(A-H)345
8
Land use map – Agriculture & Govt Land
346
9
Water supply commitment letter
347
10
Environmental Policy
349
11
ISO certificates
360
12
NABET certificate of EIA Consultant
364
13
Variation in village names
368
ix
Table of Contents
LIST OF TABLES
S. No.
Tables
Page No
1.1
Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring
9
2.1
Details of Environmental Setting
14
2.2
Salient Features of the Project
16
2.3
Block-wise Geological Reserves (Fresh Estimate after recent Drilling)
41
2.4
Production Planning as per Earlier Approved Mining Plan
44
2.5
New Schedule of Production
44
2.6
Production Obtained During Past Three Years
45
2.7
Proposed Pit Geometry w.r.t. Revised Production Schedule
45
2.8
Conceptual Mine Planning
48
2.9
Year-wise Requirement of Explosives for 32 mm Holes
58
2.10
Year-wise Requirement of Explosives for 100 mm Holes
59
2.11
Standard Capacities of Selected Machinery
62
2.12
Requirement of Heavy Earth Moving Machines (HEMM)
64
2.13
Requirement of Ancillary Equipment
64
2.14
Waste Generation
65
2.15
Description of Overburden Dumps
66
2.16
Land Use Break-Up During Pre-mining Stage
74
2.17
Break-up Of Lease Area as per Mining Operations
75
2.18
Water Requirement
76
2.19
Likely Noise Levels of the Major Mining Equipment
83
3.1
Summary of the Meteorological Data Generated at Site
85
3.2
Summary of Wind Pattern in Study Area
85
3.3
Climatalogical Data Station (IMD), Surat
87
3.4
Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
88
3.5
Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
91
3.6
93
3.7
Details of Noise Monitoring Locations
95
3.8
Ambient Noise Levels Recorded in Study Area [dB(A)]
98
3.9
Ambient Noise Standards
98
x
S. No.
Tables
Table of Contents
Page No
3.10
100
3.11a
Ground Water Sample Results
102
3.11b
Ground Water Sample Results
103
3.11c
Surface & Sea Water Sample Results
105
3.12
Details of Soil Sampling Locations
108
3.13.a
Soil Sample Results
108
3.13.b
Soil Sample Results
109
3.13.c
Standard Soil Classification
110
3.14
List of Floral Species Present in the Study Area
113
3.15
List of Fauna Present in the Study Area
116
3.16
Land use Breakup Based On IRS - P6 Data -2010
125
3.17
Land Use Pattern of Study Area
128
3.18
Distribution OF Population IN Study Area - 2001
129
3.19
Distribution of Population by Social Structure - 2001
130
3.20
Distribution of Literates and Literacy Rates - 2001
130
3.21
Occupational Structure - 2001
131
3.22
Educational Facilities in the Study Area
132
3.23
Health Facilities in the Study Area
132
4.1
Details of Pre-mining Land Use Pattern
137
4.2
Proposed Land use Pattern of Mine Lease Area
137
4.3
Emission Factor for Various Mining Operations for Lignite Mining
143
4.4
The Maximum 24-Hr Average GLCs Values
144
4.5
24 Hourly Incremental Ground Level Concentrations for PM10 at
145
Villages
4.6
Expected Noise Levels
157
4.7
Predicted Noise Levels from Mining Activities
158
4.8
Predicted Ground Vibration as Vector Peak Particle Velocity
163
4.9
Solid Wate Generation Details (Lac. m3)
166
4.10
Details of Heights & Capacities of External OB Dumps
168
4.11
Topsoil Quantity for 1st Five Year of Mine Operation
169
4.12
Requirement of HEMM / equipments
170
xi
S. No.
Table of Contents
Tables
Page No
4.13
Stage Wise Cumulative Land Use And Reclamation Area
184
4.14
Post Closure Reclamation & Rehabilitation Activities
185
4.15
Afforestation Programme
189
4.16
Recommended Plants for Greenbelt
191
4.17
Work Related Health Hazards
195
6.1
Implementation Schedule
199
6.2
Monitoring Schedule for Environment Parameters
200
6.3
Cost of Environment Protection Measures
204
7.1
Conditions Imposed by Regulatory Authorities and Status of
208
Compliance
7.2
Year wise Reclamation of Land During First 5 Years
211
7.3
Post-mining Land Use Pattern of ML/Project Area (Ha)
212
7.4
214
7.5
Redesigned Overburden Management
216
7.6
Time Schedule of Abandonment
221
7.7
Tentative Abandonment Cost
223
7.8
Category wise Schedule of Proposed Storage Tank
237
7.9
Properties of Fuels / Chemicals Used at the Coal Mine
238
7.10
Applicability of GOI Rules to Fuel / Chemical Storage
238
7.11
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index for Storage Facilities
239
7.12
Village wise Expenditure Details of CSR Activity Completed by
256
GMDC
7.13
Budget for the Proposed Activities Planned in the Upcoming
257
Years
10.1
Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation
xii
264
Table of Contents
LIST OF FIGURES
S. NO.
FIGURES
PAGE NO
1.1
Geographical Location of the Project
5
1.2
Study Area Map (10-Km Raidus)
8
2.1
Surface Plan
18
2.2
Drainage Map – Core & Buffer Zone
31
2.3
Regional Geological Map
32
2.4
Local Geological Plan
33
2.5
Geological Sections
34
2.6
Plan Showing the Location of Boreholes
38
2.7
Borehole Lithologs (New Bore Holes)
39
2.8
Mine Pit Position at end of 1st Year
49
2.9
Mine Pit Position at end of 2nd year
50
2.10
Mine Pit Position at end of 3rd year
51
2.11
Mine Pit Position at end of 4th year
52
2.12
Mine Pit Position at end of 5th year
53
2.13
Conceptual Mining Plan
54
2.14
Drilling and Blasting Pattern
60
3.1
Wind Rose Diagram FOR Pre monsoon Season 2012
86
3.2
Air Quality Sampling Locations
90
3.3
Noise Sampling Locations
96
3.4
101
3.5
Soil Sampling Locations
107
3.6
Flow Chart Showing Methodology of Land Use Mapping
120
3.7
Satellite Image of Study Area
123
3.8
Land use/Land cover Map of Study Area
124
4.1
Predicted 24 hourly GLC Isopleths for PM10 for Pre-monsoon Season
146
Predicted 24 Hourly Glc Isopleths For Pm10 For
Pre-Monsoon Season Superimposed On Study Area Map
Predicted 24 Hourly Glc Isopleths For Pm10 For
Pre-Monsoon Season Superimposed On Study Area Map
147
4.3
Water Balance
151
4.4
Flow Sheet for Effluent Treatment Plant
154
4.2.a
4.2.b
xiii
148
Table of Contents
4.5.a
Noise Level Contour due Mining Activités
160
4.5.b
Noise Level Contour due Mining Activities
161
4.6
Ground Vibration Counters
164
7.1
Mine Closure Plan Final Year
206
7.2
Identification of Hazards in Opencast Mine
236
9.1
Hierarchical System of the Company to deal with Environmental Issues
262
xiv
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Purpose of the Report
Chapter I
Introduction
Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited (GMDC) is a public sector company
of the Government of Gujarat, established in the year 1963 for extraction and
development of mineral wealth in the State. GMDC is mining lignite since 1973. GMDC is
involved in mining of lignite, bauxite, fluorspar, manganese, limestone, Thermal & Wind
Power Generation, etc.
GMDC possesses a lignite mine lease with total lease area of 3672 ha in village Surkha,
Taluka Ghogha, District Bhavnagar of Gujarat. The Lignite production in Surkha (North)
Lignite Mine began on 14th December, 2008. GMDC has obtained Environmental
clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests, GoI, New Delhi for 3 Million
Tonnes per Annum of lignite on 07th May 2007 vide letter no. J-11015/234/2006-IA II
(M) which is enclosed along with latest compliance report as Annexure – I.
GMDC has proposed to increase the production of above mine from its existing
production capacity of 3.0 Million Tonnes per Annum to 5.0 Million Tonnes Per Annum
without increasing the mine lease area. The existing mine lease of 3672 ha is allotted by
the Ministry of Coal, Government of India to GMDC vide its letter No. 48024/1/2000-Lig
dated 05.12.2001. The mine plan for 3 MTPA was approved by Ministry of Coal in its
letter no. No. 48024/1/2000 -Lig/CA - I dated 17.07.2006. GMDC has also applied to
Ministry of Coal for mine plan approval for 5 MTPA vide its letter no. GMDC/Geo/Bhav
Mine Plan/2967/11-12 dated 03.06.2011 and a presentation has made to MoC on
19.10.2011. The 1st revision of Mining Plan has been done and after then, Ministry of
Coal has raised only one query vide its letter No. 34011/39/2011-CPAM dated 25-092012. GMDC has replied against this query vide its letter no. GMDC/GEO/126/2012-13
dated 15-10-2012 and the same has received by MOC on 18-10-2012.
As per EIA Notification 2006, proposed expansion of lignite mines having area ≥ 150 ha
requires Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF),
1
Chapter I
Introduction
New Delhi under Category ‘A’. As a part of above process, the application (Form-1)
submitted by GMDC for the proposed expansion project was considered by the Expert
Appraisal Committee (Thermal & Coal Mining Projects) in its meeting held during 23rd –
24th January 2012 for issuing Terms of Reference (ToR). The Committee has suggested
specific Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparation of the EIA report and Environmental
Management Plan vide its letter No. J-11015/274/2011-IA.II (M) dated March 2012,
enclosed as Annexure – II.
This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study report is prepared for obtaining
Environmental Clearance (EC) from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),
Government of India, New Delhi for the proposed expansion project.
GMDC has retained the services of M/s. ABC Techno Labs India (P) Ltd., Chennai to
undertake Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies as per the Terms Of
Reference (TOR) prescribed by MoEF, New Delhi for assessing the impact of the proposed
expansion of lignite mine project activities on various environmental parameters in the
study area and prepare an Environment Management Plan to mitigate the adverse
impacts of the lignite mine project.
1.2
Identification of Project & Project Proponent
1.2.1 Project
The proposed project involves the expansion of the production capacity of the existing
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine lease belong to Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation.
The existing mine lease having lease area of 3672 ha has allotted by the Ministry of Coal,
Government of India to Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation and the mine plan for
3 MTPA was approved by Ministry of Coal. GMDC has also applied to Ministry of Coal to
get mine plan approval for 5 MTPA. A Revision of Mining Plan has also done and after
then, MoC has raised only one query which is also addressed by GMDC.
The proposed expansion of lignite production is required due to certain reasons which
are listed below.
2
•
Chapter I
Introduction
Gujarat state government is setting up 500 MW lignite based Power Plant in
Bhavnagar district in close vicinity of Surkha (N) mine of GMDC and has desired
some lignite supplies to that proposed power plant from this mine.
•
Due to downsizing of lignite production from Panandharo mine, it became necessary
for the Company to enhance production from Surkha (North) lignite mine & its other
mines.
•
Moreover existing cement industries in Saurashtra has also started using GMDC
lignite.
•
The necessity is therefore felt to enhance lignite production from this mine from 3.0
Million Tonnes to 5.0 Million Tonnes Per Annum without increasing the lease area.
1.2.2 Project Proponent
Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Limited (GMDC) is a public sector company
of the Government of Gujarat, established in the year 1963 for extraction and
development of mineral wealth in the State. GMDC is mining lignite since 1973. The
Company is engaged in mining of Lignite at five different locations in the State and also
other minerals viz., Bauxite in Kutch & Jamnagar districts, Fluorspar in Baroda district
and Manganese in Panchmahal district of the State. The Company has also established &
operating a Mineral Beneficiation Plant for Fluorspar and Calcination Plant for Bauxite.
The company has also set up a lignite based 250 MW power generation plant in Kutch
district. It is under full capacity operation since 2007. The company is also diversifying
its activities into fields of Solar and wind power generation. The turnover of the
company is reached up to ` 1696 Crores with net Profit After Tax of ` 486.8 Crores as
on 31st March 2012.
3
1.3
Chapter I
Introduction
Brief Description of Project
1.3.1 Nature of the Project
The proposed project is expansion of lignite production in the existing mine lease with
out increasing mine lease area and is classified as “Category-A” by Ministry of
Environment & Forests, New Delhi as per the new EIA Notification dated on 14th
September, 2006.
1.3.2 Size of the Project
The production capacity of the lignite will be increased from 3 MTPA (million ton per
annum) to 5 MTPA without increasing the mine lease area of 3672 ha. Mineral reserve is
also increased from 69.63 MT to 73.51 MT due to new exploration in mine lease area.
Total cost of the proposed project is estimated as about Rs. 250 Crores (including
escrow & Abandonment Expenses).
1.3.3 Location of the Project
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine lease comprises of 12 Villages – Surkha, Thordi, Rampar,
Bhutesar, Bhumbhli, Old & New Ratanpar, Gundi, Koliyak of Bhavnagar taluka and
Tagdi, Malpar and Hoidad of Ghogha taluka of Bhavnagar district, Gujarat State. The
mine geographically extend from Latitude 210 26’43” to 210 43’00” N and Longitude 720
07’ 30” to 720 16’ 30” E. The entire lease area falls in Survey of India toposheet no. 46
C/2, C/3, C/6 & C/7. Geographical location of the proposed project is shown in Figure1.1.
1.3.4 Connectivity
Bhavnagar is 185 km from Ahmedabad and is well connected from Ahmedabad both, by
road and rail. It also has air connectivity from Mumbai. The city has State Govt. Circuithouse & good hotels to stay. Bhavnagar is also equipped with a Govt. port which is about
20 km away from the mine.
4
Chapter I
Introduction
MINE LEASE AREA
Source: Maps of India
FIGURE - 1.1: GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
5
Chapter I
Introduction
The mining area is about 15 km from Bhavnagar city. It can be approached from
Bhavnagar via National Highway No. CH6 (old NH 8 E). On reaching village Budhel, one
has to take left turn to take up State Highway No. 36, leading to Ghogha. The Project
SITE is about 2 km on this road, near village Tagdi & opposite to the IOC’s Bottling plant.
The office is 0.2 km off this road and the mining pit located at 1.3 km away.
Bhavnagar is the nearest railway station which is terminal for the broadgauge railway
line which connects Bhavnagar with Ahmedabad and Bombay via Dholka and
Surendranagar Junction. Bhavnagar is also having an airport connecting with Bombay
apart from port facilities.
1.3.5 Importance to the Country & Region
The State of Gujarat has joined front rank in the process of Industrialization in the
country. The energy is the prime mover of all the industries. The energy input is in
various forms, viz., electricity, oil, gas or solid fuel like coal and lignite. The total power
generation capacity of the State is 6000 MW, 90% of power generation is based on solid
fuel. At present the demand of coal for power generation is 15 million tonne per annum
in the state and total demand of solid fuel is 25 million Tonnes per annum. Since there
are no primary deposits of coal in Gujarat, the entire quantity of coal is being brought
from other coalfields scattered in the country at distances over thousand km. or are
imported from other countries. As such, the landed cost at user end increases
tremendously. It is, therefore, essential to pay due attention in developing the local
resources of solid fuel available in the State and Lignite is the only solid fuel, which is
available in the state of Gujarat. Though lower in the calorific value compared to the
standard coal, it has adequate calorific value to be able to substitute most uses of coal
for power generation and industrial applications.
GMDC is committed to supply lignite to the two power plants in Kutch district with
average annual demand of about 3 million Tonnes. This demand might increase with the
expansion of Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station (KLTPS). The demand for lignite by
other industries is also increasing day by day due to rapid industrial growth in the state.
6
Chapter I
Introduction
The industrial demand is estimated to grow at about 10 percent per year. As such,
GMDC is planning to expand its annual lignite production capacity from 10.00 million
Tonnes to 14.00 million Tonnes by the end of the year 2016-17. GMDC would also like
to highlight that the existing Panandhro mine is left with balance mineable reserves of
about 13 million Tonnes only which might last for another 3 to 4 years from now. This
necessitates opening of some new lignite mines and/or to enhance production of some
working mines to meet this increasing demand. Amod mine is having reserve of 12
million Tonnes only and as such its capacity expansion cannot be considered. GMDC is
therefore, planning to enhance production capacity of Tadkeshwar lignite mine up to
2.5 million Tonnes per year to fulfill the lignite demand of South Gujarat industries.
Similarly, the Company is also required to take up capacity expansion of Surkha (N)
mine to meet the committed requirement of industries from other parts of the state.
1.4
Scope of the Study
In line with the MoEF prescribed Terms of Reference (TOR), the area comprising 10 km
radius around the mine lease boundary is considered as the study area. The EIA/EMP
report has been prepared for the expansion project following the generic structure
specified in the EIA Notification 2006. The detailed studies have been conducted as per
prescribed TOR. The study area map is shown in Figure-1.2.
The scope of study broadly covered:
•
Literature review and collection of data relevant to the study area;
•
Establish the baseline environmental aspects in and around the proposed Integrated
project;
•
Identify various existing pollution loads due to various mining activities;
•
Predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed
operations;
7
Chapter I
Introduction
Source: Survey of India, New Delhi
FIGURE - 1.2: STUDY AREA MAP (10 KM RADIUS)
8
•
Chapter I
Introduction
Evaluate the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the study
area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact
assessment methodologies;
•
Prepare a Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for
improving the environmental quality; and
•
Identify critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored in the
post-project scenario.
The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TORs prescribed by MoEF for
the expansion of mining project vide letter No. J-11015/274/2011-IA.II (M) dated March
2012. TOR conditions and their compliance is given in Annexure - III. Field studies were
conducted during April 2012 to July 2012 representing pre-monsoon season to
determine the existing conditions of various environmental attributes. Environmental
attributes and frequency of monitoring are outlined in Table-1.1
.
TABLE - 1.1 : ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING
S.
No.
1
Environmental
Component
Meteorology
2
Ambient Air
Quality
3
Water Quality
Sampling
Locations
One central
location
12
Locations
Sampling
Parameters
Temperature, Wind
Speed, Wind
Direction, Rain fall,
Relative Humidity,
Cloud Cover
PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NO2, Pb, As, Ni &
heavy metals
12 Ground, As per IS:105001 Surface & 1991
1 sea water
Locations
9
Sampling
Period
3 months
Sampling
Frequency
Hourly /
Rainfall Daily
Two days per 24 hourly
week for 13
weeks
Grab
sampling
Once
during
study
period
S.
No.
4
Environmental
Component
Noise
Sampling
Locations
14
locations
5
Soil
12
locations
6
Terrestrial
Ecology
Total study
area
7
Demography
and Socioeconomic
aspects
Land Use
Total study
area
Demographic profile
-
Total study
area
-
-
Hydrology &
Hydrogeology
Total study
area
Trend of land use
change for different
categories
Drainage area and
pattern, nature of
streams,
aquifer
characteristics,
recharge
and
discharge
areas
including pumping
test.
As
per
Ground
Water
Estimation
Committee
recommenda
tions of 1997
Once in
Season
8
9
Sampling
Parameters
Chapter I
Introduction
Leq
Sampling
Period
24 hourly
composite
Soil
profile, Composite
Chemical
sample
constituents,
Suitability
for
agricultural growth
Flora and fauna
Field
observations
Sampling
Frequency
Once
during
study
period
Once
during
study
period
Once in
study
period
-
Source : ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited., Chennai
1.5
Methodology
The Environment Impact Assessment report has been prepared with the following
steps:
1.5.1 Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status
A comprehensive database on the baseline environmental status/conditions of the
study area has been established through review, compilation & analysis of
i) Existing published secondary data/literature/information, and
ii) Primary data generated/collected through initial site surveys and field study
10
Chapter I
Introduction
The field monitoring has been carried out as per the guidelines of CPCB and
requirement of the MoEF for one complete season. Field study/monitoring has been
conducted on:
(i)
Soil Quality
(ii)
Water Quality
(iii)
Ambient Air Quality
(iv)
Noise
(v)
Geology
(vi)
Hydrology
(vii)
Land Use Pattern
(viii) Ecological Aspects
(ix)
Socio- Economic Aspects
1.5.2 Environmental Impact Assessment
The project data/activities has been analyzed & linked with the existing baseline
environmental conditions in order to list out the affected environmental parameters
and assess the likely impacts on such parameters. Compliance of the project with
national standards has been duly checked.
1.5.3 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean
environment. The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures
proposed in the project may not be obtained without a management plan in order to
assure its proper implementation & function. The EMP envisages the plans for the
proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising
out of the project activities. EMP has been prepared addressing issues such as:
Details of management plans
Pollution control/mitigation measures for abatement of the undesirable impacts
caused during construction and operational activities
11
Chapter I
Introduction
Maintenance of water resources and water quality
Institutional set up identified/recommended for implementation of the EMP
Post project environmental monitoring programme
12
2.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Type of Project
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The proposed project is an expansion of open cast mechanised lignite mining project.
The proposed expansion involves the increasing the production of capacity of lignite
from 3 MTPA to 5 MTPA without increasing the mine lease area of 3672 ha. Opencast
mining method has been adopted due to following reasons:
•
Lignite: OB ratio is reasonably favorable at 1:9.96 for opencast mining.
•
Mining by opencast method will be economical against underground method.
•
Opencast mining operations are comparatively safer and ensure higher recovery of
coal resources.
•
From conservation point of view, underground is not suitable as there are many
thicker sections
2.2
Need of the Project
Gujarat state government is setting up 500 MW lignite based Power Plant in Bhavnagar
district in close vicinity of Surkha (N) mine of GMDC and has desired some lignite
supplies to that proposed power plant from this mine. Due to downsizing of lignite
production from Panandharo mine, it became necessary for the Company to enhance
production from Surkha (North) lignite mine & its other mines. Moreover existing
cement industries in Saurashtra has also started using GMDC lignite. The necessity is
therefore felt to enhance lignite production from this mine from 3.0 Million Tonnes to
5.0 Million Tonnes Per Annum without increasing the lease area.
2.3
Location of Surkha (North) lignite mine
The Bhavnagar lignite basin is spread over 202 sq. km. The deposit extends about 20 to
25 km North-South & about 5 to 8 km East-West. The area is divided into five workable
blocks, allocated to different mining companies. The Surkha (N) block, allocated to
GMDC, is the northern most block with common boundary in its south with Surkha-I
block allocated to Gujarat Power Corporation Ltd. (GPCL). The GMDC mining lease,
13
Chapter- 2
Project Description
spread over 3672 hectares area, is extending to villages Tagdi, Bhumbhli,Surkha,
Padava, Bhadi, Nesvad, Malanka, Akvada, Koliyak Thordi, Ghogha and Bhavnagar tehsil,
Bhavnagar district, Gujarat State. It is covered on Topo-sheet Nos. 46 C/2, C/3, C/6 and
C/7 and having Latitudes from 21026’43” to 21043’00” N and Longitudes from 72007’30”
to 72016’30” E.
Bhavnagar is 185 km from Ahmedabad and is well connected from Ahmedabad both, by
road and rail. It also has air connectivity from Mumbai. The city has State Govt. Circuithouse & good hotels to stay. Bhavnagar is also equipped with a Govt. port which is about
20 km away from the mine. The mining area is about 15 km from Bhavnagar city. The
details of environmental setting are given in Table-2.1.
TABLE - 2.1: DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING
Sr. No.
1
Particulars
Details
Location
a Villages
Surkha, Thordi, Rampar, Bhutesar, Bhumbhli,
Old & New Ratanpar, Gundi, Koliyak, Tagdi,
Malpar, Hoidad
b Tehsil
Ghogha and Bhavnagar
c District
Bhavnagar
d State
Gujarat
e Latitude
210 26’43” to 210 43’00” N
f Longitude
720 07’ 30” to 720 16’ 30” E
2
Elevation
11.62 m – 38.85 m above MSL
3
Land use at the ML area
Mining lease area is applied for 3672 ha.
Forest area – NIL
Private Agricultural Land – 2941.68 (80.1%)
Govt. Waste Land – 730.32 ha (19.9%)
4
Villages in Core zone
Rampar
5
Villages around ML area
Surkha, Thordi, Bhutesar, Bhumbhli, Old & New
Ratanpar, Gundi, Koliyak, Tagdi, Malpar and
14
Sr. No.
Particulars
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Details
Hoidad
5
Nearest town
Bhavnagar - 11-km, NW
6
Nearest highway w.r.t.
SH 36 - 1.5 km, N
mine
CH6 (Old No. NH 8E) - 3.5 km, NW
7
Nearest railway station
Bhavnagar R.S. - 13.0 km, NNW
8
Nearest airport
Bhavnagar - 8.0 km, N
9
Nearest tourist places
Nil within 10-km radius
10
Defence installations
11
Archaeologically listed
important place
12
Ecological sensitive zones No National Parks, Wildlife Corridors, BioSpheres and Sanctuaries exist within 10 km
radius
13
Reserved /Protected
forest
14
Other forests
Unclassified Forest at Thordi - 1.5 km, SSW
Unclassified Forest at Koliyak - 3.0 km, SE
15
Nearest streams / Rivers
Malesari Rivulet - 1.6 km, SE
16
Lignite user locations
1. Proposed 500 MW Power plant by state
government
2. Cement plants, textiles and other industries
around Bhavnagar
17
Socio-economic factors
No Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues are
involved
18
Seismic zone
Zone-III as per IS-1893 (Part-1)-2002
Source: ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited, Chennai
15
2.4
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Size or Magnitude of Operation
The existing mine lease extends over an area of 3672-ha. The silent features of the
proposed expansion project are given in Table-2.2. The surface plan is shown in
Figure-2.1.
TABLE - 2.2 : SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
Sr. No.
1
Description
Details
Before Expansion
After Expansion
1729 ha
1747.53ha
3672 ha
3672 ha
Open Cast
Open Cast
Mechanized
Mechanized
Block area
(Lignite Bearing area)
2
Mine lease
3
Type of mine
4
Method of mining
5
Rated capacity of mine
3.0 MTPA
5.0 MTPA
6
Expected life of mine
25 years
16 years
7
Average stripping ratio
1 : 10.41
1 : 9.96
8
Geological reserves in
107.54
114.72
69.63
73.51
7.23m
7.23m
300 day/year
300 day/year
3 shifts/day
3 shifts/day
Million Tonne
9
Recoverable reserves in
Million Tonne
10
Average thickness of
lignite
11
Average no. of working
days
12
Number of shifts
13
Man power (Nos/day)
519
745
14
Ultimate depth of mine
156 m
156 m
15
Overburden to be
725.40 million m3
732.130 million m3
generated during entire
life of mine
16
16
Topsoil to be generated
Chapter- 2
Project Description
11.50 Lakhs m3
11.90 Lakhs m3
5 Nos
5 Nos
30 m
55 m
during initial 5 years
17
No. of waste dumps
planned
18
Height of waste dumps
19
Area of waste dumps
Dump 1 (W-I) - 13.35 ha
Dump 2 (W-II) - 57.88 ha
Dump 3 (W-III) – 81.92 ha
Dump 4 (W-IV) – 45.18 ha
Dump 5 (E-I) – 95.67 ha
(Total area – 294.00 ha)
20
Pyrite removal plant
---
3.0 Million TPA
21
Power requirement
250 KVA
250 KVA
22
Water requirement
310 m3/day
1000-m3/day
23
Transport of OB
50 T dumpers
85 T dumpers
24
Transport of lignite from
10 - 15 T dumpers
20 – 25 T dumpers
mine face
Source: Mine Plan
2.5
Proposed Schedule and Approval for Implementation
As an expansion of project, the mining activities are being continued for existing
capacity. The increase capacity will be commenced after getting Environmental
Clearance from the MoEF, New Delhi and Consent from Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
17
FIGURE - 2.1: SURFACE PLAN
18
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.6
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Technology and Process Description
2.6.1 Mining Technology
There are four types of equipment systems available for opencast mining:
•
Bucket - wheel excavator mining;
•
Dragline mining;
•
Shovel-dumper combination; and
•
Surface miners.
At places, these systems are worked in combinations. For lignite mine under
consideration, first type of technology is inapplicable due to multi-seam deposit,
abrasive sandstone and hard carb-shale strata and many faults with varying throw and
directions. The second type of excavation technology has not been proposed as it makes
the whole system very rigid in quantities and layout. Also, faults will pose operational
difficulties. Shovel-dumper system is very flexible and also offers convenient mining
operations to deal with sudden occurrences of unworkable or poor quality patches. It
also offers flexibility for easy transition to any other technology or equipment
configuration. The technology is well known and advantageous to get skilled manpower.
Surface-miner excavation is still limited to winning lignite only. There are many
advantages in this technology, of avoiding drilling, blasting, crushing of lignite and
related environmental hazards, improvement in grade of ROM lignite by removing thin
bands, clean surface for transport etc.
But shovel-dumper system has to continue along with for excavation of overburden.
Ideally, surface miners require working space of about 400 m length and about 50 m
width for its optimum use. The high-wall angle required is 450. This bench geometry
makes overall working angle flatter which will generate more overburden compared to
shovel-dumper system. With so many benches and faults, coordination of activities like
bench advance, haul road preparation, drilling and blasting will be very difficult to
achieve for optimum utilization of such costly equipment. In view of these points,
surface miner is not proposed for this mine.
19
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Thick seams occur at willow depth in wide area having power grade lignite reserve. It
can be best extracted by opencast mining method deploying mechanical shovels of high
capacity and dumpers of matching sizes. The proposed shovel-dumper system is very
flexible and also offers convenient mining operations to deal with sudden occurrences
of unworkable or poor quality patches. It also offers flexibility for easy transition to any
other technology or equipment configuration. The technology is well known and
advantageous to get skilled manpower.
As per the original approved Mining Plan, the mine is already operating with
mechanized opencast method using conventional mining equipments i.e. hydraulic
excavators / shovels and dumpers combination with ancillary mining equipment like
motor graders, dozers, water sprinklers etc. The same is proposed to be continued in
the selected Block A. Higher capacities equipments will, as such, be needed to achieve
the proposed enhanced production capacities and is discussed in the following clauses.
2.6.2 Process Description
The choice of mining method has been considered as opencast mining for quarrying the
lignite from the deposit. The mining operation will be fully mechanized. The sequence of
operation in quarrying will be dozing, drilling, blasting, loading and transportation.
The overburden strata consist of top soil, Bentonitic clays & compact greenish hard
strata. Generally the strata lying over the lignite are soft in nature and can easily be
excavated by hydraulic excavators. But the greenish hard strata cannot be excavated by
these excavators. However, during the course of mining, GMDC found some hard
compact strata, which could not be excavated by bigger capacity Hydraulic excavators
even after ripping by dozers. GMDC also tried rock breakers to break these strata but
these also were not found much effective. In such circumstances, no option is left except
to adopt drilling & blasting techniques to break these hard strata. The hard strata shall
then be excavated by blasting and loaded using comparatively smaller excavators, into
matching dumpers. Based on thickness of the hard strata, we propose the drilling and
blasting pattern separately.
20
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The hard strata 0.5 m or less in thickness will be excavated directly along with the
overburden by excavators. Strata up to 2 m thickness is proposed to be broken using
Jack hammer drilled shot-holes and strata more than 2 m thickness by drilling 4” dia
blast-holes. Both drilling machines shall be compressed air operated. The compressors
will be separate tyre-mounted machines, operated by diesel engines.
We propose ANFO as main explosive in both types of holes i.e. in 32 mm dia and 100
mm dia. The boosting will be done by NG based (gel type) high explosives. Explosives
(ANFO: high explosives) will be used in 80:20 ratio with Powder factor is estimated as 5
M3/Kg in OB. Considering this, the requirement of equipment in different sizes has been
considered for different nature of jobs, as under:
a) Major Overburden Excavation & Transportation:
Hydraulic Excavator
: 8.5 m3
Dumpers (Rear Dump)
: 85 Tonnes
b) Hard Strata & Inter-burden Excavation & Transportation:
[Hard strata shall first be broken by blasting]
Hydraulic Excavator
: 6 m3
Dumpers (Rear Dump)
: 50 Tonnes
c) Lignite Mining & Transportation:
Hydraulic Excavator
: 1.7 to 3 m3
Haulers (Rear Dump)
: 20 to 25 Tonnes
Also Consumers’ trucks
: 10 to 20 Tonnes.
The height of the benches will be 5 m. The width of the benches will vary from 15 m to
20 m and the slope of the bench is 70o. 85 tonnes dumpers are proposed for OB removal
and 20 to 25 tonnes for lignite removal.
During first 3 years, the excavated overburden shall be stacked at five (5) different
external waste dump sites within the lease area, namely W1 to W4 & E1 (Plate no.
4/I/C). The height of the dump is proposed to be increased up to 55 m. The lead will
21
Chapter- 2
Project Description
range from 1 km to 2.5 km from bottom most bench to the dump top. Partial backfilling
of voids (in-pit dumping) is already commenced and shall proceed simultaneously.
From the 4th year onwards, entire OB will be backfilled in the de-coaled area.
2.6.3 Quarry Layout
The main considerations in designing the quarry layout have been:
•
To design an economical production of required lignite quality for the life of mine;
•
To minimise transportation distance for lignite and waste;
•
To minimise adverse effects on environment; and
•
Non-sterlising the remaining potential reserves for future mining.
2.7
Project Description
2.7.1 Topography
Topographically the area has moderate relief, though the area is part of coastal plain
extending from sea to inland. A number of outcrops of sandstone and conglomerate
stand out as small low lying mounds in the area. The minimum and maximum elevations
of the collars of exploratory boreholes have RLs of 11.62 m and 38.85 m above MSL. The
topographical features are shown in “Surface plan”.
2.7.2 Drainage Pattern
There are no perennial rivers or major surface water bodies within the allocated lignite
block or the mining lease area. The only river of significance in near vicinity is Malesari
River, which flows outside the south-east boundary of the mining lease area. However,
this is a seasonal river only. There are four seasonal Nallahs, N1 to N4 flowing across
the mining lease. These flow from West or south-west to east or north-east across the
proposed mining areas and enter the Gulf of Cambay near village Ghogha. The all above
are the seasonal nallahs. The drainage and contour map of the core and buffer zone are
given in Figure – 2.2.
22
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.7.3 General Geology
A bird's eye view of the geology of Saurashtra peninsula shows that the peninsula is
bounded by sea on all sides except northeast side where it is flanked by alluvium plains
of main land Gujarat and is comprised of rocks, ranging from Juro-Cretaceous to recent
coastal deposits. About 2/3rd portion of the plateau is comprised of basaltic lava flows
(trap). The trap overlies the upper Mesozoic sediments in the northern part of the
Peninsula (Dhrangadhra-Wadhwan area). At the coastal fringe, trap underlies tertiaryquarternary sediments. The general stratigraphic sequence of the Saurashtra peninsula
is as under: [after Srivastava (1963)].
FORMATIONS
LITHOLOGY
Environments
Recent Deposits
Alluvium Coastal dunes & beach
sands Mud flats, soils etc.
AGE
Recent & Subrecent
--------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY--------------------------------------------------------Agate Conglomerate Miliolite
formation
Agate bearing conglomerates
Fluviatile
and associated ferrugenous sandstones.
Calcarenetes calcrudite with
intercalations of clays.
Pleistocene to
Sub-recent
Littoral
--------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY--------------------------------------------------------Dwarka formation
Dark brown silty clays yellowish with Gypseous clays
Piram Beds
Fossiliferous conglomerates
Grits and sandy clays.
Littoral to
Epigenetic
Uppermost Miocene to Pliocene
---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY------------------------------------------------------Gaj formation
Variagated shales, sandstones,
Epineritic
Marls, conglomerates and impure
limestones with intercalation of
gypseous clays.
Lower Miocene
---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-------------------------------------------------------Lateritic rocks
Red, brown and yellowish
brown laterites
Deccan trap
Plutonic masses and dykes
intrusives in the Trap flows
23
Paleocene
Cretaceous
Chapter- 2
Project Description
----------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-----------------------------------------------------Wadhwan formation Red & brown colour sandstones with intercalation of
shales
Dhrangadhra
formation
Shallow
marine
Middle cretaceous (Albian
to cenomanain)
White & coloured feldspathic
Deltaie
sandstone with grity layers
lenses of grey and yellowish
shales & carbonaceous shales
with coal layers and plant remains
Juro-Cretaceous
The Regional Geological Map is shown in Figure – 2.3.
2.7.4 Geology of the Bhavnagar Block
The Geological formations as observed in the area and in the boreholes are as under in
chronological order:
FORMATIONS
Recent Deposits
LITHOLOGY
Soil & Alluvium Coastal
dunes & beach sands
AGE
Recent & Subrecent
----------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY------------------------------------------------------Agate Conglomerate (Lakhanka
formation)
Agate bearing conglomerates
ferrugenous sandstones and
loose sand
Pleistocene to
Sub-recent
----------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-----------------------------------------------------Piram beds
Fossiliferous conglomerates
Grits and sandy clays
Uppermost Miocene to Pliocene
---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-------------------------------------------------------Gaj formation
Variegated shales with
gypsum veinlets, sand
Lower Miocene
stones, amrls & conglomerates
---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-------------------------------------------------------KhadsaliyaClays
Grey to greenish grey clays
Eocene
sandstone, lignite with or
without siderite nodules.
---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY-------------------------------------------------------Deccan Trap
Plutonic masses and dykes
Cretaceous to
intrusive in the trap flows
Eocene
24
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The Local Geological Plan is shown in Figure – 2.4. Out of these Geological formations,
only three soil types are exposed within the existing mining block. These are:
1. Alluvial Soil
2. Conglomeratic Ferruginous sandstone
3. Grey Bentonitic clays
Geological Description of the Rock Units
In the Planning and operation of any opencast mine a thorough knowledge of the subsurface stratigraphy of the mining area is very important, as these constitute the
overburden, which require removal for the purpose of mining the mineral, in this case
lignite. Hence, it is relevant here to give a brief description of all the types of sub-surface
strata as revealed from the boreholes and as observed at the surface in and around the
mining area.
Deccan Traps
The oldest rock formation observed in the area is horizontal lava flows (trap), which
covers the major portion of the Saurashtra peninsula. The trap is exposed on the
western side of the area and it noses to the northeast near Bhavnagar. Deccan traps are
not exposed anywhere within the Proposed Mining Area. The nearest exposure is about
500 m on the Western boundary of the area. The trap consists mostly of basaltic lava
flows. Basaltic varieties observed are:
•
Greenish to dark grey coloured basalts,
•
Vesicular and amygdaloidal basalts
•
Porphyritic basalts
The most common type of Basalt is of the first variety which is quite hard and compact.
Hence, it withstands weathering to a great extent. On the other hand, vesicular and
amygdaloidal Basalts are prone to weathering and found in the valley and low-lying
areas. In Amygdaloidal Basalt, Amygdales are mostly of Agate Chalcedony and Zeolites.
Spheroidal weathering is typical of this type of Basalt.
25
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Porphyritic Basalt is fine grained with mesocrystalline texture. Phenocrysts are
labradorite, augite and magnetite. Plagioclase grains show alteration to Kaolinite at
same locations. Fresh trap is dark grey in colour, fine grained, usually with green
chloritic alternation. It is hard, compact and fractured. Fractures are usually filled with
secondary minerals like Calcite and Zeolite.
Supratrappean
Wherever exposed, Deccan Trap is fringed by Bentonite and Laterite belonging to
Supratrappean of Eocene age. Exposures of Bentonite are seen more or less in a
continuous manner from southeast of village Budhel to West of village Lakhanka. It
occurs as irregular lenticular and tabular pockets between trap and laterite. In some
places, it occurs as lithomarge, a kaolinization phase between bentonite and laterite. It
varies in colour from yellowish green to grayish green. At places, it is purplish and
chocolate in colour. In appearance, it looks like fine-grained basalt. Laterite is observed
in the Malesari river section near Adhewada, east of Budhel village, north of village Badi
and in the near-by places. Here laterite is formed due to alteration of trap rock and
basalt.
Laterite around Sosiya, Bharapar and Mathawada villages is formed from the alteration
of tuffeceous rock. Hence, they were termed as lateritic rocks by earlier workers.
However, they are nothing but altered Gaj clay and sandstone. The thin section study of
such lateritic rocks revealed that they mostly consist of quartz and ferrugeinous clay.
Supratrappean as revealed from the boreholes consist of lithomargic clays which is an
altered product of trap. This is mostly pink to pinkish grey to dirty yellow in colour with
a soapy feel on touching. In some boreholes just above the trap, conglomerates with
pebbles of quartz trap and chalcedony were found.
Tertiary Rocks
Marine tertiary rocks overlying the trap, occur all along the fringe of the Saurashtra
peninsula. In the coastal segments of the area under investigation, tertiary sediments
26
Chapter- 2
Project Description
are seen resting over the trappean basement and are partially concealed beneath the
quaternary deposits, hence they are exposed as a surface in a limited manner.
LIGNITE: Lignite is not exposed anywhere in the region. Lignite seam lies
unconformably on the weathered trap on lithomargic clay. It is brownish black in
colour, amorphous in nature and fine-grained. Lignite lumps when exposed to
atmosphere develops cracks and crumble into small pieces due to loss in moisture. It
contains specks of resin, pyrite, sulphur marcasits and rarely amber. Minor clay partings
have been also noticed in the lignite core samples. Average bulk density of lignite is 1.31
gm/cc.
Khadsaliya Clays/Grey Clays
Grey to greenish grey clays overlying the supratappean and Deccan trap formation were
encountered in the borehole drilled in the area around Khadsaliya. These clays are very
prominent in almost all the boreholes. These are not exposed on the surface. Hence,
authors have given the name 'Khadsaliya clay'. Carbonaceous clays and lignite are
encountered within these clays. Siderite nodules are mostly found in grey clay as well as
in carbonaceous clay. Veins of siderite were also noted. This compact clay looks like trap
in appearance, but under microscope, this compact clay revealed that it is composed of
clay minerals and siderite. Below these hard and compact clays, carbonaceous clay and
lignite are encountered in some of the boreholes. Fine to medium grained sand lenses
are also encountered in these clays. This is of Miocene age and rests unconformable
over lignite deposits, Marcasite, Pyrite and Gypsum occurs as specks within this clay.
The presence of these is an indication of reducing environment of deposition. Major
constituent minerals of these clays are kaolinite and illite. Examination of cores has not
revealed any fossils. This clay constitutes nearly 35 percent of the overburden material.
Gaj Formation
a) YELLOWISH GREY BENTONITIC CLAY:
These clays of upper Miocene age rest uncomformable above the grey clays. This
represents Gaj formation. These clays are bentonitic and sub-bentonitic in nature and
swells in water.
27
Chapter- 2
Project Description
b) CONGLOMERATE AND FERRUGENOUS SANDSTONE:
After the formation of these clays, there was a period of non-deposition. The sea
receded leading to the exposure of land to weathering and erosion. Consequently,
leaching of sandstones and conglomeratic formations took place. The conglomerates
consist of pebbles of agate, quartz, chalcedony, trap, laterite and kankars embedded in
ferruginous or calcareous matrix. Generally, the Conglomerates and Sandstone are loose
and friable in nature. This formation occurs in patches and forms capping on hillocks in
the area. It is also exposed at the surface or near surface in most part of the proposed
mining blocks.
Fedden (1884) was the first to map isolated outcrops of Miocene rocks occurring along
the coastal tracts of Saurashtra peninsula equating it with Manchar (in part) and Gaj
beds of Sind of Upper Miocene age.
According to Srivastava, P.K. (1963) the locality for this formation in Saurashtra is the
Ghogha area, south of Bhavnagar. He has divided the Gaj formation into three divisions:
i)
Ratanpar Clays
ii)
Bhumbhali conglomerate
iii)
Kuda Sandstone
Ganapati, S. (1981) has classified the Gaj formation of Bhavnagar Ghogha region into
two divisions:
i.
Lower Ratanpar clays
ii.
Bhumbhali conglomerates
Recent Formations
ALLUVIUM: The recent formation includes soil, alluvium, beach sand and dune sand. In
the trap area, generally black cotton soil is noted. Sandy soil with agate and other
pebbles is generally noted in Lakhanka formation. The rest of the area is covered by
alluvium and alluvial soil. Alluvium comprises of dark coffee coloured sandy and silty
clay and constitutes the top portion of the overburden in most part of the mining blocks.
28
Chapter- 2
Project Description
In the area close to the sea, beach sand and sand dunes are noted. It is essentially
arenaceous and fine to medium grained. It is made up of rounded to sub-rounded
fragments of quartz, chalcedony, agate, basalt and Gaj rocks. In Piram Island, beach sand
and dune sand both are well developed. Beach sand is noted in eastern part of island
and dune sand has covered the inland portion of the island.
Structural Detail of Deposit
The western coast of India and associated pericratonic rift basins of Narmada, Kutch
and Cambay are formed by a conjugate system of three major precambrian orogenic
trends and their subsequent reactivation in Mesozoic and Tertiary times. Saurashtra
peninsula block remains as a faulted cratonic horst surrounded by rift grabens (Biswas,
1982). Thus, Saurashtra is bounded by major faults such as Kutch rift fault, western
Cambay basin border fault, Narmada rift extension and west coast fault.
In addition to above faults, a number of faults related to one or other of these major
lineaments, are encountered all over the peninsula. In the area under discussion and its
neighbourhood, following faults have been recorded and these major and minor faults
played significant role in post mesozoic geological history of the area:
i.
Kalubhar fault
ii. Shetrunji fault
iii. Tansa-Trambak fault
iv. Malesari fault
v. Khadsaliya-Kerada fault
STRUCTURE IN TERTIARY FORMATIONS: The tertiary sediments in the area are
affected by gentle folding and faulting caused due to the regional movement along the
major faults. The following folds are recognized in the area:
i.
The Bhavnagar nose
ii. The Avania Syncline
iii. The Ghogha nose with Bhumbhali and Kuda monocline
29
Chapter- 2
Project Description
BHAVNAGAR NOSE: The Gaj-Beds between Bhavnagar Railway Station and Chitra
Village show dips varying from 220 to 440 towards northwest. This forms the dipping
Northern flank of Bhavnagar nose. The axis of Bhavnagar nose runs through Bhavnagar
in a northeastern direction.
THE AVANIA SYNCLINE: The Southern flank of the Bhavnagar nose forms the Northern
flank of Avania Syncline. The axis of the Syncline is almost parallel to the Bhavnagar
nose having a plunge towards East. Southernly dips are seen near Lakhanka, East of
Akvada, near Rava and nearby places. Northern dips are seen near Bhutesar and just
North of Bhumbhali.
THE GHOGHA NOSE: The southern flank of Avania Syncline becomes the Northern flank
of Ghogha nose. The Monocline North of Bhumbhali and Monocline East of Kuda join
below the sea, east of Ghogha forming the Ghogha nose. The southern flank of Ghogha
nose mostly consists of horizontal beds. Easterly dips observed near Kuda shore are
very gentle and do not continue North of Kuda Dak Bungalow.
STRUCTURE OF LIGNITE BASIN: Analyses of the exploratory borehole data and the
structural contour maps and isopachyte maps drawn have given an indication regarding
the disposition of the lignite seam/basin. It is seen that the lignite basin opens-up
towards north with a general slope towards sea and lignite seam becomes deeper
towards east to northeast direction and diminishes towards sea. The lignite basin has
narrowed down to a width of 1 km towards Rampar-Nava Ratanpar in the north. The
length of the lignite basin extends from Lakhanka to Rampar-Nava Ratanpar and
beyond upto Bhumbhali and Thordi. The length of this basin is about 12 km.
Pre-cambrian Basement
Pre-cambrian rocks comprising of gneisses, schists, phyllites and quartzites form the
basement over which sedimentaries (Gondwana sediments) rest uncomformably.
30
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE – 2.2 : DRAINAGE MAP – CORE & BUFFER ZONE
31
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE – 2.3 : REGIONAL GEOLOGICAL MAP
32
32
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE – 2.4: LOCAL GEOLOGICAL PLAN
33
Chapter- 2
Project Description
GEOLOCAL SECTION E-W
GEOLOCAL SECTION N-S
34
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.7.5 Details of Exploration
During earlier geological investigations for bentonite, taken up by the State CGM for the
field seasons 1972-73 & 1973-74, contamination of lignite was reported at Khadsaliya
and Tagdi villages of Ghogha Taluka of Bhavnagar district. Subsequently, the District
Geologist of Bhavnagar reported occurrence of lignite in a well in village Khadsaliya,
about 6.0 km. south of Surkha in Ghogha Taluka of Bhavnagar District in early 1986
which prompted Commissionerate of Geology and Mining (CGM), Government of
Gujarat to initiate lignite exploration in a planned and systematic manner starting from
the field season 1986-87. Exploration is still under progress in the adjoining areas in the
north.
Historical Background
Since the middle of 19th century, geological investigations have been carried out in
Saurashtra Peninsula by various geologists. Huges (1836) and Falcones (1845) were the
pioneers in investigating and reporting the geology of the Peninsula. This was followed
by Theobald, Blandford, Fedden and Oldhams during 1850 to 1900 and their work
enabled a better understanding of the general geology of the Peninsula.
Geologist Howard Adye (1914) and Sinor (1927) were the first to study and report the
stratigraphical sequences of igneous and sedimentary formations in Bhavnagar area.
Vinayak Rao of Geological Survey of India was the first to report in 1930, of the oozing
of Natural Gas in a borehole drilled near Ghogha Village for ground water. This led to
various geological and geophysical investigations including drilling during the next half
century, which gave a good understanding of the geology of the Peninsula in general and
Bhavnagar District in particular. The structure, stratigraphy and geomorphology, of
Bhavnagar area were brought to light in detail by the end of 1970's. However, none of
these investigations indicated any occurrence of lignite until 1980, when Shri Amin of
Commissionerate of Geology & Mining reported Lignite for the first time in the
Bhavnagar area. However, no further follow-up was conducted until the middle of
1980s.
35
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Past Investigations
The systematic lignite investigations were carried out by CGM from 1986-87 to 199192; comprising of photo-geology, geological mapping, drilling explorations followed by
sampling and analyses of lignite and overburden materials, data processing, analyses
and interpretations of multifarious data/values etc.
The CGM drilled 288 boreholes with total about 35073 m of drilling in the area. 223
boreholes were found positive with cumulative thickness of lignite seams between
f0.15m & 13.72 m and between depths of 22.32 m to 212.50 m from surface. Significant
aspects of the same are summarized below:
The basin has an elliptical structure with opening on eastern direction where it is
bounded by gulf of Cambay. The western, northern and southern sides are bounded by
Miocene and Trap Formations. The central and northern portions present more or less a
plain topography. The surface levels vary between 30 m on the western side to 8 m on
the Eastern side.
Out of a total area of 202 sq. km of Bhavnagar basin, 67.01 sq. km is covered by 1000 m
grid intervals and it was found that 34.83 sq. km is lignite bearing. It was further
explored by close space drilling at an interval of 200 m x 200 m. and 250m x 250 m. The
area has an extension of 18 km in north-south directions and a width about 2 to 3 km in
east-west direction.
Subsequent Investigations
The entire lignite bearing area falling within Mining Lease of GMDC had 288 boreholes
drilled by the Commissionerate of Geology & Mines (CGM). After grant of mining lease in
the year 2008, GMDC drilled 4 (four) confirmatory holes, before preparing the earlier
approved Mining Plan, to cross check & confirm the earlier data regarding thickness of
overburden, depth & thickness of Lignite horizon and its quality.
36
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Surkha (N) Block
The Surka (N) block, allocated to GMDC, is having total 345 boreholes covering 1747.53
ha of the lignite bearing area of the basin. Based on the mineability assessment, this
block is further divided into two blocks, Block – A & Block – B. Block – A includes
mineable lignite with average Lignite to OB ratio 1:9.96 while block B is having deep
seated lignite where average Lignite to OB ratio is 1:27.08 or more. The Company then
selected to develop the Block – A with mechanized opencast mining method, where
mining is currently under progress. The Company also entered in to an MOU with Oil
and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) to explore the possibilities of underground
gasification of deep seated lignite reserves of Block –B.
Fresh / Recent Investigations
While exploiting lignite during past three years, the Company encountered a layer of
hard strata above lignite seams, which was found hard enough to be broken by the
machinery in use there. GMDC, as such, has recently, in the year 2009-10, drilled
another 59 boreholes to determine extension and thickness of the hard strata band,
along with its geotechnical & geo-hydrological parameters of the area and so far
established 422 ha area within the selected mining area as the hard strata bearing area.
Some of these boreholes were also drilled at close spaces between CGM’s negative
boreholes in the northern part of the ML area which confirmed presence of workable
lignite, increasing the quantum of Geological and mineable reserves.
2.7.6 Reserves and Grade
On examination of plan showing the location of boreholes within the lease area (Figure
– 2.6 & 2.7) and considering the mineability by opencast methods, it is clear that the
deposit of Lignite can be separated in two blocks, e.g., Block A and Block B.
37
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE – 2.6 : PLAN SHOWING THE LOCATION OF BOREHOLES
38
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE – 2.7 : BOREHOLE LITHOLOGS (NEW BORE HOLES)
39
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.7.6.1 Methods of Geological Reserves Estimate
In this mine plan, reserve calculation has been computed by specialized Datamine
Mining Software. Datamine is a software tools, which is being used, in various mining
sectors for making geological model, reserve evaluation, mine pit designing and other
several purposes. Datamine software for mine designing has been used for Surkha (N)
Lignite mine.
To evaluate the total quantity of lignite deposit in the Surkha North mining area by this
software, a series of processes are required for making complete geological model and
mine pit designing. Datamine Software is such a tool that requires basic data of borehole
e.g, coordinate, borehole lithology and its lignite analysis. The different processes in
reserve estimation by Datamine software are.
1. Generating 3D hole file
2. Co-ordination process (making geological sections with clipping distance)
3. Wire framing
4. Trifil process
5. Add-mod process
6. Evaluation
The Surkha North lignite deposit within the lease hold area of 3672 ha has been
evaluated using Datamine Software. There are 347 numbers of boreholes, out of which
274 boreholes are positive. Geological Reserve of this mining area has been evaluated
from this geological model. Proposed Surkha North lignite mine have been designed in
two blocks, Block A & Block B. The total lignite bearing area is about 1747.53 ha (Block
A 1300.46 ha and Block B 447.07 ha).
2.7.6.2 Quarriable Geological Reserves
The lignite reserves have been estimated by Datamine software. For reserve estimation
in different blocks, refer Table - 2.3. The geological reserves of lignite in Surkha North
area are 114.72 million Tonnes (89.56 in block A and 25.16 mT in block B). The average
40
Chapter- 2
Project Description
linear ratio lignite: overburden (Tonnes: M3) is 1:11.25 and 1:27.08 of block A and block
B, respectively.
The earlier Mining Plan showed the total geological reserves of 107.54 mT (84.88 mT in
Block A and 22.66 mT in Block B). The increase in geological reserves is due to
additional lignite established in recent exploration.
TABLE – 2.3: BLOCK-WISE GEOLOGICAL RESERVES (FRESH ESTIMATE AFTER
RECENT DRILLING)
Block
No.
Total Overburden
(Million M3)
Lignite
( Million M3)
Lignite
(Million M.T.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
87.25
79.40
48.40
45.63
58.41
51.28
43.53
53.22
31.03
39.02
36.79
47.60
36.50
33.60
32.88
68.78
63.00
44.10
107.52
56.43
27.45
37.80
61.03
75.90
118.29
32.86
6.63
66.90
12.15
101.12
3.52
4.10
3.14
3.85
4.02
3.75
4.00
4.10
3.48
3.80
2.17
3.41
3.43
3.36
3.20
4.25
4.65
4.10
2.04
1.44
1.16
1.30
2.46
2.66
3.63
0.84
0.21
1.23
0.24
1.36
4.61
5.37
4.11
5.04
5.27
4.91
5.24
5.37
4.56
4.98
2.84
4.47
4.49
4.40
4.19
5.57
6.09
5.37
2.67
1.89
1.52
1.70
3.22
3.48
4.76
1.10
0.28
1.61
0.31
1.78
7
28
29
30
41
Linear Stripping
Ratio
(T Lig. To M3 OB.)
18.71
14.60
11.78
9.05
11.08
10.44
8.31
9.91
6.80
7.84
12.95
10.54
8.02
7.52
7.73
12.24
10.26
8.03
39.86
29.86
18.06
22.24
18.95
21.81
24.85
29.87
23.68
41.55
39.19
56.81
Chapter- 2
Project Description
31
32
45.94
38.78
1.53
1.15
2.00
1.51
22.97
25.68
Total
1689.22
87.58
114.72
1 : 14.72
* Assuming bulk density of lignite 1.31 Tonne/m3
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.6.3 Quality of the Lignite
Following quality parameters have been established by the analysis of the samples
collected during exploration:
a) Proximate Analysis (Air-Dried Basis)
From
To
Moisture %
9%
24%
Ash%
9%
10%
Volatile Matter%
28%
45%
Fixed Carbon %
20%
34%
Calorific Value (Kcal/Kg)
6000
6500
b) Proximate Analysis (As received basis)
From
To
Moisture %
40%
51%
Ash%
5%
6%
Volatile Matter%
22%
34%
Fixed Carbon %
18%
28%
Calorific Value (Kcal/Kg)
4500
5000
c) Ultimate Analysis
Carbon
37.48%
Hydrogen
2.84%
Nitrogen
0.60%
Sulphur
5.15%
42
a. Pyretic Sulphur
2.12%
b. Organic Sulphur
2.11%
c. Sulphate Sulphur
0.92%
Bulk Density
Chapter- 2
Project Description
1.31gm/cc
d) Metal Analysis:
Parameter
On received basis
On Air dried basis
Mercury (%)
BDL
BDL
Lead ( %)
0.0167
0.0146
Copper (%)
0.0032
0.0051
Iron (%)
0.33
1.982
Nickel (%)
BDL
BDL
0.0007
0.0002
Manganese (%)
BDL
BDL
Arsenic (%)
BDL
BDL
Hexavalent Chromium
BDL
BDL
Cadmium (%)
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.6.4 Mineable Reserves and Anticipated Life of the Mine
Earlier the mineable reserves were estimated as 69.63 mT. But the recent additional
drilling has improved the reserves which are now estimated at 73.51 mT.
a. Geological Reserve
=
114.72 million tones
b. Recoverable Reserve
=
73.51 million tones
c. Excavated reserve till 28th February 2013
=
5.700 million tonnes
d. Life of Mine
=
16 years
2.7.7 Year Wise Development and Production Details
The mine was originally planned to produce 3 (Three) million Tonnes / annum and
accordingly, the year-wise & 5 yr. block-wise production was planned as under:
43
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE – 2.4: PRODUCTION PLANNING AS PER EARLIER APPROVED MINING PLAN
FiveYear
Blocks
Year
First
Second
Third
First
Fourth
Fifth
Sub-Total
Second
6th to 10th
Third
11th to 15th
Fourth
16th to 20th
Fifth
21st to End
Total
Overall Stripping Ratio
Planned
Lignite Production
In Lac Tonnes
10.00
20.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
120.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
126.30
696.30
Planned
OB removal
In Lac M3
200.00
200.00
250.00
250.00
250.00
1115.00
1500.00
1400.00
1400.00
1839.00
7254.00
1:10.41
Source: Mine Plan
However, considering the current demand of market, caused due to stoppage of lignite
supplies from Panandhro mine of the company to the industries and the fast growing
industrialization, it is proposed to redesign the output for the remaining life of the mine
as under:
TABLE – 2.5: NEW SCHEDULE OF PRODUCTION
5 year
block(s)
New Plan Years
Corresponding
(starting from 14-2011)
Original Year
First
Second
First
Lignite
Production
OB
Removal
In Lac Tonnes
In Lac M3
4th
30.00
140.00
5th
30.00
180.00
35.00
320.00
45.00
410.00
50.00
477.00
250.00
3000.00
250.00
2250.00
Third
Fourth
6th to 8th
Fifth
Second
6th to 10th
Third
11th to 15th
Fourth
16th
-
26.06
304.04
TOTAL
-
-
716.06
7081.04
-
Source: Mine Plan
Thus, with the revision of the capacity, the life of the mine will be reduced to 16 years.
44
2.7.7.1 Mining Carried Out in Past Three Years:
During past three years, after commencement of mining operations in April 2008, the
mine could not achieve its rated / approved production capacity due the reasons
highlighted earlier. The production obtained so far, in comparison to the planning, is
show in the Table - 2.6, reproduced below:
TABLE 2.6: PRODUCTION OBTAINED DURING PAST THREE YEARS
Year
Actual Period
1st
2nd
3rd
TOTAL
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
Lignite Production
In Lac Tonnes
Planned
Actual
10
3.84
20
6.51
30
8.69
60
19.04
OB Removal
In Lac M3
Planned
Actual
200
92.06
200
92.05
250
56.15
650
240.26
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.7.2 Details of Year-wise Mining during first Five years:
The year wise proposed lignite productions schedule with pit dimensions are given in
Table – 2.7. The year wise sequence of mining has been shown in Figure – 2.8 to 2.12.
TABLE – 2.7 : PROPOSED PIT GEOMETRY W.R.T. REVISED PRODUCTION SCHEDULE
Pit
Dimension
Pit Area
Length
Width
In the
year
Progres
sive
Mtr.
Mtr.
Ha.
Ha.
1st
1270
920
99.62
2nd
1740
950
3rd
2020
4th
Max.
Top
RL
of
Pit
Floor RL
O.B. Removal During the
Year
Hard
Total
format
IB
O.B
ion
Lac
Lac
Lac
M3
M3
M3
Lignite
Product
ion
Max.
Min.
Mtr.
Mtr.
Mtr.
99.62
29.11
-6.35
-44.77
10.27
5.78
140
30
35.91
135.53
29.11
-6.35
- 44.78
2.18
4.08
180
30
1025
60.79
196.32
29.11
-6.35
- 57.03
9.75
1.38
320
35
2407
1442
78.66
274.98
29.11
-6.35
- 71.92
13.18
0.00
410
45
5th
2437
1868
74.92
349.90
9.11
-6.35
- 85.65
14.32
0.00
477
50
Total
-
-
-
349.9
-
-
-
49.70
11.24
1527
190
Year
45
Lac
MT
Source: Mine Plan
The year wise pit designing parameters are discussed in the following sub-causes:
1st year mining
1st year mining is planned to be undertaken in continuation with the current mining
operations in northern and Eastern Direction around existing working pit. Total 140 lac
M3 OB excavation is proposed, out of which 0.67 lac m3 shall be top soil, proposed to be
stacked at the separate top soil stack W-I and the rest 139.33 Lac M3 OB shall be stacked
at Dump no W-2 & W-3, situated in the western direction of the existing pit & Backfill.
Total 3.00 million Tonnes lignite production is planned in the year.
2nd year mining
The mine advance is proposed in Northern direction of the proposed 1st year pit. Total
180 Lac M3 OB excavations is proposed, out of which 1.39 lac m3 shall be top soil,
proposed to be stacked at separate top soil stack and the rest 178.61 Lac M3 of OB shall
be stacked at Dump nos W-2, W-3 and W-4, situated in the western direction of the
existing working pit and Backfill. Total 3.00 million Tonnes lignite production is
planned during the year.
3rd year mining
The mine advance is planned in Eastern direction of the proposed 2nd year pit. Total
320.00 Lac M3 excavation is planned, out of which 3.41 lac m3 shall be top soil, proposed
to be stacked at separate top soil stack and the rest 316.59 Lac M3 of OB shall be stacked
at dump E-1 which is situated in the North Eastern direction of the existing working pit
and & dump W-4. Total 3.50 million Tonnes lignite production is planned during the
year.
4th year mining
46
The mine advance is planned in Eastern and Southern direction of the proposed 3rd year
pit. Total 410.00 lac M3 excavation is proposed, out of which 3.74 lac m3 shall be top soil,
which is proposed to be stacked at separate top soil stack and the rest 406.26 Lac M3 of
OB removed, is proposed to be backfilled in the mined out voids. Total 4.50 million
Tonnes lignite production is planned during the year.
5th year mining
The mine advance is proposed in Eastern direction of the proposed 4th year pit. Total
477 lac M3 OB excavation is planned, out of which 2.70 lac m3 shall be top soil, which is
proposed to be spread over the inactive external dumps. 314.30 Lac M3 of OB will be
dumped in the de-coaled area, and rest 160 Lac M3 OB will be dumped over the
backfilled area, raising the height by 25 m. Total 5.00 million Tonnes lignite production
is planned during the year.
During first 5 years of mining, total OB removal & lignite extraction are planned to be
1527.00 Lac M3 and 190.00 Lac Tonnes respectively.
Conceptual Mining (6th to 16th year):
On completion of immediate next five years of mining, about 52.606 million Tonnes of
extractable lignite and about 555.404 million M3 of in-situ OB will be left balance, as per
the details given in the Table 2.8 bellow. Mining is proposed to be continued @ 5
million Tonnes per year for next 10 (ten) years; i.e. up to 15th years’ of mining from now.
In the last year; i.e. the 16th year, the balance 2.606 million Tonnes of lignite will be
mined out.
47
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE 2.8: CONCEPTUAL MINE PLANNING
5 year block
Year
Lignite
production
In Lac Tonnes
OB Removal
In Lac
M3
Stripping
Ratio
Second
6th to 10th
250
3000
1:12
Third
11th to 15th
250
2250
1:9
Fourth
16th
26.06
304.04
1:11.67
526.06
5554.04
1:10.52
TOTAL
Source: Mine Plan
The entire quantities of fresh OB generated will be backfilled in the mine voids and the
entire top soil generated will directly be spread over the inactive dumps. Figure – 2.13
provide the details of conceptual mining plan for the balance life of the mine.
48
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE - 2.8 : MINE PIT POSITION AT END OF 1ST YEAR
49
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE - 2.9 : MINE PIT POSITION AT END OF 2ND YEAR
50
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE - 2.10 : MINE PIT POSITION AT END OF 3RD YEAR
51
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE - 2.11 : MINE PIT POSITION AT END OF 4TH YEAR
52
Chapter- 2
Project Description
FIGURE - 2.12: MINE PIT POSITION AT END OF 5TH YEAR
53
FIGURE – 2.13: CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN
54
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Recovery of Resource at Block – B
In the Block – B of the Mining Lease has Lignite at greater depth as well as with higher
stripping ratio and as such, is not found economical for exploitation by opencast mining.
GMDC was, therefore, considering exploitation of these reserves by in-situ gasification
of lignite seams. The Company has signed an MOU with ONGC for a pilot project of
underground gasification of lignite. If the pilot project is found successful, GMDC plans
to take up exploitation of entire Block B deposit having 25.16 million Tonnes geological
reserves by underground gasification. GMDC proposes to make separate proposal for
Mining Plan by underground gasification in the area at appropriate time.
Future explorations:
The mining lease area is adequately explored for lignite. However, in the northern area,
almost along the lease boundary, where the State Govt. Geology Dept. drilling shown
hardly some traces of lignite at very high stripping ratio, the company recently drilled
some boreholes and found some workable lignite patch, which has increased the
mineable reserves. The company proposes to continue further drilling in its extension
towards North & Eastern part of the Mining Lease and along the eastern periphery of
the so far established lignite boundary extending to about 505 ha to confirm any
possible extension of the deposit.
2.7.8 Design Parameters of Mining (Opencast Working)
the selected Block A. The approved bench geometry comprises of maximum 5 m benchheight and minimum bench-width of 15 m - 20 m. The benches at ultimate mine pit
were proposed of 5 m height with 5 m width and the slope of the high wall as taken as
700.
55
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Earlier the maximum annual OB handling was planned @ 300 Lac m3 only, which is now
estimated at 320 Lac m3 in the third year, 477 Lac m3 in the 5th year and then with the
average over 600 Lac m3 during 11th to 15th year. Lignite production capacity is also
proposed to be increased from 3 to 5 million Tonnes per annum. Higher capacities
equipments will, as such, be needed to achieve the proposed enhanced production
capacities and is discussed in the following clauses.
In general, the overburden strata are quite soft in nature and can comfortably be
excavated by hydraulic excavators, without the aid of drilling-blasting. However, during
the course of mining, we found some hard compact strata, which could not be excavated
by bigger capacity Hydraulic excavators even after ripping by dozers. These strata
require blasting. Considering this, the requirement of equipment in different sizes has
been considered for different nature of jobs, as under:
a) Major Overburden Excavation & Transportation:
Hydraulic Excavator
: 8.5 m3
Dumpers (Rear Dump)
: 85 Tonnes
b) Hard Strata & Inter-burden Excavation & Transportation:
[Hard strata shall first be broken by blasting]
Hydraulic Excavator
: 6 m3
Dumpers (Rear Dump)
: 50 Tonnes
c) Lignite Mining & Transportation:
Hydraulic Excavator
:
1.7 to 3 m3
Haulers (Rear Dump)
:
20 to 25 Tonnes
Also Consumers’ trucks
:
10 to 20 Tonnes
Lignite mining is proposed by deploying hydraulic excavators of various capacities
ranging from 1.7 to 3 m3. Hydraulic excavators shall load lignite into 10 T to 20 T
highway trucks that will carry lignite directly to user industries. Transportation of
lignite up to Pyrite Separation plant will be undertaken by 20-25 T dumpers / haulers.
56
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Considering the proposed sizes of equipments, the bench geometry is also proposed to
be modified as under:
Working benches:
Height of benches
-
5m
Width of benches
-
15-20 m.
Slope of bench face
-
700
Height of benches
-
5m
Width of benches
-
5m
Overall pit slope
-
<36.250
Ultimate Pit:
Ramp (Surface to Pit Bottom):
Gradient
:
1:16
Side slopes
:
1:3
Surface R.L. (where Ramp starts)
:
23.51 m.
Pit Bottom R.L. (where Ramp ends) : - 16.3 m
Inclined length of Ramp
:
638.20 m
Length of Ramp in Plan
:
636.96 m
Drilling
The compact greenish hard strata start occurring at a depth between 15.5 m to 104.3 m.
The thickness of these strata varies from 0.12 m to 5.35 m with average thickness of
3.00 m. The quantity of the hard strata, expected to be encountered during first 5 years
mining, is estimated to be 49.7 Lac M3 and 105.10 Lac M3 in 10 years mining. Strata up
to 2 m thickness is proposed to be broken using Jack hammer drilled shot-holes and
strata more than 2 m thickness by drilling 4” dia blast-holes. Based on thickness of the
hard strata, we propose the drilling and blasting pattern separately, as discussed in the
following clauses.
57
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Drilling will be carried out by
Jack hammers (32 mm dia)
- for thickness of hard strata up to 2 m
Drill machines (100 mm dia)
- for thickness of hard strata above 2 m.
Both drilling machines shall be compressed air operated. The compressors will be
separate tyre-mounted machines, operated by diesel engines.
Blasting
ANFO is proposed as main explosive in both types of holes i.e. in 32 mm dia and 100
mm dia. The boosting will be done by NG based (gel type) high explosives. Explosives
(ANFO : high explosives) will be used in 80:20 ratio with Powder factor is estimated as 5
M3/Kg in OB. 25 Milli-Second delay detonators shall be used with detonating cord to
ignite the high explosive. The detonating cord will contain 10 gm of PETN per mtr.
Requirement of Explosive
•
For Jack-hammer drilled 32 mm dia x 1.5 m long holes:
Requirement of different classes / types of explosives is estimated and shown in the
Table – 2.9.
TABLE 2.9: YEAR-WISE REQUIREMENT OF EXPLOSIVES FOR 32 MM HOLES
S. No.
Year
1st
2 nd
3 rd
4th
5 th
1
Total Explosive reqd. (kg)
15400
20600
30000
31800
51400
2
ANFO (kg)
12320
16480
24000
25440
41120
3
High Explosive (kg)
3080
4120
6000
6360
10280
4
Elect. delay detonators
1500
2000
2500
2800
4000
Source: Mine Plan
•
For 100 mm dia x 3.5 m Long holes drilled by Drill Machine:
The details of explosive and detonators as
mentioned table.
58
required year wise is shown as below
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE 2.10: YEAR-WISE REQUIREMENT OF EXPLOSIVES FOR 100 MM HOLES
S. No.
Year
1
Total Explosive (kg)
2
ANFO (kg)
3
High Explosive (kg)
4
Elect delay detonators
Source: Mine Plan
1 st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
190000
152000
38000
3000
23000
18400
4600
500
165000
132000
33000
2800
231800
185440
46360
4000
235000
188000
47000
4000
Storage of Explosive
(i)
High Explosive:
The maximum daily use of high explosive will be 190 Kg. We propose to maintain a
stock worth 15 days’ consumption. As such, the required storage capacity of the
magazine would be 15 x 190 = 2850 Kg. We would thus require a 3 Tonne magazine
capacity for high explosives.
(ii) Detonators:
Maximum daily use of Detonator is estimated as 25. Monthly consumption will be 625.
Hence we propose storage of 1000 detonators, a little more than one month
consumption. Detonator will be stored in the ante-chamber of main magazine.
(iii) Detonating cord:
The maximum daily requirement of detonating cord will be around 1000 m. The
monthly consumption will thus be 25000 m. We propose 15 days’ stock in the magazine.
(iv) Ammonium Nitrate (AN):
A separate godown is proposed to be constructed at site for storing Ammonium Nitrate
.The ratio of AN : fuel oil will be 94.5 : 5.5. Maximum daily requirement of AN will be
763 Kg and the monthly consumption will be 19075, say about 20 Tonnes. We propose
to construct the godown for 15 days consumption, i.e. with storage capacity of 10
Tonnes.
The construction of magazines will be started after getting necessary approvals from
Competent Authority i.e. Chief Controller of Explosives and complying with the
conditions as he may specify in the approval letter. Permission for manufacturing of
59
Chapter- 2
Project Description
ANFO and use will also be taken from Explosive Department. Permissions shall also be
obtained from DGMS for use of different types of explosives in a hole and use of
explosive in loose form (non-cartridge).
Blasting Pattern
Since electric delay system is proposed same delay in a row and next row detonator are
connected in the series. Pattern of blasting is proposed for better fragmentation.
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
5
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
4
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
3
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
2
0----------0----------0----------0-----------0-----------0----------0
1
0----------0----------0---------0----------0-----------0----------0 0
____________ ______ _____ ______________________
Free Face
FIGURE – 2.14: DRILLING AND BLASTING PATTERN
60
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.7.9 Mining Machinery
Mechanisation of the mine is limited to the deployment of hydraulic excavators, reardump dumpers and ancillary machinery like Bull dozers & motor graders. The same is
planned to be continued. Only the diesel operated machinery are in use. Use of
mechanized drilling is now being planned for breaking the hard strata. Following
operating norms are considered for estimation of equipment configuration at the mine:
No of working days in a year
:
300 days
No. of shifts per day for OB work
:
3 shifts
No. of shifts for Hard strata mining
:
2 shifts (Drilling)
:
1 shift (Blasting)
:
2 shifts (loading & Transportation)
No. of shifts / day for lignite mining
:
3 shifts
No. of machine working hours
:
18 hours / day for OB work
:
18 hours for Lignite mining
:
12 hours /day for Hard strata mining
Annual working hours for machines
:
Average Utilization Factor
:
0.85
For OB removal & Lignite Mining
:
@ 300 x 18 = 5400
:
5400 x 0.85
:
4500 hrs.
:
@ 300 x 12 = 3600
:
:
3600 x 0.85
3000 hrs.
For Hard strata mining
Following standard capacities of different machinery have been taken into account
while estimating machinery configuration.
61
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE - 2.11 : STANDARD CAPACITIES OF SELECTED MACHINERY
Activity
Type of Machine
OB Removal
Hyd. Excavator
Hard Strata mining
Lignite Mining
Bucket Capacity
Hourly Output
8.5 m3
800 m3/hr
Dumpers
85 Tonner
200 m3/hr
Excavator
6 m3
500 m3/hr
Dumpers
50 Tonner
125 m3/hr
Hyd. Excavators
3 m3
250 T/hr
Hyd. Excavators
1.7 m3
145 T/hr
25 Tonner
75 T/hr
Haulers
Source: Mine Plan
Maximum quantities of Overburden removal (inclusive of top soil & hard strata) and
Lignite production planned in any one year during First five years are:
Overburden
Top OB
:
462.68 Lac m3
Hard strata & IB
:
16.05 Lac m3
Total OB
:
477.00 Lac m3
:
30 Lac Tonnes
:
20 Lac Tonnes
:
50 Lac Tonnes
Lignite - With Pyrite Separation
- ROM dispatches
Total
a) O.B. Removal: (Annual quantity 462.68 Lac m3)
•
•
Hydraulic Excavator (8.0 m3):
Annual capacity 4500*800
:
36.0 Lac m3 per machine
No of machines required
:
462.68 / 36 = 12.83 say 13.
Annual Capacity 4500*200
:
9.0 Lac m3 per dumper
No. of Dumpers required
:
462.68 / 9 = 51.4 say 52
Dumpers (85 T):
b) Hard Strata & IB Mining: (Annual quantity 16.05 Lac m3)
•
Hydraulic Excavator (6.0 m3)
:
:
62
22.50 Lac m3 per machine
•
Chapter- 2
Project Description
:
1 (one) will be sufficient
Dumpers (50 T)
:
:
5.625 Lac m3 per dumper
:
2.853, say 3 nos.
c) Lignite Mining
Since lignite is a softer rock & also as smaller lumps are required, it is planned to use
small size (1.7 & 3 m3) hydraulic shovels.
For Plant–feed:
•
•
Hydraulic Excavator (3.0 m3):
:
11.25 Lac Tonnes per machine
:
30 / 11.25 = 2.67, say 3.
:
3.375 Lac Tonnes per dumper
:
8.88 dumpers, say 9 dumpers.
:
6.525 Lac Tonnes per machine
:
20 / 6.525 = 3.07 say 3.
Dumpers (25 T):
For ROM Dispatches:
•
•
Hydraulic Excavator (1.7 m3) :
Lignite Haulage / Transportation:
Private Consumers’ Trucks
:
on actual demand basis
The minimum Equipment / HEMM configuration is thus estimated as given below in the
Table – 2.12 with provision for stand-by equipment:
63
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE – 2.12 : REQUIREMENT OF HEAVY EARTH MOVING MACHINES (HEMM)
Type of Machine
Hydraulic excavators
Dumpers / Haulers
Size / Capacity
8.5 M3
6.0 M3
3.0 M3
1.7 M3
85 Tonner
50 Tonner
25 T
Min.
Nos.
13
1
3
3
52
3
9
Stand-bye
@ 15%
3
1
1
1
8
1
3
Total
Nos.
16
2
4
4
60
4
12
Source: Mine Plan
Ancillary Equipments
Corresponding requirement of ancillary equipment is estimated as under:
TABLE- 2.13 : REQUIREMENT OF ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
Type of Machine
Dozers (750 HP)
Dozers (385 HP)
Graders
Water Sprinklers
Size / Capacity
Min. Nos.
BD 475 or eqv.
D355 or eqv.
2
5
2
6
20 KL
Stand-bye
@ 15%
1
1
2
Total
Nos.
2
6
3
8
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.10 Haul roads
The lignite produced from the plant will be used by the nearby power plants as well as
cement industries. Now it is proposed to provide a Pyrite Removal Plant to remove the
pyrite nodules present in the lignite.
20 - 25 m wide Haul roads are provided, as straight as possible and having gradient
flatter than 1 in 16 with proper cambering. The lignite from the mine face will be
transported to lignite receiving pit in the PRP located within the ML area by 25 T
dumpers. The lignite transportation systems from the PRP located within the ML area to
the user points will be arranged by the respective customers. Connecting road between
the mine to proposed consumer sites will be suitably built/improved to undertake the
required density of traffic for lignite movement.
64
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.7.11 Pyrite Removal Plant
The Pyritic nodules of 2 to 30 centimetre sizes are found in lignite beds. These pyritic
nodules cause, apart from the corrosive effect, damages to the crushers of the end
users. As such a pyrite nodule separation plant is now proposed to be installed to
remove maximum possible pyrites from ROM before its dispatch. The plant will have
two units, each with 1.5 Million Tone annual capacity. It is the dry beneficiation
system, using
DE XRT (Dual Energy X-Ray Technology). The technology is fully
automatic and can handle coarse coal in size of 1-1000 mm. The earlier
Environmental Clearance issued for the 3 MTPA was already modified incorporating
the Pyrite Removal Plant of 3 MTPA capacity vide reference no. J-11015/234/2006IA.II (M) dated 18th May 2012.
2.7.12 Stacking of Mineral Rejects and Disposal of Waste
2.7.12.1 Nature of Top Soil and Overburden/Waste
In this mine, main waste is overburden in the form of weathered mantle which includes
top soil layer. Half meter average thickness of top soil has been considered for separate
removal and stacking for use in mine reclamation later.
2.7.12.2 Year/Stage wise Waste Generation
The waste generation year/stage wise is given in Table-2.14.
TABLE-2.14 :WASTE GENERATION
(in Lakh m3)
Year
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
th
6 to 10th
11th to 15th
16th
Top OB
123.95
173.74
308.87
396.82
462.68
Hard strata
10.27
2.18
9.75
13.18
14.32
Total
65
IB
5.78
4.08
1.38
0
0
Total OB
140
180
320
410
477
3000
2250
304
7081
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.12.3 Waste Disposal Sites
Five waste (OB) disposal sites are proposed in the lease area. The details of the
overburden dumps are given in Table-2.15.
TABLE - 2.15 : DESCRIPTION OF OVERBURDEN DUMPS
20
OB already
dumped in
Lac M3
4.31
Proposed OB
dumping
in Lac M3
7.59
Total
Quantity in
Lac M3
11.90
57.88
55
60.95
136.41
197.36
In use
W-III
81.92
55
90.00
W-IV
E-I
45.18
95.67
40
55
175.00
0
265.00
96.00
In use
Proposed
310.00
880.26
Proposed
Dump
No.
Area
In Ha
Height
M
W-I
13.35
W-II
Total 294.00
Source: Mine Plan
96.00
310.00
0
240.26
640.00
Remarks
Top soil
These dumps will be spread over 294-ha area. Part of OB excavated from the mine from
1st year till the 16th year i.e. 7081 lakh m3 (bank) will be accommodated in it including
top soil for afforestation.
2.7.13 Reclamation and Rehabilitation
•
Backfill Dump
Backfilling will start from 4th year of the project operation. In the 5th year, out of 477 Lac
m3 OB generated, 314 Lac m3 will be dumped into de-coaled area up to ground level,
2.70 Lac M3 (top soil) will be stacked at separate top soil dump and the rest 160 Lac M3
will be dumped over the backfilled area as high dump increasing the height by 25 m
above ground level. The high dump in backfill areas have been planned to minimize
external Dumping as well to minimize degradation of fertile land.
•
Top Soil Dump
66
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The total topsoil generated during the development of mine will be stacked separately
in a soil stack pile in between the pit and the surface dump. It will be used for growing
plants along the fringes of the site roads and reclamation of external dump and
backfilled area. The top soil stockpiles will be low height not exceeding 20 m and will be
grassed to retain fertility. Besides this, topsoil stacks there would be temporary stacks
near the excavation area and area to be reclaimed which will be made use of for
concurrent laying without bringing the topsoil to the soil stack near the OB dump.
The void area of the excavated pit will ultimately become a water reservoir. The depth
of the void will be reduced in the post mining stage by filling it with waste from the
crown dump. This void area will also be suitably sloped, bunded and fenced.
2.7.14 Mine Drainage
The average rainfall in this area is about 500 mm annually and to prevent inrush of
surface water in to the mine garland drains of adequate sizes are proposed around the
mine pit. Adequate pumping capacity is proposed for dealing with water collected in
the excavated area. The water from the mine pit shall be pumped out by electrically
operated pumps into the settling tanks on surface from where clear water shall be
diverted for gainful utilization like dust suppression, plantation and other uses.
The mine drainage system plays a vital role in opencast mining operations. This is
broadly categorized as management of Storm water and Ground water and discussed in
the following paragraphs.
Storm Water
There are no perennial rivers or major surface water bodies within the proposed lignite
field or mining lease area. The only river which is of significance, Malesari river, flows
on southern side and well outside of Mining Lease area. It falls into the Gulf of Cambay
near the village of Hathab. This is also a seasonal river and is dry for most of the period.
The mine workings in Block A are quite far off from this river and the surface contours
around working would provide adequate safety from the flow in the river.
67
Chapter- 2
Project Description
There are four small seasonal Nallahs N1 , N2, N3 & N4, flowing east-wards and
entering Gulf of Cambay near Ghogha (Refer - Surface plan, Figure – 2.1). These Nallahs
are passing through lignite bearing areas and the proposed workings and shall be
diverted away from mine workings from time to time. These Nallahs and their
diversions will take care of rain water, which shall be suitably coursed.
Garland Drains
It is necessary to prevent surface run-off water entering the mines. This shall be
achieved by providing ‘Garland drains’ around the mining pit. All surface water which
has the potential to flow towards the mining pit will get diverted into the drainage
system. The garland drains shall be aligned in such a way that the “trapped” water is led
away from the mining zone. The garland drains will be periodically de-silted as these
are bound to carry a lot of silt.
As an additional precautionary measure to prevent the run-off water entering the
mines, it is necessary to construct embankments of 3 m above the HFL at the periphery
of the mine at appropriate places. The soil, which is excavated in the process of
constructing the drain, could be utilized to the extent possible for the construction of
the embankment. It is desirable to strengthen and stabilize the embankments by proper
consolidation. Whenever advancing of the pit is there the new garland drain and
suitable embankment will be provided.
Dewatering of the Mining Pit
All depressions in the area near the edge of the mining pit shall be properly filled. No
water accumulation shall be allowed at all such places. The garland drain shall be made
some distance away from the edge and slope of the garland drain shall be such that
there is no accumulation / stand still water in the drain and that no surface water is
allowed to enter the mining pit.
68
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The mine is already in operation and almost 86 ha area is already excavated. There is
hardly any seepage of water from the strata in the mine. Only rain water gets
accumulated which requires dewatering. The rain water is collected at two places, one
at bottom most part of the pit and the second at intermediate level. The water so
collected is partially pumped out and rest is preserved for dust suppression, plantation
for whole of the year. As a measure of safety following pumping arrangements are
maintained at the mine to deal with the excess water:
70 HP, 200 M3/Hr capacity pump 1 No.
Ground Water
All types of water, occurring below the ground level, in the interstices of soil grains, in
the soft rock formations, in the weathered/fractured zones and joints of hard rock
formations, can be classified as ground water.
The thickness of alluvial formations together with upper sandstones, clays and
conglomerates normally varies from 10 to 30 m. Dug wells constructed in these
formations vary in depth from 5 to 20 m and diameter of the wells varies from 2 to 5 m.
The depth of water in the dug wells depends on the elevation of the ground surface,
rainfall and stratigraphical conditions. Normal depth range is between 5 to 20 m from
ground level. The average water level fluctuations between pre-monsoon and monsoon
seasons is 1.50 m. Gradient of water table normally follows the surface slope and is from
west to east with slope of 1 in 1000 to 500.
2.7.15 Employment Potential
The Surkha (N) Lignite Project was initially designed to produce 3.0 million Tonnes
lignite per annum. Accordingly the manpower requirement was planned. Considering
the circumstances explained in earlier chapters, it is now proposed to enhance the
production capacity up to 5.0 million Tonnes per annum. Most of the mining operations
69
Chapter- 2
Project Description
and the ancillary services are planned to be outsourced. The fresh manpower
requirement has been estimated based on the present circumstances. Since the project
is quite big & works as an independent Cost Centre, hence adequate care has been taken
to provide senior level management positions to discharge their duties.
Project Management:
The Project is currently placed and will be continued to be under the charge of a
Graduate Mining Engineer holding a First Class Managers Certificate of Competency
granted under the Coal Mines Regulations 1957. He is designated as General Manager
(Project). He will be assisted by about 7 Heads of Departments.
Statutory Manpower
The requirement of mining officials and supervision is governed under the various
clauses of the Coal Mines Regulations 1957 and the orders made there under. The mine
is placed under the charge of the Mine Manager, holding a First Class managers’
certificate of competency assisted by about 46 no of statutory officials and supervisors.
Staff & Other Manpower
Though, most of the operations are proposed to be outsourced, supervision & other
services like dispatches & sales of lignite, security, administration, finance, materials are
exclusively provided departmentally. Manpower proposed to be maintained under
these service departments is about 52 nos and outsourced man power for this
department would be about 555 nos. The man power required for pyrite plant is about
20 persons. The total man power required is about 745 persons.
2.7.16 Site Services
Complete facilities near to the site are very important for such a high capacity mines
and quantum of overburden, it is imperative to develop core infrastructure like power,
road, telecommunication, housing, service buildings viz office, store, first aid centre,
canteen etc for a large number of employees for the project. The mine project is at a
70
Chapter- 2
Project Description
remote place from the district headquarter. The site services required at mine site will
be housed within the premises.
•
Office & Training Center
The administration office is provided at the entrance of the mine site, housing the
offices of the GM (Project), Mine Manager and all other Departments.
A unit type Mines Vocational Training Center will be established at the mine site to cater
to the needs of training the workforce. It shall fully comply to the provisions made
under the Mines VT Rules, making provision for a lecture hall, a training work-shed,
office rooms, etc.
•
Workshop
A workshop building is provided for carrying out repairs & maintenance of
departmental machinery and other vehicles. The contractor has already constructed
separate workshop for maintenance of its machinery in his camp site.
•
Stores & Diesel Storage Tank
A store building has already been proposed to house the spares parts and other
inventories required in connection with the repairs and maintenance of machinery &
vehicles. A licensed diesel storage facility from IOC and disbursing units of appropriate
capacity has also been provided.
•
Other Buildings
Time-Office, First Aid Room, Rest Shelter and Surface Toilets / Urinals and other
necessary services in the mining area has also been provided for conducting regular
mining operations & ancillary activities, statutory compliance and administrative
functions. Six Electronic Weighbridges along with their control rooms are also provided
along the lignite transport road weighing of trucks and haulers carrying lignite outside
the mines.
71
•
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Road
All weather four-lane, connecting the mine bottom through the main ramp and the State
Highway No. 36 on northern boundary has been made. This road is also provided with a
culvert on Nallah N-1. Another approach road from the above State Highway is provided
to approach the administrative office buildings. Further, approach roads of reasonable
widths have also been provided for movement of HEMM from mine to workshop and
parking lot. A network of internal haul roads is also provided in the mining area for
transportation of overburden to different dumps.
•
Residential Facilities
The residential township for the project employees is available at Bhavnagar city, which
is about 15 km from the mine site. The employees are provided with transport (staff
bus) to & fro journeys between mines & township. As such, no provision is made for
this purpose in the Mining Lease area. However, township / camp-site is considered and
provided within the mining lease area for contractors’ workers with proper
arrangements for lighting and water supply.
•
Tele-communication systems
Adequate landline telephone facility is provided at the mine. Operational executives and
supervisors are provided mobile phones under CUG facilities. Walkie-talkies and
wireless system has been maintained at mine site. Project is also connected through
internet BSNL, Reliance & Airtel. For communication with Head Quarter at Ahmedabad.
ERP system is also introduced and each person is provided with individual web-mail.
Weekly video conferencing is also introduced between the mine’s office and the headoffice of the Company.
•
Medical Facilities
A First aid room is established at the site. A dispensary is proposed at the colony under
construction. An ambulance is provided round the clock at the Mines site for emergency
transport of injured or patient. The Bhavnagar city is very near to the site i.e. only 15
72
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Km. There are good hospitals like Sterling, Wockhart etc with which GMDC is having tieup. Periodical medical examination of all the staff shall be done as per statutory
provisions at this dispensary.
•
Contractors’ Camp:
As the mining operations and other ancillary services are proposed to be outsourced,
separate camp sites have been arranged for contractors to provide their site office,
workshop, stores, diesel storage and workers’ dormitory.
•
Explosive Storage
High Explosive
The maximum daily use of high explosive will be 190 Kg. We propose to maintain a
stock worth 15 days’ consumption. As such, the required storage capacity of the
magazine would be 15 x 190 = 2850 Kg. We would thus require a 3 Tonne magazine
capacity for high explosives.
Detonators
Maximum daily use of Detonator is estimated as 25. Monthly consumption will be 625.
Hence we propose storage of 1000 detonators, a little more than one month
consumption. Detonator will be stored in the ante-chamber of main magazine.
Detonating Cord
The maximum daily requirement of detonating cord will be around 1000 m. The
monthly consumption will thus be 25000 m. We propose 15 days’ stock in the magazine.
Ammonium Nitrate (AN)
A separate godown is proposed to be constructed at site for storing Ammonium Nitrate.
The ratio of AN : fuel oil will be 94.5 : 5.5. Maximum daily requirement of AN will be 763
Kg and the monthly consumption will be 19075, say about 20 Tonnes. We propose to
construct the godown for 15 days consumption, i.e. with storage capacity of 10 Tonnes.
The construction of magazines will be started after getting necessary approvals from
Competent Authority i.e. Chief Controller of Explosives and complying with the
73
Chapter- 2
Project Description
conditions as he may specify in the approval letter. Permission for manufacturing of
ANFO and use will also be taken from Explosive Department. Permissions shall also be
obtained from DGMS for use of different types of explosives in a hole and use of
explosive in loose form (non-cartridge).
2.7.17 Land Requirement
As an existing mine in operation, the total land area is available for the mining
operation. No additional land will be acquired for the proposed expansion activities as
the enhancement of the production will be achieved by reducing the mining period. The
total land available for the Surkha (N) mine is about 3672 ha after surrender 1018 ha of
Block – C which is not having much mineral reserve. The land use break-up of the lease
area as of 3672 ha during pre-mining stage is given in Table-2.16 and land use breakup of lease area as per mining operations is given in Table – 2.17.
TABLE - 2.16: LAND USE BREAK-UP DURING PRE-MINING STAGE
S. No.
Land use
Within ML Area
(ha)
2941.68
Outside ML
Area (ha)
---
TOTAL
2941.68
1.
Agricultural land
2.
Forest land
---
---
---
3.
Wasteland
702.32
---
702.32
4.
Grazing land
---
---
---
5.
Surface water bodies
28.00
---
28.00
6.
Settlements
---
---
---
7.
Others (specify)
---
---
---
3672.00
---
3672.00
TOTAL
Source: Mine Plan
74
Chapter- 2
Project Description
TABLE – 2.17 : BREAK-UP OF LEASE AREA AS PER MINING OPERATIONS
S. No.
Description
Area in Ha.
A
Block-A
1
Ultimate pit area
2
Outside waste dump area
294.00
3
Future exploration
505.00
4
235.25
5
Peripheral area unlikely to be put in to any use,
inclusive of safety barrier from edges of ultimate pit
& external waste dumps etc.
Roads
6
Pyrite Removal Plant
3.00
7
Infrastructures
1.65
8
Green belt
60.00
9
Natural drains
28.00
1014.88
Sub total
1.22
2143.00
B
Block-B (UCG)
1207.00
C
Block-D (Proposed to be surrendered, near Thordi)
322.00
Total Area (A+B+D)
3672.00
Source: Mine Plan
Note :
(1) Area of block D is 322 ha, which is proposed to be surrendered because this area is barren and
also not suitable for initial external OB dumps due to high leads and as such it is of no use to us.
(2) Area of Block-C (1018 Ha.) is already surrendered.
2.7.18 Water Requirement
Water will be required for domestic and industrial purpose. Total requirement of water
for domestic, mining and allied activities including water requirement for greenbelt
development is estimated as 1000 m3/day. Industrial water of about 966 m3/day will be
required for sprinkling on haul roads, dust suppression, vehicle washing and green belt
watering. The industrial water requirement will be met from the mine sump and
settling tanks.
75
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Domestic water of about 34 m3/day will be required for drinking and domestic
purposes for the employees of the GMDC, Truck drivers, helpers and employees of the
contractors. The domestic water requirement will be met from GWSSB main pipe line
which is passing through nearby the area. The water will be stored in a under ground
storage tank of 1.60 lakh litres. GMDC have constructed one 1.60 Lac liter U/G and one
15,000 liter Overhead tank. The water is pumped into the O/H tank and distributed to
all important places. RO with coolers are also provided at various point including truck
parking area. The break-up of the water required for different activities are as given in
Table-2.18.
TABLE – 2.18 : WATER REQUIREMENT
Sr. No.
Water Requirement
m3/day
Description
Industrial Requirement
1
Haul road sprinkling
206
2
Vehicles usage
40
3
Green belt development
720
Sub Total
966
Domestic Requirement
4
Requirement
34
Sub Total
Grand Total
34
1000
Source: Mine Plan
2.7.19 Power Requirement
A dedicated 11 KV overhead transmission line has been established between the nearby
grid substation of PGVCL (a subsidiary of Gujarat Electricity Board – GEB, GUVNL) to
mine’s substation located near workshop. The demand of power for pumps, lighting and
offices was estimated at 250 KVA.
76
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Standby DG sets of appropriate capacities are also maintained to provide emergency
power requirement for the lighting, pumping and weighbridges. Moreover GMDC have
also installed 20 KW Solar Power systems at our Administrative building, making this
green building, which takes care of power of this entire building.
2.8
Sources of Pollution
Virtually, all surface mining methods for any ore/mineral produce some irreversible
impacts. These produce dramatic changes in the landscape due to large-scale
excavation. The environmental pollution due to the opencast mining, in general, could
be broadly classified into the following categories:
•
Air Pollution;
•
Hydrological Conditions;
•
Water Resources and Quality;
•
Top Soil & Overburden; and
•
Noise Levels and Vibration.
2.8.1 Air Pollution
Mining operations contribute towards air pollution in two ways: addition of gaseous
pollutants to the atmosphere and the dust particles. The gaseous pollutants include
NOx, SO2 and Hydrocarbons. The sources of pollutants from the mining activity include:
•
Operation of Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM) which mostly run on
diesel;
•
Loading /unloading operations;
•
Transportation of mineral/overburden in dumpers; and
•
Ripping/Dozing, Drilling and Blasting operations.
77
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The above points can be classified as follows:
Point Source/Single Source
These are stationary sources, which emit air pollutants into the atmosphere from a
certain fixed point. In the proposed mine, the following sources or activities form the
point sources, which emit Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM).
•
Drilling
Drilling is an important activity of mining process. Both lignite and OB will require
drilling prior to blasting and excavation. The entire 5 MTPA lignite production will be
achieved through drilling and blasting. Jack hammers of 32 mm and Drill machines of
100 mm are proposed for drilling of hard strata in OB benches. Vertical drilling is
envisaged in OB benches. The length of hole will be ranging between 1.5 – 3.0m. Air
pollution in the form of SPM is envisaged from this activity.
•
Loading
In the proposed project, the loading of overburden (OB) is proposed by 8 m3 Hydraulic
excavators whereas 1.7 m3 and 3.0 m3 hydraulic shovels will be used for lignite as the
lignite is a softer rock & also as smaller lumps. This activity is likely to contribute air
pollution in the form of SPM (dust) during discharge of material from bucket and
gaseous pollutant like SO2, NOx and Hydrocarbons due to combustion of fuel (diesel) in
the loading machinery.
•
Unloading
The generated OB and raised lignite at mine face will be transported by dumpers and
unloaded at the designated locations i.e. OB will be unloaded /dumped at dump site and
the lignite will be unloaded at lignite stock yard / pyrite removal plant. During
unloading operation of both the material, air pollution in the form of SPM (dust) is
envisaged due to discharge of material from the dumper and gaseous pollutants like
78
Chapter- 2
Project Description
SO2, NOx and Hydrocarbons due to consumption of fuel (diesel) by dumper while
unloading the material.
Line Sources
These are normally mobile sources, which emit atmospheric pollutants in the area
through which they pass. The following are the sources of air pollution falling under this
category.
•
Transportation
The generated OB from site will be transported by haul road to the waste dump
locations in the ML area using 85 T capacity dumpers and the lignite raised from the
mine face will be transported by haul road upto the stock yard /pyrite removal plant
using 25 T capacity dumpers.
Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles also in the mine lease area.
The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous
pollutants concentration in the area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon
within the mining areas that have limited human exposure.
As already stated, the lignite from the PRP located within the ML area to the user points
will be arranged by the respective users. This is also likely to contribute towards
increase in dust concentration outside the ML area.
•
Dozing
Heavy dozing is envisaged at OB dumps and lignite stock yard using dozers. The dozing
activity is likely to contribute to air pollution in the form of SPM, SO2, NOx and
hydrocarbons due to use of diesel operated HEMM.
79
Chapter- 2
Project Description
Area Sources/Multiple Sources
These constitute pollution from various sources and activities situated in the mine lease
area.
The total mine area with all its mining activities constitute the area source. These
include all the mining activities, operations of equipment/machinery (HEMM), wind
erosion from active mine pit, lignite stock yard and waste dump locations and haul road
which contribute to the atmospheric pollution from the various units/activities.
•
Instantaneous Sources
The instantaneous sources consist of air pollution due to sudden/instantaneous
activities like blasting in the mine area.
Blasting process involves dislodgement of big blocks of hard strata/mineral from the
mines. This operation generates maximum dust, which results in the increase of SPM
concentration. It also contributes to emissions of certain gases (Oxides of Nitrogen and
Ammonia) due to the use of explosives like ANFO.
The size of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere plays a major role in deciding
the distance to which they may be transported. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly
and closer to their source, because of gravitational settling. However, the aerosols
because of their small size may be held in suspension for years in the atmosphere and
may be transported on a global scale. Eventually, these smaller particles are collected in
raindrops and fall on earth. The composition of these particles largely depends on the
composition of the mineral being processed.
•
Measures
Adequate measures as detailed in Chapter-4 shall be adopted to reduce and control the
impacts.
80
Chapter- 2
Project Description
2.8.2 Hydrological Conditions
There are no perennial rivers or major surface water bodies within the proposed lignite
field or mining lease area. The block is traversed by a network of 4 seasonal nallahs
draining the storm water, which flowing east-wards and entering Gulf of Cambay near
Ghogha.
During the course of mining, these Nallahs are passing through lignite bearing areas and
the proposed workings and shall be diverted away from mine workings from time to
time through the undisturbed area in a phased manner to maintain the natural drainage
system. These Nallahs and their diversions will take care of rain water, which shall be
suitably coursed.
The thickness of alluvial formations together with upper sandstones, clays and
conglomerates normally varies from 10 to 30 m. Dug wells constructed in these
formations vary in depth from 5 to 20 m and diameter of the wells varies from 2 to 5 m.
Normal depth range is between 5 to 20 m from ground level. The average water level
fluctuations between pre-monsoon and monsoon seasons is 1.50 m. Gradient of water
table normally follows the surface slope and is from west to east with slope of 1 in 1000
to 500.
2.8.3 Water Resources and Quality
The mine is already in operation and almost 86 ha area is already excavated. The
ground water table is not reached during the mining activities. This may not disturb the
natural hydro-geological condition of the area.
There are network of 4 seasonal nallahs draining the storm water, which flow, from the
plateau region eastward into the low lying areas. Suitable drains will be provided on the
sides all along the length of haul roads to protect from seepage / storm water. As an
additional precautionary measure to prevent the run-off water entering the mines, it is
necessary to construct embankments of 3 m above the HFL at the periphery of the mine
81
Chapter- 2
Project Description
at appropriate places. The soil, which is excavated in the process of constructing the
drain, could be utilized to the extent possible for the construction of the embankment.
The water quality may be affected as a result of mining operation, run-off from waste
dumps and lignite stock yards carries pollutants / silt along with it resulting in high
TDS, SS and pH of the receiving body.
2.8.4 Top Soil and Overburden Generation
Top soil and over burden will be generated from the proposed mining project which will
be stacked separately at the designated areas within ML area. During mining operations,
for entire life of quarry of 16 years, around 7081.04 Lac m3 of overburden including top
soil is likely to be generated.
The generated topsoil will be stacked separately in a soil stack pile in between the pit
and the surface dump. In order to dump the overburden, 5 dumps will be suitably
located within the ML area which will spread over an area of 294 ha.
As mentioned earlier, network of several seasonal nallahs drain the storm water into
the low lying areas. In case the garland drains are not provided properly around the
dumps, the water quality may be affected by run-off drains carrying pollutants / silt
along with it resulting in high TDS, SS and pH of the receiving body.
The dumps may also be source of air pollution due to wind erosion in case they are not
properly rehabilitated.
2.8.5 Noise Levels and Vibration
Noise Levels
Heavy Earth Moving Machineries (HEMM) are deployed in mechanized mining
operations. The noise levels of the major equipment are in the range of 88 to 90 dB(A).
82
Chapter- 2
Project Description
The noise levels are localized within the mining areas and have human exposure.
Occupational hazard is envisaged if proper personal protective equipment is not
provided to operator. The likely noise levels of the equipment are presented in Table2.19.
TABLE - 2.19: LIKELY NOISE LEVELS OF THE MAJOR MINING EQUIPMENT
Machines
Expected Noise Levels dB(A)
Dumpers
95-100
Shovel
85-95
Drills
90-100
Dozer
95-110
Pyrite Removal Plant (PRP)
85-95
Source: Mine Plan
Vibration
Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of
blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave in the ground,
which can cause significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants.
It causes major damages to the pit configuration too.
The impact will be minimized by choosing proper detonating system and optimizing
total charge and charge/delay and by regular monitoring of magnitude of ground
vibrations and air blast.
83
Chapter- 3
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of Description of the Environment
3.0
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study
area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The core area of the
study covers 10-km radius around the plant site.
3.1
Introduction
Baseline study is conducted in order to identify any potential impact and changes to the
natural and socioeconomic environments, and to have a thorough understanding of the
nature of those existing environments prior to commencement of the proposed
expansion activities. This translates as a need to characterize the existing baseline
environmental and socio-economic conditions including establishing the prevailing
conditions for a range of media through primary monitoring, undertaking focused
surveys, and the collection of secondary information from various published sources.
This report incorporates the baseline data monitored for the period 23rd April to 22nd
July 2012 representing pre-monsoon season and secondary data collected from various
Government, Semi-Government and Public sector organizations.
3.2
Meteorology
The meteorology data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper
interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for
air quality dispersion. It is characterized by a hot and dry summer from April – June a
monsoon or rainy season from October – December and winter season winter January –
March.
On site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological parameters in order to
generate the site - specific data. The central monitoring station (CMS), equipped with
continuous monitoring equipment to record wind speed, wind direction and
84
Chapter- 3
Description of the Environment
temperature was set up at the top of a residential building near mines at a height of ~
10.0m above the ground level. The methodology adopted for monitoring surface
observations was as per the Standard norms laid down by the Bureau of Indian
Standards (IS: 8829) and IMD.
3.2.1 Meteorological data recorded at site
The meteorological parameters were recorded at site on hourly basis during the study
period and consists of parameters like wind speed, wind direction and temperature. The
total rainfall was recorded daily once at 0830 hrs. The maximum and minimum values
for all the parameters except wind speed and wind direction are presented in Table3.1.
TABLE - 3.1: SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA GENERATED AT SITE
Temperature (0C)
Month
Relative Humidity (%)
Rainfall (mm)
Max
Min
Max
Min
April
43
25
68
32
0
May
45
25
91
43
4
June
43
28
95
55
37
July
40
26
97
63
212
The summary of the wind pattern for pre-monsoon season is given in
Table-3.2 and graphical presentation of the same is shown in Figure-3.1.
TABLE - 3.2 :SUMMARY OF WIND PATTERN IN STUDY AREA
Season
Pre-monsoon
2012
First
Predominant
Wind Direction
W
Second
Predominant
Wind Direction
SW
85
Average Wind
Speed (m/s)
Calm
(%)
3.14
4.85
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.1 : WINDROSE DIAGRAM FOR PRE MONSOON SEASON 2012
86
Chapter- 3
3.2.2 Secondary Data from Indian Meteorological Dept. (IMD), Surat
The nearby India Meteorological Department station that is generating meteorological
data is 83 km from the project site i.e. IMD, Surat. Hence, secondary information on
meteorological conditions has been collected from IMD station at Surat Airport.
India Meteorological Department, Surat
India Meteorological Department has been monitoring surface observations at Surat
Airport. Temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed and direction are
measured twice a day viz., at 0830 and 1730 hr. The data has been obtained for the past
available 10 years. The monthly data for all the parameters except wind speed and wind
direction is presented in Table-3.3.
TABLE - 3.3 : CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA STATION - IMD, SURAT
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Total
Temperature (0C)
Max
Min
30.1
17.1
31.9
18.8
34.6
21.9
36.5
24.3
37.2
25.9
33.7
24.4
31.0
23.8
30.2
23.3
31.5
23.2
32.2
21.8
31.8
19.7
30.7
17.3
17.1 - 37.2
Relative Humidity (%)
08:30 hr
17:30 hr
67.4
39.2
65.1
34.1
62.3
32.8
68.0
42.5
71.3
60.5
79.1
70.3
84.2
78.1
86.6
79.3
84.4
70.1
76.7
55.3
66.9
44.8
68.0
43.3
32.8 - 86.6
Rainfall (mm)
6.4
9.3
5.3
15
45.8
307.1
339
269.3
154.5
95.1
23.7
18.3
1288.8
Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were light and
moderate particularly during the morning hours. While during the afternoon hours the
winds were stronger.
87
3.3
Chapter- 3
Air Quality
The prime objective of the baseline air monitoring is to evaluate the existing air quality
of the area. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the
ambient air quality during the Construction and Operation of the proposed project. This
section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for
sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling.
3.3.1 Selection of Sampling Locations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically
designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in
the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the following considerations:
•
Meteorological conditions on synoptic basis;
•
Topography of the study area;
•
Representativeness of the region for establishing baseline status
•
Representativeness with respect to likely impact areas.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were set up at 12 locations with due
consideration to the above mentioned points. The Ambient Air Quality monitoring
locations are given in the Table-3.4 and shown in the Figure-3.2.
TABLE - 3.4 : DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS
Code
Name of the
Distance w.r.t.
Direction
Environmental
Location
mining (km)
w.r.t. mining
Setting
AAQ1
GMDC Site
Core Zone
AAQ2
Thordi
1.4
SSW
Rural area
AAQ3
Tagdi
0.8
NW
Rural area
AAQ4
Juna Ratanpar
2.1
NNE
Rural area
AAQ5
Bhutesar
3.2
NE
Rural area
AAQ6
Ghogha
4.9
NE
Urban Area
88
Mine area
Chapter- 3
Code
Name of the
Distance w.r.t.
Direction
Environmental
Location
mining (km)
w.r.t. mining
Setting
AAQ7
Surkha
3.0
SE
Rural area
AAQ8
Rampar
1.4
SE
Rural area
AAQ9
Bhadi
5.5
SSW
Rural area
AAQ10
Nesvad
5.5
WNW
Rural area
AAQ11
Malanka
5.3
NW
Rural area
AAQ12
Koliyak
6.7
SE
Rural area
3.3.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of two days per week at
each location for three months. The baseline data of air environment was generated for
the following parameters:
•
Particulate Matter size less than 10 µm (PM10);
•
Particulate Matter size less than 2.5 µm (PM2.5);
•
Sulphur dioxide (SO2);
•
Nitrogen dioxide (NO2);
•
Mercury (Hg);
•
Lead (pb);
•
Chromium (Cr); and
•
Arsenic (As);
3.3.3 Instruments used for Sampling & Analysis
Respirable Dust Samplers APM 460 BL of Envirotech was used for monitoring
Particulate matter (PM10) and Fine Particulate Samplers APM 550 of Envirotech was
used for monitoring PM 2.5. For gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NO2 APM 411 has been
used along with APM-460.
89
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.2 : AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS
90
Chapter- 3
3.3.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques
The air inlet has a circular symmetry so that air entry is unaffected by wind direction
and is designed to keep out rain, insects and very large particles. The inlet section
immediately leads to an impactor stage designed to trap particles with an aerodynamic
diameter larger than 10 microns. Thus the air stream in the down tube consists of only
medium and fine particulates. The streamlined air flow of the down tube is accelerated
through the nozzle of the well shaped impactor designed to trap medium size
particulates with an aerodynamic diameter between 2.5 and 10 microns. To avoid
sampling errors due to the tendency of small particles to bounce off the impaction
surface a 37mm diameter GF/A paper immersed in silicone oil is used as an impaction
surface. The air stream leaving the WINS impactor consists of microns. These fine
particles are collected on a special Teflon membrane filter of 47 mm diameter.
Modified West and Gaeke method (IS – 5182 part – II, 1969) has been adopted for
estimation of SO2 and Arsenite Modified Jacob & Hochheiser has been adopted for
estimation of NOX.
The Particulate Matters (Size less than 10µm) are used to estimate the Mercury, lead,
Chromium and Arsenic levels. Filter paper is digested and analyzed for heavy metal as per
the method “As per IS 5182 (Part 22): 2004 followed by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometer (AAS). The techniques used for the monitoring of Ambient Air quality is
given in Table - 3.5.
TABLE - 3.5 : TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
S. No.
1
Parameter
Technique
Minimum Detectable
Limit (µg / m3)
Particulate Matter
Respirable Dust Sampler
(PM10)
(Gravimetric method)
Particulate Matter
Fine Particulate Sampler
(PM 2.5)
(Gravimetric method)
3
Sulphur Dioxide
West and Gaeke
5.0
4
Nitrogen Oxides
Jacob & Hochheiser
5.0
2
91
1.0
1.0
Chapter- 3
5
Mercury
IS 5182 (Part 22) : 2004
0.2
6
Lead
IS 5182 (Part 22) : 2004
0.1
7
Chromium
IS 5182 (Part 22) : 2004
0.2
8
Arsenic
IS 5182 (Part 22) : 2004
0.001
3.3.5 Presentation of Results
The survey results for the three months study period are presented in detail in
Annexure-I. The summary of these results for each location is presented in Table-3.6.
These are compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB).
92
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.6: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Code
AAQ1
AAQ2
AAQ3
AAQ4
AAQ5
AAQ6
AAQ7
AAQ8
AAQ9
AAQ10
AAQ11
AAQ12
PM 10 (µg/m3)
Location
GMDC Site
Thordi
Tagdi
Juna Ratanpar
Bhutesar
Ghogha
Surkha
Rampar
Bhadi
Nesvad
Malanka
Koliyak
PM 2.5 (µg/m3)
SO2 (µg/m3)
NO2 (µg/m3)
Max
Min
Avg
98%
Max
Min
Avg
98%
Max
Min
Avg
98%
Max
Min
Avg
98%
73.8
46.6
42.2
63.5
58.5
53.1
51.7
56.9
48.8
52.2
55.5
53.0
67.7
38.3
34.7
47.8
46.1
42.9
43.4
50.2
40.1
43.9
40.1
44.5
70.6
42.3
38.3
56.2
49.5
48.0
47.7
53.3
44.3
48.2
51.6
48.9
73.6
46.2
41.8
63.0
56.4
52.8
51.7
56.8
48.3
52.2
55.3
53.0
29.2
24.4
23.0
24.2
26.1
18.5
23.9
19.6
25.3
25.8
21.9
25.9
22.7
19.2
19.0
18.3
20.1
15.5
15.1
17.3
17.5
20.1
17.0
17.2
25.9
22.7
20.9
21.0
22.4
16.9
19.9
18.1
20.8
22.9
17.8
22.3
29.0
24.3
22.8
24.2
25.8
18.1
23.9
19.2
24.4
25.3
20.2
25.7
13.8
7.5
6.6
8.9
7.8
7.4
7.6
7.9
7.5
7.7
7.0
7.8
9.7
5.8
5.3
4.8
6.1
5.3
5.5
5.3
5.9
5.5
4.7
5.6
11.6
6.5
5.9
6.7
7.0
6.1
6.2
6.5
6.7
6.3
5.8
6.4
13.8
7.5
6.5
8.6
7.8
7.0
7.2
7.7
7.4
7.3
6.8
7.4
17.6
10.1
9.1
11.4
10.3
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.5
9.8
8.9
9.9
12.1
6.7
5.9
7.0
7.1
6.7
6.9
6.7
6.8
6.9
5.5
7.0
14.4
8.4
7.5
10.0
8.8
8.0
8.2
8.5
8.6
8.3
6.6
8.4
16.9
10.0
9.0
11.6
10.3
9.4
9.7
9.9
10.3
9.8
8.7
9.9
CPCB STANDARDS
Industrial /Residential /
Rural and Other Area
100
60
93
80
80
Chapter- 3
3.3.6 Observations of results
PM10: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as
73.8 µg/m3 and 34.7 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at
the GMDC site and the minimum concentration was recorded at Tagdi. The average
concentrations were ranged between 38.3 and 70.6 µg/m3.
PM2.5: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 29.2
µg/m3 and 15.1 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at the
GMDC site and the minimum concentration was recorded at Surkha. The average
concentrations were ranged between 17.8 and 25.9 µg/m3.
SO2: The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 13.8 µg/m3 and
4.7 µg/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at GMDC site and the minimum
concentration was recorded at Malanka. The average values were observed to be in the
range between 5.8 and 11.6 µg/m3.
NO2: The maximum and minimum NO2 concentrations were recorded as 17.6 µg/m3 and
5.5 µg/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at mines site and the minimum
concentration was recorded at Malanka. The average values were observed to be in the
range between 6.6 and 14.4 µg/m3.
The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, and pb are observed to be well within the
standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Rural,
Residential and Other area. Whereas, the concentration heavy metals like Hg, Cd, Cr and
As was observed is below detection limits.
94
3.4
Chapter- 3
Noise Environment
Noise survey has been conducted in the study area to assess the background noise
levels in different zones viz., Residential, Industrial, Commercial and Silence zones. The
main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise
levels and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated in the
surrounding areas by implementing the proposed project.
3.4.1 Methodology
a) Identification of Sampling Locations
A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise
generating sources in the area. The noise monitoring has been conducted at 14 locations
in the study area. The physical location of noise monitoring stations is given in Table3.7. The map showing Noise Quality Monitoring Locations is enclosed as Figure – 3.3.
TABLE - 3.7 : DETAILS OF NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS
Code
Place Name
Distance w.r.t. mining
site (Km)
Direction w.r.t mining
site
N1
GMDC Mine Site
N2
Thordi
1.4
SSW
N3
Tagdi
0.8
NW
N4
Bhumbhli
0.9
NNE
N5
Ghogha
4.9
NE
N6
Surkha
3.0
SE
N7
Padava
6.7
SE
N8
Bhadi
5.5
SSW
N9
Nesvad
5.5
WNW
N10
Malanka
5.3
NW
N11
Koliyak
6.7
SE
N12
Rampar
1.4
SE
N13
Juna Ratanpar
2.1
E
N14
Bhutesar
3.2
N
Core zone
95
Chapter- 3
FIGURE – 3.3: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS
96
Chapter- 3
b) Instrument Used for Monitoring
Noise levels were measured using a sound level meter. The sound level meter measures
the Sound Pressure Level (SPL), the Maximum Sound Pressure Level (max) and the
equivalent continuous noise level (Leq) by switching on the corresponding functional
modes.
c) Method of Monitoring
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were taken at the specified locations, with
an interval of 1 minute over a period of one hour for 24 hours. The noise levels during
day time have been monitored between 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10
pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area. Noise levels were recorded
every one minute in the following manner. To obtain noise levels at 8 AM, noise
readings, with setting at ‘A’ response – slow mode, were recorded continuously for 60
minutes. All the readings were obtained for 24 hours.
d) Parameters Measured During Monitoring
For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to derive
important features of noise using statistical methods.
•
Lday Average noise levels between 6.00 hours to 22.00 hours.
•
Lnight Average noise levels between 22.00 hours to 6.00 hours.
e) Presentation of Results
The summary of computed ambient noise level parameters like Lday and Lnight for all the
sampling locations are presented in Table – 3.8 and compared to the standards
specified by CPCB as given below in Table - 3.9
97
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.8: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS RECORDED IN THIS STUDY AREA [dB(A)]
Code
Location
LDAY [dB(A)]
LNIGHT [dB(A)]
N1
GMDC Mine Site
71.6
61.8
N2
Thordi
60.4
58.6
N3
Tagdi
52.8
51.9
N4
Bhumbhli
54.3
56.2
N5
Ghogha
51.2
55.7
N6
Surkha
53.2
51.3
N7
Padava
66.4
61.3
N8
Bhadi
51.5
56.8
N9
Nesvad
49.6
46.8
N10
Malanka
57.2
55.3
N11
Koliyak
53.2
50.6
N12
Rampar
51.4
48.6
N13
Juna Ratanpar
53.2
49.1
N14
Bhutesar
50.4
46.9
TABLE - 3.9: AMBIENT NOISE STANDARDS
LAND USE
LDAY
LNIGHT
Industrial Area
75
70
Commercial Area
65
55
Residential Area
55
45
Silence Zone
50
40
f) Observations
Day time Noise Levels
Noise levels during day time were found to be in the range 49.6 to 71.6 dB (A). The
maximum noise level was observed to be 71.6 dB (A) at GMDC Site and a minimum of
49.6 dB (A) was observed at Nesvad.
98
Chapter- 3
Night time Noise Levels
Noise levels observed to fall in the range 46.8 to 61.8 dB (A) during the night time. The
maximum of 61.8 dB (A) was observed at GMDC Site and a minimum of 46.8 dB (A) was
observed at Nesvad.
3.5
WATER QUALITY
Selected water quality parameters of surface and ground water resources within 10-km
radius of the study area have been studied for assessing the water environment. Water
samples were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological
parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water.
The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association
(APHA).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected
for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis
were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological
parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the
study area.
3.5.1 Water Sampling Locations
Twelve (12) ground water, one (1) surface water and one (1) Sea water samples were
collected during the study period. These samples were taken as grab samples and were
analyzed for various parameters to compare with the standards for drinking water as per
IS: 10500 for ground water sources. The water sampling locations are identified in Table3.10 and shown in Figure-3.4.
99
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.10: WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Code
Location
Distance from mining
Direction w.r.t.
site (km)
mining site
Ground Water
GW 1
GMDC Mine Site
Core zone
GW 2
Thordi
1.4
SSW
GW 3
Tagdi
0.8
NW
GW 4
Bhumbhli
0.9
NNE
GW 5
Ghogha
4.9
NE
GW 6
GW 7
Surkha
Padava
3.0
6.7
SE
SE
GW 8
Bhadi
5.5
SSW
GW 9
Nesvad
5.5
WNW
GW 10
Malanka
4.7
NW
GW11
Akvada
5.4
NW
GW12
Koliyak
6.7
SE
4.4
NE
10.4
E
Surface Water
SW 1
Ghogha Pond
Sea Water
SW1
Sea Water
3.5.2 Presentation of Results
The water sampling results for ground, surface and Sea water samples are given in
Table – 3.11a, 3.11b & 3.11c. The ground water and surface water analysis results are
compared with the standards.
The ground water quality within 50 meters of the periphery of landfill site has been
monitored and results are presented. Results of nitrate and Phosphate contents of the
water samples are also given.
100
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.4: WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS
101
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.11a: GROUND WATER SAMPLE RESULTS
--
Limit as per
IS 10500 : 1991
6.5-8.5
µS/cm
NTU
mg/l
Not Specified
5
500
Total Hardness as CaCO3
mg/l
300
6
Total Suspended Solids
mg/l
Not Specified
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Total Alkalinity as CaCO3
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Fluoride as F
Nitrate as NO3
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Iron as Fe
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
200
300
250
200
45
Not Specified
Not Specified
75
30
0.30
17
Boron as B
mg/l
1.00
18
Copper
mg/l
0.05
19
Chromium as Cr+6
mg/l
0.05
20
Nickel as Ni
mg/l
Not Specified
21
Cadmium as Cd
mg/l
0.01
S. No.
Parameters
1
pH
2
3
4
Electrical Conductivity
Turbidity
Total Dissolved Solids
5
Unit
GW1
GW2
GW3
GW4
GW5
GW6
7.52
7.69
8.32
7.78
7.60
7.37
4960
1.1
4750
1.2
2164
2.7
3876
3.2
5635
1.2
4569
2.2
2830
614
2711
620
1212
530
2171
766
3212
800
2604
600
4
360
1242
336
1.1
1
748
9.0
77
102.3
0.22
BDL
(<0.1)
4
378
1220
330
1.6
2
752
9.3
78
103
0.15
BDL
(<0.1)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
6
610
328
52
0.88
3
230
1.8
38
106
0.11
BDL
(<0.1)
8
347
711
488
0.87
5
540
1.3
112
116
0.20
BDL
(<0.1)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
11
318
1632
209
1.12
1
910
11
113
127
1.6
BDL
(<0.1)
10
354
1112
320
1.19
1
744
9.3
75
102
1.4
BDL
(<0.1)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
0.03
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
102
0.02
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
0.05
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
22
Lead as Pb
mg/l
0.05
23
Manganese as Mn
mg/l
0.10
Chapter- 3
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
0.05
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
0.05
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
0.06
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
0.08
BDL-Below Detection Level
TABLE - 3.11b - GROUND WATER SAMPLE RESULTS
--
Limit as per
IS 10500 : 1991
6.5-8.5
8.16
7.18
8.03
8.26
7.94
7.58
µS/cm
Not Specified
1330
1380
1413
2915
7185
5637
Turbidity
NTU
5
1.0
2.2
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.8
mg/l
500
Suspended Solids
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Fluoride as
Nitrate as NO3
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Iron as Fe
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
300
Not Specified
200
300
250
200
45
Not Specified
Not Specified
75
30
0.30
760
72
806
76
820
80
1712
516
4120
606
3218
1430
mg/l
1.00
4
453
226
56
1.2
5
202
3.3
10
10.9
0.23
BDL
(<0.1)
3
280
242
78
0.9
2
282
8.2
12.8
10.2
0.19
BDL
(<0.1)
6
296
241
72
1.0
2
285
6.6
31
46
0.14
BDL
(<0.1)
2
460
480
320
0.58
1
460
6.1
56.4
90.6
0.36
BDL
(<0.1)
2
572
2060
210
1.1
1.0
1280
2.2
102
84.5
0.21
BDL
(<0.1)
3
258
1511
450
1.0
10
590
36
257
189
0.18
BDL
(<0.1)
S. No.
Parameters
1
pH
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Boron as B
Unit
103
GW7
GW8
GW9
GW10
GW11
GW12
Chapter- 3
18
Copper
19
Chromium as Cr+6
20
Nickel as Ni
21
Cadmium as Cd
22
Lead as Pb
23
Manganese as Mn
BDL-Below Detection Level
mg/l
0.05
mg/l
0.05
mg/l
Not Specified
mg/l
0.01
mg/l
0.05
mg/l
0.10
0.05
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
0.04
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
0.06
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
0.03
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.01)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.03)
BDL
(<0.02)
Observation – Ground Water Sample :
The analysis of ground water results indicate that the average pH ranges in between 7.18 – 8.32, TDS ranges from 760 - 4120 mg/l,
Total Hardness ranges from 72 - 1430 mg/l, iron content ranges from 0.11 – 1.4 mg/l, nitrate content ranges from 1.0 – 10 mg/l was
observed.
104
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.11c : SURFACE & SEA WATER SAMPLE RESULTS
S. No.
Parameters
Unit
SW1
Sea Water
--
7.78
8.12
μS/cm
980
56000
1
pH
2
3
Turbidity
NTU
4
3.1
4
5
6
7
Suspended Solids
Chemical Oxygen Demand
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
573
218
12
16
34700
6600
2
30
8
mg/l
112
120
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Fluoride
Nitrate as NO3
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Iron as Fe
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
190
66
0.81
12
132
26
66
12.8
0.12
18900
2700
0.77
1
11900
390
396
1368
0.11
18
Boron as B
mg/l
0.25
3.3
19
Copper
mg/l
0.08
0.03
mg/l
BDL (<0.01)
BDL (<0.01)
Cr+6
20
Chromium as
21
22
Nickel as Ni
Cadmium as Cd
mg/l
mg/l
BDL (<0.03)
BDL (<0.03)
BDL (<0.03)
BDL (<0.03)
23
Lead as Pb
mg/l
BDL (<0.03)
0.08
24
Manganese as Mn
mg/l
0.15
0.05
BDL-Below Detection Limit
Observation – Surface Water Sample :
The analysis of Surface water results indicate that the average pH ranges in between
7.78 – 8.12, TDS ranges from 573 mg/l - 34700 mg/l, Total Hardness ranges from 218
mg/l - 6600 mg/l, iron content ranges upto 0.12 mg/l, nitrate content ranges from 1.0
mg /l – 12 mg/l. was observed.
105
Chapter- 3
3.6
SOIL ENVIRONMENT
It is essential to determine the type & quality of soil in the study area and identify the
current impacts of urbanization on soil quality and also predict probable impacts due to
the proposed expansion of mines. Accordingly, a study of assessment of the baseline soil
quality was carried out.
3.6.1 Data Generation
For studying soil quality of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the
existing soil conditions in and around the project area based on various land use
conditions. The physical and chemical concentrations were determined. The samples
were collected from different specified depths viz., 30 cm, 60 cm and 100 cm.
The present study of the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and this will
help in future in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation
of the proposed plant. The sampling locations have been identified with the following
objectives.
•
To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area.
•
To determine the impact of proposed project on soil characteristics and
•
To determine the impact on soils more importantly loss of fertility from agricultural
productivity point of view.
Various locations within 10-km radius of the mine site were selected for soil sampling.
At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz., 30cm,
60cm, and 100cm below the surface. The samples were analyzed for physical and
chemical characteristics. The samples have been analyzed as per the established
scientific methods for physio-chemical parameters.
3.6.2 Soil Sampling Locations
The details of the sampling locations selected for soil sampling are given in Table - 3.12
and shown in Figure – 3.5.
106
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.5 : SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
107
Chapter- 3
TABLE – 3.12: DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS
GMDC Mine Site
Distance w.r.t.
project site (km)
Core zone
Direction w.r.t.
project site
-
S2
Thordi
1.4
SSW
S3
Tagdi
0.8
NW
S4
Bhumbhli
0.9
NNE
S5
Ghogha
4.9
NE
S6
Surkha
3.0
SE
S7
Padava
6.7
SE
S8
Bhadi
5.5
SSW
S9
Nesvad
5.5
WNW
S10
Malanka
4.7
NW
S11
Akvada
5.4
NW
S12
Koliyak
6.7
SE
Code
Location
S1
3.6.3 Baseline Soil Status
The soil quality at all the locations during the study period is tabulated in Table-3.13.
The results are compared with standard classification given in Table-3.14.
TABLE – 3.13a: SOIL SAMPLE RESULT
S. No.
Parameters
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
1
pH
8.52
8.27
8.41
7.78
7.76
7.68
2
Electrical Conductivity,
mS/cm
0.085
0.083
0.118
0.136
0.066
0.085
3
Porosity, %
37
36
25
39
22
24
14
12
16
10
16
11
28
33
41
36
42
37
138
112
152
162
128
140
4
5
6
Available Nitrogen as
N, mg/kg
Available Phosphorous
as P, mg/kg
Available Potassium as
K, mg/kg
108
7
8
9
Exchangeable Sodium
as Na, m.eq/100g
Exchangeable Calcium
as Ca, m.eq /100g
Exchangeable Magnesi
um as Mg, m.eq/100g
0.55
0.63
0.85
2.32
2.52
3.11
1.77
188
Chapter- 3
0.66
0.57
0.59
2.24
2.66
2.93
2.56
1.66
1.55
1.96
10
Iron as Fe, mg/kg
0.52
0.72
0.36
0.71
0.27
0.55
11
Boron as B, mg/kg
0.21
0.29
0.32
0.12
0.15
0.11
12
Manganese as Mn,
mg/kg
0.11
0.38
0.33
0.24
0.17
0.19
13
Zinc as Zn, mg/kg
0.15
0.19
0.22
0.13
0.16
0.13
14
Copper as Cu, mg/kg
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.18
0.24
0.13
15
Chromium as Cr6+,
mg/kg
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
16
Texture classification
Sandy
loam
Sandy
loam
Clay
Sandy
loam
Clay
Clay
17
Sand, %
58.2
62.3
33.2
59.1
28.1
22.4
18
Clay, %
23.6
20.6
56.2
18.5
61.4
65.2
19
Silt, %
18.2
17.1
10.6
22.3
10.5
12.4
20
Organic Carbon (%)
0.55
0.51
0.46
0.53
0.36
0.61
TABLE – 3.13b: SOIL SAMPLE RESULT
S. No.
Parameters
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
1
pH
7.81
7.96
7.84
7.82
7.75
7.80
2
Electrical Conductivity,
mS/cm
0.485
0.665
0.107
0.071
0.145
0.047
3
Porosity. %
41
32
25
27
24
35
16
14
12
9
11
13
42
37
33
27
34
36
212
252
160
138
178
236
1.28
1.47
1.08
0.82
0.94
0.46
3.52
3.88
2.95
2.10
2.55
2.05
3.12
3.08
2.11
1.83
2.28
1.48
4
5
6
7
8
9
Available Nitrogen as
N, mg/kg
Available Phosphorous
as P, mg/kg
Available Potassium as
K, mg/kg
Exchangeable Sodium
as Na, m.eq/100g
Exchangeable Calcium
as Ca, m.eq/100g
Exchangeable
Magnesium as Mg,
m.eq/100g
109
10
Iron as Fe, mg/kg
0.80
0.60
0.38
11
Boron as B, mg/kg
0.2
0.21
0.13
12
Manganese as Mn,
mg/kg
0.27
0.33
13
Zinc as Zn, mg/kg
0.26
14
Copper as Cu, mg/kg
15
Chapter- 3
0.26
0.56
0.37
0.42
0.33
0.14
0.25
0.18
0.22
0.26
0.22
0.14
0.16
0.20
0.31
0.17
0.15
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.20
Chromium as Cr6+ ,
mg/kg
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
16
Texture classification
Sandy
Loam
Sandy
Loam
Clay
Clay
Clay
Sandy
Loam
17
Sand, %
57.3
60.2
18.3
17.7
12.0
62.3
18
Clay, %
23.6
22.4
58.6
62.1
63.3
20.6
19
Silt, %
19.1
17.5
23.1
20.2
24.8
17.1
20
Organic Carbon (%)
0.53
0.56
0.42
0.35
0.41
0.26
TABLE - 3.13.C : STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION
Chemical
Parameters
Ranking
Very Low
Low
<4, very
Strongly
Acidic
<2000,
Non saline
4-5,
Strongly
Acidic
2000-4000
Saline
Total
Nitrogen (%)
<0.05
Very Low
0.05-0.15
Low
0.15-0.25
Moderate
0.25-0.5
High
>0.5
Very High
Total
Phosphorous
(mg/kg)
<5
Very Low
5-10
Low
10-30
Moderate
30-60 High
>60 Very
High
Sodium
(mg/kg)
-
<200 Non
Sodic
200-500
Moderate
>500 Sodic
pH
Electrical
conductivity
(μS/cm)
Moderate
High
5-8, Ideal for 8-9 Strongly
Plant
Basic
Growth
4000-8000 8000-16000
Moderately
Highly
Saline
Saline
110
Very High
>9 Very
Strongly
Basic
>16000
Extremely
Saline
Chemical
Parameters
Chapter- 3
Ranking
Very Low
Low
Moderate
High
Very High
Potassium
(mg/kg)
-
<150 Low
150-250
Moderate
250-800
High
>800 Very
High
Calcium
(mg/kg)
-
<1000
Low
1000-2000
Moderate
>2000 High
-
Magnesium
(mg/kg)
<40 Very
Low
40-100
Low
100-300
Moderate
>300 High
-
% Organic
Matter
0.5-1.0
Very Low
1.0-2.0
Low
2.0-3.0
Moderate
3.0-5.0 High
>5
Very High
3.6.4 Observations:
The soil results were compared with soil standards. It has been observed that the pH of
the soil was ranging from 7.68 to 8.52 indicating the soils are Ideal for Plant Growth in
nature. Conductivity of the soil ranges from 0.047 to 0.665 mS/cm. Texture of the soil
sample is predominantly clay. The available nitrogen content ranges between 9 to 16
mg/kg in the locality and the value of phosphorus content varies between 27 to 42
mg/kg. This indicates that the soil have moderate level of Nitrogen and moderate to
high level Phosphorus. The potassium content varies from 112 to 252 mg/kg which
indicates that the soils have moderate quantities of potassium. From the above
observations it was found that the soil in the study area shows moderately fertile.
3.7
Biological Environment
Study of biological environment is one of the important aspects in Environmental
Impact Assessments. Biotic component comprises of both plant and animal
communities which interact within the community and between themselves but also
with abiotic i.e. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally a
biological community is being dependent on the environmental conditions and
111
Chapter- 3
resources of its location it may change if there are many major changes in the
environment.
The number of variables like temperature, humidity, atmospheric conditions, soil, and
topography, etc. is responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the environment and
a change in any one or more of these variables may tend to destabilize the ecosystem.
In such cases the change may be mostly irreversible. Therefore the need to assess the
changes of the plant and animal resources is primary requisite as these living things
determine the environmental healthiness of any given ecosystem or environment.
3.7.1 Assessment of Ecological Environment
Assessment of the existing vegetation types in the core as well as buffer zone has been
done using standard procedures. The terrain of the impact zone is chiefly plain and in
some places gentle undulations are observed.
The Biodiversity studies were already carried out in the entire study area of 10 km
radius. The study of flora is conducted as per the guidelines of the Ministry of
Environment and Forests, Government of India (Anonymous 1994), with respect to the
scope and objectives. The study involved in collection of primary data by conducting
survey in the field, examination of floral and faunal records in previously published
reports and records, and analysis of the information in view of the possible alteration in
environment of the proposed project site. For the survey of fauna both direct and
indirect observation methods were used.
The flora of proposed region has an appreciable diversity, which may be attributed to
the diversity in soil type and the physiography of the region. Some flora and fauna
observed in the study area are furnished in Table – 3.14 respectively.
112
Chapter- 3
3.7.2 Flora
The core and buffer zone of the proposed expansion site consists of mines lands, waste
lands, etc. The semi arid conditions with high temperature and poor rainfall influence
the nature of flora. The buffer zone is within a radius of 10 km consisting of naturally
occurring species as well as agricultural crops. The naturally occurring wild species
grow in groups. The floral species present in the study area is given below.
TABLE – 3.14 : LIST OF FLORAL SPECIES PRESENT IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No.
Botanical name
Common name
Family
Trees
1.
Acacia auriculiformis
Babul
Leguminoceae
2.
A. senegal
Babul
Leguminoceae
3.
A. nilotica
Babul
Leguminoceae
4.
Ailanthus excelsa
Maharukh
Leguminoceae
5.
Albizia lebbeck
Siris
Leguminoceae
6.
Alstonia scholaris
Saptaparni
Apocyaneae
7.
Anargium salvifolium
--
Analgaceae
8.
Annona squamosa
Sitafal
Annonaceae
9.
Azardirachta indica
Nim
Moraceae
10.
Bahuania variegata
Kachamar
Leguminosae
11.
B. racemosa
Asta (Kathmohli)
Leguminosae
12.
Bridellia retura
Asan
Leguminosae
13.
Borassus flabelliferus
Toddy Palm
Palmae
14.
Cordia dichotoma
Gundi
Boraginaceae
15.
Casuarina equisetifolia
Suru
Casuarinae
16.
Cassia fistula
Sunari
Leguminoceae
17.
Diosphyros melanoxylon
Tendu
Ebenaceae
18.
Delonix regia
Gulmohar
Leguminoceae
19.
Emblica officinalis
Aonla
Euphobiaceae
20.
Eucalyptus sp
Safeda
Mytraceae
113
Chapter- 3
21.
Erythrina subrosa
--
Leguminocae
22.
Fiacu benghalensis
Bara
Moraceae
23.
F. glomerata
Umbar
Moraceae
24.
F. religiosa
Pipal
Moraceae
25.
Lagerstroemia parviflora
Sidha
Leguminoceae
26.
Leacaena laucophloea
Subabul
Leguminoceae
27.
Mangifera indica
Amm
Anacardiaceae
28.
Melia azedirach
Bacen
Meliaceae
29.
Michelia champaca
Champa
Magnoliaceae
30.
Mimusops elengi
Khirkoli
Sapotaceae
31.
Moringa oliefera
Shevga
Moringaceae
32.
Murreya koenigii
Kudilimb
Rutaceae
33.
Nyctherithenth arbortristis
Parijat
Nyctherithaceae
34.
Pisidium guajava
Amrud
Myrtaceae
35.
Punica granatum
Anar
Pomegrannateae
36.
Phoenix sylvestris
Shindi
Palminae
37.
Pithocelobum ducle
Chisbalai
Leguminoceae
38.
Pongamia pinnata
Karanja
Leguminoceae
39.
Prosopis julifora
Baval
Lrguminoceae
40.
Sapindus laurifollus
Ritha
Sapindaceae
41.
Saraca indica
Ashok
Leguminoceae
42.
Syzgium cumini
Jamun
Myrtaceae
43.
Tamarindus indica
Tentuli
Leguminoceae
44.
T. catappa
Wild almond
Leguminoceae
45.
T. bellirica
Hrda
Leguminoceae
46.
Thespesia populnea
Palas pimpal
Malvaceae
47.
Thevietia nerifolia
Pilakantha
Apoeyanaceae
48.
Tingraria
-
Apoeyanaceae
49.
Soymida febrifuga
Rohan
Meliaceae
50.
Salvadora oleides
Salvadora
Salvadoraceae
114
Chapter- 3
Shrubs
1.
A. coccina
Shikekai
Leguminoceae
2.
Acacia pinnata
Shembati
Leguminoceae
3.
C. spinosa
Waghati
Cappariaceae
4.
Caesalpinia pulcherima
Gultura
Caesalpiniaceae
5.
Calatopis gigantea
Rui
Asclepiadaceae
6.
C. procera
Mandar
Asclepiadaceae
7.
Euphorbia nerifolia
Wavding
Euphorbiaceae
8.
Helipterius isora
Murud sheng
Sterculiaceae
9.
Hibiscus rosa sinensis
Jaswandi
Malvaceae
10.
Lantana alba
Gholura
Verbenaceae
11.
L. camera
Gholura
Verbenaceae
12.
Nerium indicum
Kanher
Apocyannae
13.
Ocium canus
Rantulas
Labiatae
14.
O. grstissium
Ramtulas
Labiatae
15.
Opuntia dillenii
Nivdung
Cactaceae
16.
Vitex neguvdo
Nirgudi
Verbaceae
17.
Zizyphus nummularia
Beri
Rhannaceae
18.
Zizyphus oenoplia
Kontaikoli
Rhannaceae
CLIMBERS
1.
Abrus precatorius
Gunj
Leguminaseae
2.
Bouganvillia glabra
Boganvel
Babnonniaceae
3.
Bouganvillia spectabilis
Boganvel
Babnonniaceae
4.
Calicopteria floribanda
Ukshi
Combretaceae
GRASSES
1.
Andropogon pumilus
Kusal
Gramineae
2.
Aristida paniculata
Bhuri
Gramineae
3.
Cynodon dactylon
Durva
Gramineae
4.
Heteropogon contortus
Gawat
Gramineaev
5.
Secchrum spontaneum
Darbha
Gramineae
115
Chapter- 3
3.7.3 Fauna
Field studies are conducted to assess fauna in the study area. On the basis of field
studies and secondary sources, there are no endangered animal species present in the
study area. List of animals present in the study area are given in Table - 3.15.
TABLE – 3.15 : LIST OF FAUNA PRESENT IN THE STUDY AREA
S. No.
Scientific Name
Common Name
Family
Schedule 1
1.
Athene brama
Spotted Owlet
Striginae
2.
Centropus cinensis
Crow – phesant
Cuculidae
3.
Corvus splendens
House Crow
Carvidae
4.
Grus grus
Common Crane
Gruidae
Whitethroated Munia
Estrildinae
Schedule 2
5.
Lunchura malabarica
Schedule 4
6.
Mucteria leucoephala *
Painted Stork
Ciconidae
7.
Ardia alba
large egret
Ardeidae
8.
A.cinerea
Grey Heron
Ardeidae
9.
Ardea insignis
Great Whitebellied Heron
Ardeidae
10.
Ardeola grayee
Pond Heron
Ardeidae
11.
Babulcus ibis
Cattle Egret
Ardeidae
12.
Coracious benghalensis
Indian Roller
Coracidae
13.
Egretta gularis
Indian Reef Heron
Ardeidae
14.
Falica atra
Coot
Rallidae
15.
Himantopus
Blackwinged stilt
Scolopacidae
16.
Larus ridibundus
Black headed Gull.
Laridae
17.
Megalaima rubricapilla
Smallgreen barbet
Capilonidae
18.
M.malabarica
Crimsonbrestwd Barbet
Capilonidae
19.
Metopidius indicus
Brongewinged Jacana
Jacanidae
116
Chapter- 3
20.
Nactarinia asiatica
Purplerumpled Sunbird
Nectarinidae
21.
Nectarinia minima
Small Sunbird
Nectarinidae
22.
Oriolus oriolus
Golden Oriole
Oriolidae
23.
Phalacrocorax niger
Little Cormorant
Phalacrocoracidae
24.
Ploceus philipinensis
Weaver Bird
Plocidae
25.
Preudibis papillosa
Black Ibis
Threskiornithidae
26.
Pycnonotus caffer
Redvented Bulbul
Pycnonotidae
27.
S.senegalensis
Little Brown Dove
Columbidae
28.
Sopsychus saularis
Magpie Robin
Corvidae
29.
Sternus contra
Pied Myna
Sternidae
30.
S. pagodramus
Brahminy Myna
Sternidae
31.
Streptopelia chinensis
Spotted Dove
Columbidae
32.
Turdoides caudatus
Common Babbler
Muscicapidae
Schedule 5
33.
Ceryle rudis
Pied Kingfisher
Cerylidae
34.
Dicrurus adsimilis
Black Drongo
Dieruridae
35.
Halcyon smyrnensis
Whitebrested Kingfisher
Aicenidae
Littlegreen Bea-eater
Miropidae
Other Species
36.
Merops orientalis
37.
Hirundo rustica
Common swallow
Hirundinidae
38.
Lanius exubitor
Grey Shrike
Daniidae
39.
Galerida cristala
Crested Lark
Gallidae
40.
Fracolinus francolinus
Black partiridge
Pharianidae
41.
Elanus caerleus
Blackwinged Kite
Accipitridae
42.
Eudynamys scolopacea
Koel
Cuculidae
43.
Columba livia
Blue Rock Pigeon
Columidae
44.
Acridoothers tristis
Common Myna
Sturnidae
45.
Aeridotheres ginginianus
Bank Myna
Sturnidae
46.
Amaurornis phoenicurus
Whitebrested Waterhen
Phasinidae
47.
Milvus migrans
Parih Kite
Accipitridae
117
Chapter- 3
48.
Motacilla alba *
White wagtail
Motacillidae
49.
Motacilla maderatensis *
Large pied wagtail
Motacillidae
50.
Numenius arquata
Curleuo
Acolopacidae
51.
Orthotomus sutorius
Tailor Bird
Pachycephalinae
52.
Passer domesticus
House Sparrow
Passerinae
53.
Pavo cristatus
Common Peafowl,
Phoenicopteridae
54.
Phoeniconaias minor *
Lesser Famingo
Phoenicopteridae
55.
P.roseus *
Famingo
Phoenicopteridae
56.
Sexicoloides fulicate
Indian Robin
Corvidae
57.
Sturnus rorerus
Rosy Paster
Sternidae
58.
Vanellus indicus
Redwattled Lapwing
Charadriidae
* Migratory birds
3.8
Land Use Studies
To demarcate different land use classes using the remote sensing data such as satellite
imagery and application of GIS techniques for assessing the areal extent of the different
classes that is interpreted.
3.8.1 Study Area
The Administrative unit within 10 km radius zone comprises of parts of following
Ghogha and Bhavnagar taluks in Bhavnagar district. The study area (10 Km Radius from
the project site boundary) lies in between Latitudes 26°30’00” N and 26°40’00” N and
Longitude 93°40’00” E and 93°50’00” E and forms part of the Survey of India Toposheet
Nos. 42 C-2, 3 & 6. As per the EIA guidelines the study area has been divided into Core
zone and Buffer zone which is about 10 km radius from the boundary of the proposed
project site area. The current land use has to be assessed as it forms the basis for any
developmental planning.
118
Chapter- 3
3.8.2 Methodology
Information of land use and land cover is important for many planning and
management activities concerning the surface of the earth (Agarwal and Garg, 2000).
Land use refers to man's activities on land, which are directly related to land (Anderson
et al., 1976). The land use and the land cover determine the infiltration capacity. Barren
surfaces are poor retainers of water as compared to grasslands and forests, which not
only hold water for longer periods on the surface, but at the same time allow it to
percolate down.
The terms ‘land use’ and ‘land cover’ (LULC) are often used to describe maps that
provide information about the types of features found on the earth’s surface (land
cover) and the human activity that is associated with them (land use). These are
important parameters for number of environmental related development projects
associated with inland and coastal areas. It is necessary to have information on existing
land use / land cover but also the capability to monitor the dynamics of land use
resulting out of changing demands. Satellite remote sensing is being used for
determining different types of land use classes as it provides a means of assessing a
large area with limited time and resources. However satellite images do not record land
cover details directly and they are measured based on the solar energy reflected from
each area on the land. The amount of multi spectral energy in multi wavelengths
depends on the type of material at the earth’s surface and the objective is to associate
particular land cover with each of these reflected energies, which is achieved using
either visual or digital interpretation. The task of the present study in detail the land use
and land cover in and around the project site. The study envisages different LULC
around the proposed project area and the procedure adopted is as below in Figure –
3.6.
119
Chapter- 3
SOI
Topographical
maps
IRS-P6, LISS-II FCC Imagery
Collateral Data
Landform
JUNE
Initial Rapid
Reconnaissance
Interpretation
Keys
Visual Interpretation
Land use Classes
Pre-field
Interpretated map
Ground Truth
Ground
Photographs
Updated &
Validated Land use
QAS
Land use MAP
FIGURE – 3.6: FLOW CHART SHOWING METHODOLOGY OF LAND USE MAPPING
120
Chapter- 3
3.8.3 Scale of mapping
Considering the user defined scale of mapping, 1:50000 IRS-P6, LISS-III data on 1:50000
scale was used for Land use / Land cover mapping of 10 km radius for the existing
mining site. The description of the land use categories for 10 km radius and the
statistics are given for core and buffer zones separately.
3.8.4 Interpretation Technique
Standard on screen visual interpretation procedure was followed. The various Land use
/ Land cover classes interpreted along with the SOI topographical maps during the
initial rapid reconnaissance of the study area. The physiognomic expressions conceived
by image elements of color, tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, shadow, location and
associated features are used to interpret the FCC imagery. Image interpretation keys
were developed for each of the LU/LC classes in terms of image elements.
June 2010 FCC imagery (Digital data) of the study area was interpreted for the relevant
land use classes. On screen visual interpretation coupled with supervised image
classification techniques are used to prepare the land use classification.
1) Digitisation of the study area (10 km radius from the proposed site) from the
topomaps
2) Satellite Data Selection: In the present study the IRS –P6 satellite image for the topo
map of 46 C-2,3 & 6 have been procured and interpreted using the ERDAS imaging
soft ware adopting the necessary interpretation techniques.
3) Satellite data interpretation and vectorisation of the resulting units
4) Adopting the available guidelines from manual of LULC mapping using Satellite
imagery (NRSA, 1989)
5) Field checking and ground truth validation
6) Composition of final LULC map
The LULC Classification has been done at three levels where level -1 being the broad
classification about the land covers that is Built-up land, agriculture land, waste land,
121
Chapter- 3
wet lands and water bodies. These are followed by level – II where built-up land is
divided into towns / cities as well as villages. The Agriculture land is divided into
different classes such as cropland, Fallow, Plantation, while wastelands are broadly
divided into, Land with scrub and without Scrub and Mining and Industrial wasteland.
The wetlands are classified into inland wetlands, coastal wetlands and islands. The
water bodies are classified further into River/stream, Canal, Tanks and bay. In the
present study level II classification has been undertaken. The satellite imagery of 10 km
radius from the project site is presented in Figure – 3.7.
3.8.5 Field Verification
Field verification involved collection, verification and record of the different surface
features that create specific spectral signatures / image expressions on FCC. In the study
area, doubtful areas identified in course of interpretation of imagery is systematically
listed and transferred on to the corresponding SOI topographical maps for ground
verification. In addition to these, traverse routes were planned with reference to SOI
topographical maps to verify interpreted LU/LC classes in such a manner that all the
different classes are covered by at least 5 sampling areas, evenly distributed in the area.
Ground truth details involving LU/LC classes and other ancillary information about crop
growth stage, exposed soils, landform, nature and type of land degradation are recorded
and the different land use classes are taken and presented in Figure – 3.8.
122
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.7: SATELLITE IMAGE OF STUDY AREA
123
Chapter- 3
FIGURE - 3.8 : LANDUSE/LAND COVER MAP OF STUDY AREA
124
Chapter- 3
3.8.6 Description of the Land Use / land cover classes
The following are the main interpreted land use / land cover classes of the study area
and their respective areas are given in percentage in Table-3.16 for the year 2010.
Table - 3.16: LANDUSE BREAKUP BASED ON IRS - P6 DATA -2010
S. No.
Land use
Percentage
1
Built-up
1.60
2
Crop Land
46.02
3
Plantation
4.37
4
Fallow Land
0.53
5
Land with scrub
3.08
6
Salt affected Land
0.06
7
Mines
0.19
8
Mines Dump
0.31
9
Mangroves
0.20
10
Forest Plantation
1.89
11
Water Bodies – River, Canals
6.67
12
Aquaculture – Salt Pan
2.93
13
Mud Flat
0.63
14
Tidal Flat
4.33
15
Coastal wet lands
2.09
16
Coastal water area (Gulf of Khambhat)
25.08
Built-up land
It is defined as an area of human settlements composed of houses, commercial complex,
transport, communication lines, utilities, services, places of worships, recreational
areas, industries etc. Depending upon the nature and type of utilities and size of
habitations, residential areas can be aggregated into villages, towns and cities. All the
man made construction covering land belongs to this category. The built up land
occupies 1.60 % of total study area.
125
Chapter- 3
Agricultural land
This category includes the land utilized for crops, vegetables, fodder and fruits. Existing
cropland and current fallows are included in this category. It is described as an area
under agricultural tree crops, planted adopting certain agricultural management
techniques. Of all the agricultural lands, Crop Land occupies maximum of 46.02 % area
within 10 km radius.
Wasteland
Wastelands are the degraded or underutilized lands most of which could be brought
under productive use with proper soil and water management practices. Wasteland
results from various environmental and human factors.
Land with or without Scrub
Land with or without scrub usually associated with shallow, stony, rocky otherwise
non-arable lands. Of all the wastelands, land with scrub occupies maximum of 3.08 % of
the total area.
Forest Land
These are the areas bearing an association predominantly of trees and other vegetation
type (within the notified forest boundaries) capable of producing timber and other
forest produce.
Water bodies and coastal wet lands:
The category comprises area of surface water, either impounded in the form of ponds,
reservoirs or flowing as streams, rivers and canals. River cater channel is inland
waterways used for irrigation and for flood control.
126
Chapter- 3
Conclusion
The land use analyses show that the area is of predominantly Crop land followed by
Coastal water area in the core and buffer zones of the study area. It is also noticed that
the fallow land occupies 0.53 % of the total area, which clearly indicates that the
development of built-up land increases over a period of time. It is generally agreed that
as the total volume of transport activity may increase due to the development of mining
activity leading to negative externalities like pollution and congestion. Some
environmental damage may be acceptable if transport activity generates positive net
benefits to society.
3.8.7 Land use Pattern Based on Census Data
The land use of the study area has been studied by analyzing the available secondary data
such as the District Primary Census Handbook of Bhavnagar for the year 2001.
For computation of the land use pattern in the study area based on the village-wise landuse data given in the census records, the geographical area of all settlements covered
within the study area, though many villages in the peripheries of the circular study area
are partially covered. Perfect delineation and quantification of land uses for the partially
covered parts of villages in the study area is not possible, hence the entire village area is
considered for the study, irrespective of its coverage within the study area circle.
The land use is classified into four types - viz. forests, area under cultivation, culturable
waste and the area not available for cultivation. The land under cultivation is further subdivided into two types viz. irrigated and un-irrigated. As per the Census records, the study
area admeasure to about 49265.39 ha. The land use details based on census data are
presented in Table-3.17. This includes forests, cultivated area, culturable waste and the
area not available for cultivation. The village wise land use pattern in the study area is
given in Annexure-V.
127
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.17: LAND USE PATTERN OF STUDY AREA
Sr. No.
Particulars of Land use
0-10 km
Percentage
153.40
0.31
a) Irrigated Land
13493.63
27.39
b) Un irrigated Land
18584.86
37.72
3
Culturable Waste Land
3744.07
7.60
4
Area not available for cultivation
13289.43
26.98
49265.39
100.00
1
Forest Land
2
Land under Cultivation
Total Area
Source: District Census Hand Book – 2001, Bhavnagar Dist.
3.9
Demography and Socio-economics
For assessing the prevailing socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around
the proposed plant, the required data has been collected from various secondary
sources and analyzed.
3.9.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study
The methodology adopted for the study is primarily based on the review of secondary
data, such as District Primary Census Statistical Handbook of Bhavnagar District, 2001 for
the parameters of demography, occupational structure of people within the study area of
10-km radius around the proposed plant. The village wise demographic data as per 2001
census is presented in Annexure-V. The salient features of the demographic and socioeconomic aspects of the study area are described in the following sections.
3.9.2 Demographic Aspects
Distribution of Population
As per 2001 census the study area consisted of 129977 persons inhabited in the 10 km
radius study area. The distribution of population in the study area is shown in Table3.18. The males and females constitute about 51.35% and 48.65% of the study area.
128
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.18: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION IN STUDY AREA - 2001
General Study Area
Particulars
No. of Households
21291
Male Population
66744
Female Population
63233
Total Population
129977
Average Household Size (Persons)
6.1
Sex Ratio
947
Source: District Primary Census Hand Book – Bhavnagar District, 2001
Average Household Size
The study area had an average family size of 6.1 persons per household in 2001. This is
moderate family size and is in comparison with the other parts of the district.
Sex Ratio
The configuration of male and female indicates that the males and females constituted
about 51.35% and 48.65% of the total population respectively, as per 2001 census
records. The study area on an average had 947 females per 1000 males as per 2001
census.
3.9.3 Social Structure
In the study area, as per 2001 census, 3.55% of the population belonged to Scheduled
Castes (SC) and 0.36% to the Scheduled Tribes (ST). This indicates that a considerable
share of population in the study area belong to weaker sections which works out to
about 3.91% of the total population in 2001. The distribution of population in the study
area by social structure is shown in Table-3.19.
129
Chapter- 3
TABLE - 3.19: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE - 2001
Sr. No.
Number
Percentage
Particulars
1
Scheduled Castes
4627
3.55
2
Scheduled Tribes
474
0.36
3
Total SC and ST
5101
3.91
4
Other castes
124876
96.09
3.9.4 Literacy Levels
The analysis of the literacy levels in the study area reveals a lower literacy rate in the
study area. The study area experienced a lower literacy rate of 50.02% in 2001. If this is
computed only for the people of above the age group of 5 years, i.e. the school going age
people, this would considerably increase the literacy rates. The distribution of literates
and literacy rates in the study area is given in Table-3.20.
TABLE - 3.20: DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATES AND LITERACY RATES - 2001
Sr. No.
Particulars
Study Area
1
Total Literates
65008
02
Average Literacy Rate (%)
50.02
3
Male Literacy (%)
61.93
4
Female Literacy (%)
37.44
5
Male Literates
41332
6
% to Study Area Literates
63.58
7
Female Literates
23676
8
% to Study Area Literates
36.42
3.9.5 Occupational Structure
The occupational structure of the study area is presented in Table-3.21.
130
Chapter- 3
TABLE-3.21: OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE - 2001
Sr. No.
1
2
3
Study Area
Occupation
No.
% Population
Total main workers
41289
31.77
Male
33377
25.68
Female
7912
6.09
Marginal workers
9729
7.48
Male
1759
1.35
Female
7970
6.13
Non-workers
78959
60.75
Male
31608
24.32
Female
47351
36.43
129977
100.00
Total Population
3.9.6 Infrastructure Facilities
The infrastructure and amenities available in the study area denotes the economic well
being of the region. A multitude of infrastructure facilities are available in the study
area, which consists of advanced and super specialty facilities in fields of education,
health care, communications, transportation, etc. Even other than the urban areas, the
study area as a whole possesses moderate to good level of infrastructure facilities.
A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on the
information given in the District Census Handbook and the data of National Informatics
Center, for the year 2001. The Infrastructure facilities available in the rural areas
(excluding urban areas) of the study area are described in the subsequent sections.
Educational Facilities
The educational facilities are almost evenly distributed in the area. In all, there are 66
primary schools, 11 high schools, one Degree colleges and one Adult Education Centers in
131
Chapter- 3
the rural parts of the study area. All the high schools are situated in semi-urban areas and
larger villages. All villages are having primary schools. Conspicuously, the other types of
educational facilities are not available in the rural parts of the study area. The available
educational facilities in the area as per 2001 census are given in Table-3.22.
TABLE - 3.22: EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. No.
Institution
Total
1
Primary schools
66
2
Middle schools
0
3
High schools
11
4
Higher secondary/Pre-University school
0
5
Degree College
1
6
Industrial Technical Institute
0
7
Adult Education Centers
1
8
Other Education Centers
0
Health Facilities
Different types of health facilities including rural hospitals, public health centers and
community health workers are available in the study area. The level of health facilities is
found to be good in the study area. There were 1 Government hospitals, 3 maternity and
child welfare centers, 2 primary health centers and 19 Sub centres in the study area. The
available health facilities are given in Table-3.23.
TABLE - 3.23: HEALTH FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. No.
Type of Institution
Number of Institutions
1
Hospitals
1
2
Maternity and Child Welfare Centers
3
3
Maternity Home
3
4
Primary Health Center
2
132
Chapter- 3
5
Sub-centers
19
6
Community Health Workers
31
Transport Facilities
The study area is served by road transport facilities. As a whole, the study area has
moderate level of communication network. About 53 villages of the study area were
served by bus facility in 2001.
Post and Telegraphs
The study area has moderate level of Post and Telegraphic services. Altogether there
were 29 Post Offices and 1 Post and Telegraphic Offices in the rural areas in 2001.
133
Chapter- 4
Anticipated Environmental
Impacts & Mitigation Measures
4.0
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
Details of the Environmental Impacts
This chapter provides a brief overview of the potential impacts on various
environmental components due to the expansion of the operations of lignite mining and
its allied activities.
The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, approach roads, haul
roads, blasting, excavation and handling & transportation of materials. If adequate
control measures are not taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts,
these operations may cause environmental degradation and lead to irreversible damage
to the ecosystem.
Various environmental impacts, which have been identified due to the proposed
expansion project, are discussed in the following sections:
4.1.1 Impact on Climate
•
Temperature
The average, monthly minimum and maximum temperatures have been monitored at
the existing mine site and also analyzed based on the data from nearest IMD station at
Surat. The trend of temperature shows a regular cyclic pattern. The temperature
pattern indicates a regional behavior.
As an existing mine started its operation part of the vegetation cover in the mine pit is
already cleared and after expansion remaining vegetation will also be cleared in phased
manner. Due to change in the topography of the project area and systematic clearance of
the existing green cover, no major temperature variations will occur as adequate green
belt is being developed. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior and is
not likely to be affected by mining operations. The proposed afforestation programme
in about 60 ha area @ 2000 trees/ha will moderate any local temperature changes due
to mining operations.
134
•
Chapter- 4
Rainfall
The area has warm and humid subtropical climate. Monsoon is generally poor
compared to other parts of Gujarat. It starts late in June / early July and continues till
mid September. The average rainfall is about 500 mm. Any changes in the pattern of
rainfall will be on regional scale because of cumulative reasons. The proposed
expansion of mining operations is not expected to have any adverse input on the rainfall
pattern of the area as the impacts will be at micro-level.
•
Wind Speed
The wind speeds of any area depend on the existence of elevations and depressions in
the region. The ML area is located on the plateau and almost the entire area comes
under agriculture land area.
The mining operations will change the topography and the landscape of lignite bearing
area and its immediate vicinity in the core zone. Due to change in the topography of the
project area negligible variations are anticipated at local level.
•
Humidity
The relative humidity in the area is likely to change insignificantly because of the mining
as it will not cause any changes in the prevailing temperatures and rainfall of the region.
4.1.2 Impact on Topography and Drainage
Mining of lignite by opencast method causes changes in topography. Pre-mining R.L of
Surkha (N) mines varies from 11.62 m to 38.85 m above M.S.L. Post-mining R.L will vary
from 75 m to -120 m with respect to M.S.L. At the end of the mining the void will be
filled up with the O.B. material of the adjacent mine and only a small portion of void will
be left to be filled with water. The change in ground relief in a mine area influences the
local drainage system. This change is restricted to change in catchment area due to
mining and alteration of drainage due to diversification of nallahs/rivers.
135
Chapter- 4
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of Anticipated Environmental
•
Nallah Diversion
There are no perennial rivers or major surface water bodies within the allocated lignite
block or the mining lease area. There are four seasonal Nallahs, N1 to N4 flowing across
the mining lease. These flow from West or south-west to east or north-east across the
proposed mining areas and enter the Gulf of Cambay near village Ghogha. These nalas
will affect the mining operation as the nallahs flow through lignite bearing area. From
mineral conservation and safe mining point of view these nallahs are required to be
diverted. Considering the topographical conditions, diversion of these Nallah was found
feasible. It was, therefore, planned to divert these Nallah in phases as per need and
recover the locked lignite.
Nallah N1 is located at extreme Northern part of the lease area. It is planned to be
diverted before completion of proposed 1st year of mining so as to accommodate
planned quantity of OB in to Dump No. W-1 & W-2. Nallah N2 is located Northern part of
the lease area and it was already as per the original mining plan. Nallah N3 is located
Central part of the lease area. It is planned to be diverted any time during the 3rd year of
mining. Nallah N4 is located southern part of the lease area. It is planned to be diverted
on backfilled area after completion of 10th year of Mining.
4.1.3 Impact on Land Use
The proposed expansion of opencast mine will result in disturbance of the land use
pattern of the ML area. The land degradation is expected during mining activities like
excavation, overburden dumping, soil extraction etc. Land requirement for the project
has been assessed considering functional needs. No forest land is involved in the current
mining project.
The potential adverse impact of opencast lignite mining is the change in land use
pattern. So reclamation of mined out land will be given due importance as a step for
sound land resource management. Total overburden 732.130 million m3 is being
removed from the excavated area. About 90% of the OB will be backfilled starting from
136
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed expansion of Chapter- 4
4th Year. External OB dump & internal dump will be technically and biologically
reclaimed. The pre-mining land use of ML area is shown in Table - 4.1. The details of
proposed land use pattern of mine lease area are given in Table - 4.2.
TABLE - 4.1: DETAILS OF PRE-MINING LAND USE PATTERN
Sr. No.
1
Particulars
Break-up (ha)
Government Land
730-32-16
Forest Land
2
0-00-00
Non-Forest Land
756-35-27
Private Land
2185-32-57
Total
3671-99-70
Source: Mine Plan
TABLE - 4.2: PROPOSED LANDUSE PATTERN OF MINE LEASE AREA
S. No.
Description
Area in Ha.
1
Ultimate pit area
1014.88
2
Outside waste dump area
294.00
3
Block-B (UCG)
1207.00
4
Block-D (Proposed to be surrendered, near Thordi)
322.00
5
Future exploration
505.00
6
Peripheral area unlikely to be put in to any use, inclusive of
235.25
safety barrier from edges of ultimate pit & external waste
dumps etc.
7
Roads
1.22
8
Proposed Pyrite removal plant (PRP)
3.00
9
Existing infrastructures
1.65
10
Green belt
60.00
11
Natural drains
28.00
Total Area
Source: Mine Plan
137
3672.00
Chapter- 4
No adverse impact is anticipated on land use of buffer zone associated due to the
proposed expansion of mining activity, as all the activities will be confined within the
existing project site itself and no additional land is required for the expansion activities.
The proposed mining operations will impact the land usage and land aesthetics of mine
lease area. Rehabilitation is an integral part of the Environmental Management Plan.
4.1.4 Impact on Topsoil
The topsoil is being removed and store at an identified dumps of 20 m (max.) height at
an appropriate moisture content to avoid compaction and loss of structure. To protect
the soil from erosion, the stockpiles are properly vegetated. The dust generated during
blasting operations, loading and unloading operations and vehicular movements
normally constitute heavier particles that will readily settle on very small areas within
the mining area itself. This will have no adverse impact on the surrounding areas.
4.1.5 Impact on Air Quality
Anticipated impact on ambient air quality due to lignite mining after proposed
expansion depends on the magnitude of removal of overburden (OB), lignite extraction,
transportation and handling of the lignite and over burden wastes. The intensity of
operation of lignite mines is directly related to the rate of production of lignite from the
mine. The production details of lignite have been presented in Chapter-2. Within mining
lease area, lignite reserves are covered with overburden and found in the form of seams.
The lignite mining activities comprise of blasting, bulldozing of over burden and lignite,
loading lignite over burden and to dumper by excavator/shovel/front end loaders
(FEL), truck movement for dumping lignite and over burden, etc.
As in present, lignite mining and its related activities after expansion to 5 MTPA will
cause air pollution in the form of fugitive emissions. The ambient air quality will be
affected mainly due to generation of Particulate Matter and emissions and vehicles and
mining equipment engine operations. The dispersion of pollutants from mining
activities depends on micro-meteorological conditions and magnitude of mining
operations.
138
Chapter- 4
Once the expansion of existing lignite mining operation takes place to 5 MTPA, it is
anticipated that marginal increase will occur in the Particulate Matter levels in the core
and the buffer zones. Dust suppression measures are, therefore, of utmost importance
during mining activities. The fugitive emissions from mining are not likely to affect the
area outside the project limits. The emissions of particulate matter from the mining
activities will be controlled by effective dust suppression measures. Vehicular
movements within the mine lease area will add marginally to NOx and CO
concentration. Monitored values of NO2 and CO in the ambient air are reported to be
very low in the study area. The mining activity ensures regular maintenance and engine
tuning of vehicles used within the mine area so that the emission levels remain within
the stipulated norms.
Emissions of particulate matter may be higher within the active mine operational areas
due to blasting, removing and handling of OB and lignite, subsequent transportation and
processing. However, out site the mining area in the buffer zone, it is not likely to be
affected significantly, if the recommended dust suppression and mitigation measures
are taken. Presently, the regular AAQ monitoring conducted by GMDC within the Mine
lease area (boundaries of operational area) shows that the levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and
NOX are within the limits prescribed by CPCB. The magnitude of dispersion of
particulate matter to villages within 10 km will be insignificant.
Air pollution sources at the opencast mine can be classified into three categories, viz.,
area sources, line sources and instantaneous point sources as described below:
Point Source / Single Source
These are stationary sources, which emit air pollutants into the atmosphere from a
certain fixed point. In the mining, the following are sources or activities form the point
sources, which emit Particulate Matter (PM).
139
Chapter- 4
•
Drilling
The overburden strata, being soft in nature, can comfortably be excavated by hydraulic
excavators, without the aid of drilling-blasting. However, hard compact strata, found in
overburden, cannot be excavated by Hydraulic excavators even after ripping by dozers
and needs blasting. It is proposed to deploy higher capacity excavators and dumpers for
overburden benches above hard strata. The hard strata shall then be excavated by
blasting. Strata up to 2 m thickness is proposed to be broken using Jack hammer
(32mm) drilled shot-holes and strata more than 2 m thickness by drilling 100 mm
diameter blast holes. Air pollution in the form of SPM is envisaged from the above
activities.
•
Loading
Loading of Lignite is proposed by using conventional hydraulic excavators of 1.7 to 3 m3
bucket sizes. The hydraulic excavator will take care of extraction and loading
operations. As 3 MTPA of lignite will be dispatched after the processing at Pyrite plants
and 2 MTPA will dispatched ROM directly to end users. These activities are likely to
contribute air pollution in the form of dust (SPM) during discharge of material from
excavators and gaseous pollutant like SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to combustion of
diesel (fuel) in the loading machinery.
•
Unloading
The generated OB and raised lignite at mine face will be transported by dumpers and
unloaded at the designated locations i.e OB will be unloaded /dumped at dump site and
the lignite will be unloaded at PRP. Air pollution in the form of SPM (dust) is envisaged
due to discharge of material from the dumpers and gaseous pollutants like SO2, NOx and
Hydrocarbons due to consumption of fuel (diesel) by dumper while unloading the
material.
140
Chapter- 4
Line Sources
These are normally mobile sources, which emit atmospheric pollutants in the area
through which they pass. The following are the sources of air pollution falling under this
category.
•
Transportation
The transportation of Lignite is proposed by two different modes. 25 T dumpers /
Haulers are proposed for the transportation of ROM Lignite from mines to pyrite plant.
Balance 2 million Tonnes lignite (ROM) will be loaded directly into the consumers’
trucks having 10 to 20 Tonnes capacity.
20 - 25 m wide Haul roads shall be provided, as straight as possible and having gradient
flatter than 1 in 16 with proper cambering. Suitable drains will be provided on the sides
all along the length of haul roads to protect from seepage / storm water. The roads will
be maintained regularly using motor graders. Dust will be suppressed regularly by
using water sprinklers. As most of the soil is sticky, it is proposed that no movement of
hauler will be there while it is raining .Traffic on haul road, after the rainfall, shall be
resumed only after roads are dry.
Overburden generated will be transported to area identified for dumping which is
located at a distance from 1 km to 2.5 km from bottom most benches to the dump top.
Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles also in the mine lease area.
The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous
pollutants concentration in the area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon
within the mining areas that have limited human exposure.
•
Dozing
Heavy dozing is envisaged at OB dumps and mine face using dozers. The dozing activity
is likely to contribute to air pollution in the form of SPM, SO2, NOx and Hydrocarbons
due to use of diesel.
141
Chapter- 4
Area Sources/Multiple Sources
The total mine area with all its mining activities constitute the area source. These
include all the mining activities, operations of equipment/machinery, wind erosion
from active mine pit, lignite stock yard and waste dump locations and haul roads, which
contribute to the atmospheric pollution from the various units/activities.
•
Instantaneous Sources
Blasting involves dislodgement of big blocks of rocks/mineral from the mines. This
operation generates dust in the form of concentrated 'cloud', which may result in the
increase of SPM concentration in the nearby area downwind of the blast. It also
contributes to emissions of certain gases (Oxides of Nitrogen and Ammonia) due to the
use of explosives like ANFO.
The size of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere plays a major role in deciding
the distance to which they may be transported. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly
and closer to their source, because of gravitational settling. However, the aerosols
because of their small size may be held in suspension for years in the atmosphere and
may be transported to long distance. Eventually, these smaller particles are collected in
raindrops and fall on earth.
4.1.5.1 Air Pollution Impact Prediction through Dispersion Modeling
The source of emissions after expansion of mining will be from active mine area mostly
from mining pit, associated activities like blasting, hauling, loading and unloading. The
emissions from lignite mine will be mainly Particulate Matter (PM).
Details of Mathematical Modeling
For the prediction of impacts on ambient air quality due lignite mining after proposed
expansion, Breeze Air Suite dispersion model has been used. Breeze Air Suite is ISCST3
142
Chapter- 4
(USEPA) based computerized air quality modeling software, which can be used for
point, area, volume and mining pit sources.
In the present case, modeling simulations have been carried out for pre-monsoon
season. For the short-term simulations, the ground level concentrations (GLCs) were
estimated on 1681 receptor points in the form of 500 m x 500 m grid and nearby village
receptors have been also selected as discrete receptors to compute the GLCs at these
locations.
Model Input Data
•
The modeling has been carried to predict the impacts of the proposed expansion of
mining with production capacity of 5 million tonnes per annum (MTPA) on the existing
environment, using emission factor arrived for the worst case i.e. without control
measures. For various activates involved during lignite mining, emission factors and
emission rates have been computed and presented in Table – 4.3, based in production
data given in Chapter 2.
TABLE - 4.3: EMISSION FACTOR FOR VARIOUS MINING OPERATIONS FOR LIGNITE MINING
S.
No.
1.
Activities
Emission Factor
Blasting
EF = 0.00022 x A 1.5
EF = 0.74 x 0.0016 x (u/2.2)
(M/2) -1.4
4.
Loading OB to Dumper by
Excavator/ Shovel/ Front
End Loader
Loading Lignite to
Dumper by Excavator/
Shovel/ Front End Loader
Bulldozing of OB
5.
6.
2.
3.
Emission Rate
Kg/blast
0.000341621 g/s/m2
Kg/T
0.017901 g/s/m2
EF = 0.0580 x M -1.2
Kg/T
0.147222 g/s/m2
EF = 2.6 x s 1.2 x M -1.3
Kg/hr
0.005036668 g/s/m2
Bulldozing on Lignite
EF = 35.6 x s 1.2 x M -1.4
Kg/hr
0.068963612 g/s/m2
Wheel Generated Dust
from Unpaved Road
EF = 1.381x (S/12)0.7 x
((Wx1.1023)/3)0.45
Kg/VKT
3.08642E-06 g/s/m
for lignite
3.53333E-05 g/s/m
for OB
1.3
x
Unit
Sources - National Pollution Inventory : Emission Estimation Technique (EET) Manual Version 3.1, January, 2012
143
•
Chapter- 4
Meteorological Data
The hourly meteorological data recorded at the site from 22 April 2012 to 21 July 2012
have been used for dispersion modeling. In the absence of site specific mixing heights,
“Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmospheric in India” published by
Environmental Monitoring and Research Centre, India Meteorological Department, New
Delhi, 2008, has been referred for hourly mixing heights.
4.1.5.2 24 Hourly Incremental Ground Level Concentrations
The predicted 24 hourly incremental concentrations values for PM10 concentrations for
pre-monsoon season are presented in Table-4.4. The predicted 24 hourly Ground Level
Concentrations (GLCs) isopleths for PM10 during pre-monsoon season are given in
Figure - 4.1 and Figure – 4.2.
TABLE - 4.4: THE MAXIMUM 24-HR AVERAGE GLCs VALUES
Rank
Conc
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
32.29044
32.15937
32.00434
29.63222
29.00872
27.61377
25.38793
25.02853
23.75626
23.59702
22.20679
22.14212
21.84746
21.19317
21.10961
20.93476
19.92146
19.62423
18.98446
18.80039
18.55197
18.14482
17.99687
17.88122
Receptor (Xr,Yr)
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
Type
Rank
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
144
Conc
Receptor (Xr,Yr)
16.82216
16.64012
16.54258
16.28259
16.01106
16.01106
15.12368
15.01426
14.79335
14.62555
14.13156
14.0494
13.71865
13.54524
13.53333
13.43121
13.426
13.36049
13.27915
13.1221
12.65394
12.57028
12.42015
12.39188
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
( 1000.00,
( 1500.00,
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
-500.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
.00)
500.00)
.00)
-500.00)
-500.00)
Type
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
GC
Rank
Conc
Receptor (Xr,Yr)
Type
Rank
Conc
Chapter- 4
Receptor (Xr,Yr)
Type
25
17.0446 ( 1500.00,
.00)
GC
50
12.10507 ( 1500.00, -500.00)
Note: Conc. in µg/m3.
Receptor Types: GC = GRIDCART, DC = DISCCART
Source : ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited, Chennai
GC
24 Hourly Incremental Ground Level Concentrations at Villages around Lignite Mine
24 Hourly Incremental Ground Level Concentrations at villages around the lignite mine
have also computed and presented in Table – 4.5. The predicted 24 hourly incremental
ground level concentrations at villages have been added to the maximum monitored
baselines AAQM values. From the Table - 4.5, it is observed that resultant values of
PM10 is well below the prescribe limit of 100 µg/m3 for PM10. Therefore, impact of the
proposed expansion of lignite mine on the ambient air quality will be insignificant.
TABLE – 4.5: 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS FOR
PM10 AT VILLAGES
Direction
from
Mining
SSW
Predicted
GLCs
Thordi
Distance
from Mining
(Km)
1.4
Tagdi
2.5
Juna
5.0
Discrete
Locations
0.01535
Baselines
Monitored
Values of PM 10
46.6
Resultant
Values of
PM 10
46.6154
NW
0
42.2
42.2
E
2.4902
Ratanpar
63.5
65.9902
Bhutesar
3.0
NE
1.92117
58.5
60.4212
Ghogha
7.5
NE
0.65581
53.4
54.0558
Surkha
4.0
SE
0.20838
51.7
51.9084
Rampar
2.2
SE
1.18613
56.9
58.0861
Bhadi
6.0
SSW
0
48.8
48.8
Nesvad
5.5
West
0.04978
52.2
52.2498
Malanka
5.5
NNW
0.948
55.5
56.448
Koliyak
8.5
SE
0.05893
53.0
53.0589
145
Chapter- 4
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
-6000
-8000
-10000
-10000
-8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
FIGURE - 4.1: PREDICTED 24 HOURLY GLC ISOPLETHS FOR PM10 FOR
PRE-MONSOON SEASON
146
Chapter- 4
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
-6000
-8000
-10000
-10000
-8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
FIGURE - 4.2a: PREDICTED 24 HOURLY GLC ISOPLETHS FOR PM10 FOR
PRE-MONSOON SEASON SUPERIMPOSED ON STUDY AREA MAP
147
Chapter- 4
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
-6000
-8000
-10000
-10000
-8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
FIGURE - 4.2b: PREDICTED 24 HOURLY GLC ISOPLETHS FOR PM10 FOR
PRE-MONSOON SEASON SUPERIMPOSED ON STUDY AREA MAP
148
•
Chapter- 4
Occupational Health Impact
Progressive deposition of inhaled particles or dust results in major health problems.
Smaller the particle size (less than PM2.5)) higher is the chemical and biological
reactivity. These smaller particles reach the deepest portion of the lungs. These micron
sized particles, once air-borne, are extremely difficult to be collected or trapped. Lung
functions are impaired due to both respirable and non-respirable dust particles. Chronic
exposure leads to respiratory illnesses like asthma, emphysema, severe dyspnea
(shortness of breath), and bronchitis and in extreme cases pneumoconiosis or the blacklung disease of miners. The effect of dust may be harmful to the human health.
4.1.5.3 Measures of Minimizing Impacts
A. Delay blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions;
B. The production of blast fumes containing noxious gases should be reduced by the
following methods;
•
Proper and proportionate mixing of fuel oil with ammonium nitrate to ensure
complete detonation;
•
Use of adequate booster/primer; and
•
Proper stemming of the blast hole.
C. Drills fitted with dust collection system to be deployed or wet drilling;
D. Regular sprinkling of water on haul roads at regular intervals;
E. Installing permanent water sprinklers at strategic areas/locations/stretches;
F. Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery should be carried out;
G. Cabins for shovel and dumpers and dust respirators to workmen should be
provided;
H. Dust suppression will be done on exposed area using water trucks and sprinkler;
I. Greenbelt development should be taken up all along the haul roads;
J.
Re-vegetation of mined out area and inactive dumps;
149
Chapter- 4
K. The dust respirators should be provided to all workers working in dusty
environment; and
L. A good housekeeping and proper maintenance should be practiced which will help
in controlling pollution.
4.1.5.4 Overall Air Impact due to the Mining Operations
As discussed above under each activity, there will be increase in terms of dust load and
gaseous emissions. However, it can be stated that these incremental contributions will
remain within the prescribed limits/norms. Further, the mitigation measures will further
bring down these concentrations making the proposed mining activities more
environment friendly.
4.1.6 Impact on Water Regime
4.1.6.1 Water Demand
The project requires water for the mines and associated activities like domestic uses,
etc. The overall estimated water requirement for the project is about 1000 cum/day.
4.1.6.2 Source of Water
The industrial water requirement will be met from the mine sump and settling tanks.
Domestic water of 34 cum/day will be required for drinking and domestic purposes for
the employees of the GMDC, Truck drivers, helpers and employees of the contractors.
The domestic water requirement will be met from GWSSB main pipe line which is
passing through nearby the area. Rain water is being stored in ponds & depression by
construction of small check dams and this water also will be used. Water balance
diagram for mine is given in Figure-4.3.
150
Mine Pit Water
966 KLD
Haul Road sprinkling
206 KL
Chapter- 4
Total Water Requirement
1000 KLD
Vehicle Usages
40 KLD
Green belt Development
720 KLD
GWSSB
34 KLD
Domestic Requirement
34 KLD
Sewage Water
27.2 KLD
Septic Tanks with
soak pits
FIGURE - 4.3: WATER BALANCE
4.1.6.3 Impact on Surface Water Quality
Mining activity increases sediment load and total dissolved solids in streams due to
erosional activity of overburden dump and loosened soil by blasting activity. The
following measures will be taken up by GMDC authorities to reduce this load.
1. Dense plantation.
2. Construction of siltation ponds/tanks.
3. Construction of Garland drains.
4. Construction of Gabbion wall.
5. Construction of check dams.
Analysis results of existing mine pit water samples indicate that the pH is in the range of
7.1 - 7.85. The total dissolved solids (TDS) is in the range of 1500 – 2300 mg/l and
fluoride is in the range of 0.9 – 1.3 mg/l. Toxic elements such as Pb, Cr, Sc, Cd, Hg, Cu, Cn
are well below the prescribed limits.
151
Chapter- 4
4.1.6.4 Changes in Aquifer Properties
Mining activity changes the aquifer properties.
1. Changes in water levels during mining due to continuous dewatering of mine.
2. Water quality may get changed.
3. Aquifers may get hydraulically connected.
4. Internal dumping of loose over burden increases the permeability of the aquifer
within the mined out area.
•
Radius of Influence
Considering the dewatering of unconfined aquifer in the immediate mine working area,
water level in the surrounding area gets affected. Because of the poor permeability of
the aquifers in mine lease area, the radius of influence will be limited to small distance.
This impact zone of water level is limited due to stratification of aquifer with presence
of clay and shale and dipping strata. Usually in lignite field with poor aquifers this
impact zone is limited to few hundred meters. To estimate the probable zone of
influence, dewatering of the entire unconfined aquifer has been considered.
With the variation in aquifer geometry system, return flow from mine discharge and
recharge from nallahs flowing near the mine, the radius of influence will be limited to a
small distance. Artificial recharge by spreading of the water, rain water harvesting,
creation of water bodies like tank, pond will also restrict the radius of influence and
hence the impact.
Groundwater flow direction gets disturbed due to continuous dewatering activity and
the water levels in the surrounding also get affected. Presence of dominating clay, shale,
lignite beds may restrict this impact. Water flowing in seasonal nalas close to the mine
may also restrict the expansion of cone of depression formed due to mine water
pumping activity and thereby limiting the radius of influence. Artificial recharge by rain
water harvesting/ mine water harvesting will be done in and around the mine area to
increase the ground water levels in the area.
152
Chapter- 4
•
Ground Water Quality
Total dissolved constituents in water from the mine spoils and dumps are more
concentrated than those formed in an undisturbed aquifer. Minerals that had originally
resided in the saturated zone where the potential for oxidation was slight now may lie
in the unsaturated zone where weathering and oxidation may release soluble salts.
4.1.7 Wastewater Generation, Treatment & Disposal
Very insignificant volume of waste water will be generated which will dry up in natural
condition.
The waste generation will be due to following operation:
•
Seepage from mine; and
•
Sewage from toilets and wash rooms.
Mining
Mine Water inflow and Disposal
The mine is already in operation and almost 86 ha area is already excavated. There is
hardly any seepage of water from the strata in the mine. Only rain water gets
accumulated which requires dewatering. The rain water is collected at two places, one
at bottom most part of the pit and the second at intermediate level. The water so
collected is partially pumped out and rest is preserved for dust suppression, plantation
for whole of the year. As a measure of safety following pumping arrangements are
maintained at the mine to deal with the excess water:
•
•
•
153
Chapter- 4
The pits also behave as primary settling tanks for the mine water. Thereby, the
suspended solids, the major contaminant added to the mine water inflow, would settle
down and clean tapped water will be discharged on to the surface. The treated mine
water will be utilized for industrial purposes like sprinkling on haul roads, plantations,
etc., which is reducing the use of surface / ground water for industrial use. The ETP flow
diagram is given in Figure - 4.4.
M
LIME SOLUTION TANK
SECONDARY
SETTLING TANK
NALA
SETTLING TANK
PUMP
MIXING TANK
MINE PIT
FIG. NO. 4.2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR TREATMENT OF MINE WATER
FIGURE - 4.4: FLOW SHEET FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
4.1.7.1 Measures for Minimizing Adverse Impacts
Mine Drainage
There are four small seasonal Nallahs N1, N2, N3 & N4, flowing east-wards and entering
Gulf of Cambay near Ghogha. These Nallahs are passing through lignite bearing areas
and the proposed workings and shall be diverted away from mine workings from time
to time. These Nallahs and their diversions will take care of rain water, which shall be
suitably coursed.
154
Chapter- 4
The following facilities will be provided for proper mine drainage:
•
The garland drains is being developed in advance for each mine stage so that water
is collected in these garland drains and discharged properly outside the pit.
•
Working faces will be laid such that the water from the working areas will flow into
the sump by gravity from where it will be pumped out.
•
Face pumps of adequate capacity is provided at working faces to keep these dry.
Surface Water Pollution Control Measures
• Retaining walls of adequate dimensions will be provided at the toe of dumps and the
unstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of
material from benches. This will help in preventing silting of water drains/channels;
• The water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided
with baffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids, if any, present in this
water;
• The worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass species
on the slopes. This will help in preventing wash-off of lignite from these slopes; and
• The mine water is being regularly tested for presence of any undesirable elements
and appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding the
limits prescribed by CPCB;
Ground Water Pollution Control Measures
•
The domestic sewage from the canteen and toilets will be routed to septic tanks
followed by soak pits.
•
The workshop effluent will be routed through oil & grease trap and treated to the
discharge standards and reused in the workshop.
•
Regular monitoring of water levels and quality in the existing open wells and bore
wells in the vicinity will be carried out. If found necessary, additional observation
wells will be sunk for monitoring the water levels and quality around the mine
representing both upstream and downstream conditions.
155
Chapter- 4
Artificial Recharge and Rain Water Harvesting
For reducing the impact of lowering of water level and pollution level in the
surroundings of the proposed opencast workings, the following methods of artificial
recharge and rain water harvesting methods will be adopted.
1. Rain water which flows away from the area as runoff can be arrested by
construction of small check dams. Water stored in depressions created by such
constructions induces groundwater recharge.
2. Rain water and sump water.
3. Treated effluent water from Septic Tank & Soak Pit is being indirectly recharged to
aquifer by spreading of water.
Surkha (N) mines project will through these actions enhance the water levels in the
area.
4.1.8 Impact on Noise Levels and Ground Vibrations
4.1.8.1 Noise Impact on Working Environment
During the operation of lignite mines after proposed expansion, there would be various
sources of noise in the mining area. These sources are:
•
Drilling,
•
Blasting,
•
Operation of heavy machineries, and
•
Vehicular Movement, etc.
Mining operations are main sources of noise levels. Noise due to vehicular movement
will be intermittent, but will also add to the background noise levels.
Operation of drills, shovels, dumpers, front end loaders and dozers involve noise
generation above 90 dB(A), which is the prescribed Threshold Limit Value. However,
156
Chapter- 4
the expected noise levels are not likely to have any effect from the occupational health
point of view.
Haul road laid on floor of mining area will be used for carrying up lignite from pit. To
facilitate transport of lignite from pit and overburden to dumps, flank roads are
developed on all sides of quarry slope. Lignite from pits will be carried along benches to
nearest level of flank roads and by travelling through horizontal or inclined roads, will
join in main access trench to come out to surface. Haul roads of 20-25 m width suitable
for plying 85 T rear dumpers with side drains and dozer path are provided. Approach
road to the project site is also provided. The likely generation of noise levels due to
operation of mining machineries in the mine is given in Table - 4.6.
TABLE - 4.6 : EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS
Equipments
Expected Noise Levels dB(A)
Drilling
90-100
Shovel
85-95
Dumpers
95-100
Dozers
95-110
Blasting
130
Source : Mine Plan
Instantaneous noise levels of around 135 dB(A) will be generated from blasting. The
noise produced by blasting will be for short duration though with a high intensity.
Noise modelling has been carried out to predict the impact of noise levels due to
blasting and other mining operations. As a worst case instantaneous noise levels of
around 135 dB(A) generated during blasting operations have been used for noise
modelling. The sound pressure levels generated by a noise source decreases with
increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. Noise attenuation with
respect to distance in all directions over horizontal distance can be given by the
following equation:
157
Chapter- 4
Sound level dB(A) = Lw - 20 log10 R-8
Where Lw = Sound level of source, dB(A)&
R = Source distance, m
For an estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient air from the noise source, a
standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used by considering 105
dB(A) as the resultant noise level generated from mining equipment operation and
output of the same is shown in Figure - 4.5. Cumulative noise impact on the
background noise levels at different locations due to mining operations is presented in
Table - 4.7.
TABLE – 4.7 : PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS FROM MINING ACTIVITIES
Discrete
Locations
Back Ground
Noise Levels
Predicted Noise
Levels dB(A)
Thordi
Distance
from Mining
(Km)
1.5
60.4
34.1
Cumulative
Noise Levels
dB(A)
60.41
Tagdi
2.5
52.8
38.9
52.97
Bhumbhli
3.2
54.3
37.9
54.40
Ghogha
7.5
51.2
23.2
51.21
Surkha
4.0
53.2
27.5
53.21
Padava
7.0
66.4
20.5
66.40
Bhadi
6.0
51.5
22.2
51.51
Nesvad
5.5
49.6
22.2
49.61
Malanka
5.5
57.2
22.5
57.20
Koliyak
8.5
53.2
20.5
53.20
Rampar
2.2
51.4
34.1
51.48
Juna
5.0
53.2
Ratanpar
Bhutesar
53.22
30.6
3.0
50.4
Source : ABC Techno Labs, Chennai
158
26.9
50.42
Chapter- 4
From the tabulated data, it is clear that impact of noise generated from mining activities
on nearby settlements will be insignificant as noise generated from mining activities
will be mingled within short distance. The mine site where heavy earth moving
machinery will operate, noise levels may be more than the stipulated 90 dB (A) norm of
DGMS. However, the noise levels will be within the prescribed limit at a distance of 20 to
25 m. The protection measures during operations of mining equipment will reduce the
noise impact further.
159
Chapter- 4
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
-6000
-8000
-10000
-10000
-8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
Source: ABC Techno Labs, Chennai
FIGURE - 4.5a: NOISE LEVELS CONTOUR DUE MINING ACTIVITIES
160
Chapter- 4
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
-6000
-8000
-10000
-10000
-8000
-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
FIGURE - 4.5b: NOISE LEVELS CONTOUR DUE MINING ACTIVITIES
161
Chapter- 4
4.1.9 Impact due to Ground Vibrations
Due to blasting for removal of over burden and lignite, the ground vibrations will be
generated. Blasting will also result in flyrocks. The actual blasts at the mines will be
closely monitored for any fly rocks and precautions against fly rock will be taken are as
per given in Environmental Management Plan.
When an explosive charge is fired in a hole, stress waves propagate radically in all
directions and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground
vibration. The proposed mining operations using deep hole drilling and blasting using
delay detonators are bound to produce ground vibrations. Blasting, in addition to easing
the hard strata, generates ground vibrations and instantaneous noise. Ground
vibrations from mine blasting may be expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration
of the blast. The variables, which influence ground vibrations, are controllable and noncontrollable. The non-controllable variables include:
•
general surface terrain;
•
type and depth of overburden; and
•
wind.
Similarly, the controllable variations include:
•
type of explosives;
•
charge per delay’;
•
delay interval;
•
direction of blast progression;
•
burden;
•
spacing; and
•
Specific charge and coupling ratio.
The vibrations are measured as per the assessment criteria given under Bureau of
Indian Standard Criteria for Safety and Design Structures Subject to Underground Blasts
– IS : 6922 – 1973 (Reaffirmed 1995).
162
Chapter- 4
For blasting operations, predicted ground vibrations as Vector Peak Particle Velocity
have been calculated at different locations around the mine and presented in Table –
4.8. Contours of ground vibrations as Vector Peak Particle Velocity are shown in Figure
– 4.6. From the tabulated data given in Table – 4.8, it is observed that predicted ground
vibrations at settlements around the mines are less than 1.73 mm/s, which is
considered safe and is within the permissible safe limit of 2 mm/sec peak particle
velocity. Therefore, no impact is anticipated due to ground vibrations from blasting
operations at the lignite mines.
TABLE – 4.8: PREDICTED GROUND VIBRATION AS VECTOR PEAK PARTICLE
VELOCITY
Thordi
Distance
from
Mining
(Km)
1.4
SSW
Predicted Ground
Vibration as Vector
Peak Particle Velocity
(mm/s); V
0.71
Tagdi
0.8
NW
1.73
Safe
Bhumbhli
0.9
NE
1.43
Safe
Ghogha
4.9
NE
0.10
Safe
Surkha
3
SE
0.21
Safe
Padava
6.7
SSE
0.06
Safe
Bhadi
5.5
SSW
0.08
Safe
Nesvad
5.5
WNW
0.08
Safe
Malanka
5.3
NW
0.08
Safe
Koliyak
6.7
SE
0.06
Safe
Rampur
1.4
SE
0.71
Safe
Juna
2.1
NNE
0.37
Safe
3.2
NE
0.19
Safe
Discrete
Locations
Direction
from
Mining
Permissible Safe
Limit of PPV
(2 mm/sec)
Safe
Ratanpar
Bhutesar
Source : ABC Techno Labs, Chennai
163
Chapter- 4
5000
11.4
11
10.6
10.2
9.8
9.4
9
8.6
8.2
7.8
7.4
7
6.6
6.2
5.8
5.4
5
4.6
4.2
3.8
3.4
3
2.6
2.2
1.8
1.4
1
0.6
0.2
3000
1000
-1000
-3000
-5000
-5000
-3000
-1000
1000
3000
5000
FIGURE – 4.6: GROUND VIBRATION COUNTERS
(VECTOR PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY- mm/s)
164
Chapter- 4
4.1.9.1 Measures for Minimizing Adverse Impacts
Noise Control Measures
•
Secondary blasting will be totally avoided;
•
Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming will be maintained;
•
Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using alternatively Excel
non-electrical initiation system;
•
The blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric condition and less
human activity timings;
•
The prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained;
•
Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines
producing higher levels of noise;
•
Proper designing of plant & machinery by providing inbuilt mechanism like
silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing
pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment.
•
Greenbelts around infrastructure site and service building area.
•
A thick tree belt will be provided in phased manner around the periphery of the
mine to attenuate noise;
•
Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads.
•
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to
the operators of vehicles and persons working near vehicles and machineries ; and
•
Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels.
Measures to Control Ground Vibration
•
Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate delay
system are to be adopted to avoid overcharging and for safe blasting.
•
A safe blasting zone is kept around the periphery of the quarry.
•
Blasting will be performed strictly during day time as per the mine safety guidelines;
165
•
Chapter- 4
The charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will
be used per blasts;
•
During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily
stopped; and
•
Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly
designed to give proper blast.
4.1.10 Topsoil and Overburden (OB)
The solid waste generated will be non-hazardous in nature. Additional quantity of
topsoil and overburden will be generated from the expansion of mining project which
will be stacked in the existing OB dumps. During mining operations, for entire life of
quarry of 16 years, around 7254 lakh m3 of overburden is likely to be generated after
the modified production of the mines.
The total topsoil generated during the development of mine will be stacked separately
in a Dump designated as W-1. It will be used for growing plants along the fringes of the
site roads and reclamation of external dump and backfilled area. The stage-wise
generation of overburden and topsoil is as given below in Table-4.9.
TABLE - 4.9: SOLID WATE GENERATION DETAILS (LAC M3)
Project
Total Waste
generation
Topsoil
Total OB
generation
Total OB in
Ext. Dump
Total OB
backfilled
Original Project
240.26
4.31
235.95
14.40
225.86
Expansion Project
(balance life)
TOTAL
6852.68
7.59
6845.09
---
---
7092.94
11.90
7081.04
14.40
225.86
Source: Mine Plan
166
Chapter- 4
The probable cause of pollution may be due to soil erosion and wash off from the waste
dumps in monsoon season. Garland drains will be constructed around the dumps to
prevent the wash off during rainy season. The proposed vegetation on dumps will
prevent soil erosion.
Another important aspect is soil erosion from slopes, if not managed properly. Soil
erosion may also be accelerated in areas where the overburden from the mineral
excavation operation will be dumped. Neither toxic effluent nor toxic solid waste will be
generated from the mines; quality of soil is not expected to be adversely effected.
Impact will be localized i.e. around the mine site. Adequate cover of vegetation will be
established to stabilize the site/area, which will prevent or control erosion to natural
levels. Hence, the impact due to topsoil and overburden on surrounding environs will be
insignificant.
4.1.10.1Measures for Minimizing Adverse Impacts
Solid waste, which will be generated during operation is non hazardous. These solids
will be disposed of by external dumping and by backfilling the decoaled voids. Proper
re-vegetation will be carried out in order to avoid siltation problem on surface water
bodies. External dump & internal dump will be technically & biologically reclaimed.
Toxic waste like used batteries, oily sludge filter & filter materials will be generated
during operation of mine. Used oil will be auctioned. During first 3 years, the excavated
overburden shall be stacked at five (5) different external waste dump sites within the
lease area. Details of dumping have been presented in Table-4.10.
167
Chapter- 4
TABLE - 4.10: DETAILS OF HEIGHTS & CAPACITIES OF EXTERNAL OB DUMPS
Proposed
OB dumping
in Lac M3
7.59
Total
Quantity in
Lac M3
11.90
Remarks
20
OB already
dumped in
Lac M3
4.31
57.88
55
60.95
136.41
197.36
In use
W-III
W-IV
81.92
45.18
55
40
175.00
90.00
96.00
265.00
In use
E-I
Total
95.67
294.00
55
96.00
310.00
Proposed
Proposed
Dump
No.
Area
In Ha
Height
M
W-I
13.35
W-II
0
0
310.00
640.00
240.26
Top soil
880.26
Partial backfilling of voids (in-pit dumping) is already commenced and shall proceed
simultaneously. From the 4th year onwards, entire OB will be backfilled in the de-coaled
area. In the 5th year, out of 477 Lac m3 OB generated, 314 Lac m3 will be dumped into
de-coaled area up to ground level, 2.70 Lac M3 (top soil) will be stacked at separate top
soil dump and the rest 160 Lac M3 will be dumped over the backfilled area as high dump
increasing the height by 25 m above ground level. The high dump in backfill areas have
been planned to minimize external Dumping as well to minimize degradation of fertile
land. The bench-width of each lift shall be 12 meter & slope angle shall be 35.500, giving
overall dump slope of about 210. The inactive dump slopes are proposed to be stabilized
by plantation. A garland drain is proposed all around the outside waste dumps of
adequate size to arrest the run of water and to course it into settling pond and from
there to the Nallah.
Topsoil Management
Efforts will be made to excavate and store topsoil separately. Topsoil will be scrapped
by dozer before the ground preparation for drilling and blasting. Scrapped topsoil will
be transported to the topsoil storage area. During initial period of mining the topsoil
will be directly utilized for plantation of saplings along the proposed roads and barren
land. As and when the external waste dump becomes inactive the stored topsoil will be
168
Chapter- 4
spread over the area of dump to facilitate plantation. The height of topsoil dump will be
maintained at 20 m and the reclamation process will be started from the 4th year.
Topsoil quantities for 1st five years of mine operation are as given in Table-4.11.
TABLE - 4.11: TOPSOIL QUANTITY FOR 1ST FIVE YEARS OF MINE OPERATION
Sr. No.
Year of mine operation
Topsoil (Lac m3)
1
1st
0.67
2
2nd
1.39
3
3rd
3.41
4
4th
3.74
5
5th
2.70
Total
11.90
4.1.11 Impact on Traffic Load
Based on the excavation requirement of the mine and envisaged calendar programme,
adequate number of HEMM has been envisaged in the Mining Plan with due regard to
stand-by provisions for proper maintenance of the same. Properly designed haul roads
should be provided away from the general and traffic congestion. The traffic rules as
enforced by the DGMS will be strictly followed by the operators of mobile equipment
like rear dumpers, water sprinklers, tippers and other light motor vehicles. All mobile
equipment will be provided with audio-visual alarms.
Safety devices like fire alarm and control, operated by sensors should be inbuilt in the
equipment/HEMM. Flashers should be fitted in relevant HEMM. The haul roads should
be sufficiently wide to prevent accidents. Provision for proper illumination of quarry
faces, haul roads and other working places should also be made as per the statutory
guidelines. Requirement of HEMM in the project for achieving the target capacity of
lignite production is given in Table-4.12.
169
Chapter- 4
TABLE - 4.12: REQUIREMENT OF HEMM / EQUIPMENTS
Type of Machine
Size / Capacity
Min. Nos.
Hydraulic excavators
8.5 M3
6.0 M3
3.0 M3
1.7 M3
85 Tonner
50 Tonner
25 T
BD 475 or eqv.
D355 or eqv.
13
1
3
3
52
3
9
2
5
2
6
Dumpers / Haulers
Dozers (750 HP)
Dozers (385 HP)
Graders
Water Sprinklers
Source: Mine Plan
18 KL
Stand bye
@ 15%
3
1
1
1
8
1
3
1
1
2
Total Nos.
16
2
4
4
60
4
12
2
6
3
8
4.1.11.1 Haulage/Transport
Haul roads suitable for plying 85T rear dumpers with side drains and dozer path will be
provided. 20 - 25 m wide Haul roads shall be provided, as straight as possible and
having gradient flatter than 1 in 16 with proper cambering. Suitable drains will be
provided on the sides all along the length of haul roads to protect from seepage / storm
water.
Approach roads to project site are also provided. All weather four-lane, connecting the
mine bottom through the main ramp and the State Highway No. 36 on northern
boundary has been made. Another approach road from the above State Highway is
provided to approach the administrative office buildings. Further, approach roads of
reasonable widths have also been provided for movement of HEMM from mine to
workshop and parking lot. A network of internal haul roads is also provided in the
mining area for transportation of overburden to different dumps.
170
Chapter- 4
Transport Layout
Haul road laid on floor of quarry will be used for transporting lignite from mine pit. To
facilitate transport of lignite from all other parts and overburden to dumps, flank roads
are also developed on all sides of quarry slope. Horizontal flank roads are developed at
30 m vertical intervals matching with levels of internal dumps. One downward inclined
road originating from main access trench is developed to connect all horizontal roads.
Lignite from all other seams will be transported along benches to nearest level of flank
roads and by travelling through horizontal or inclined roads, will join in main access
trench to come out to surface. Overburden generated is transported to the external
dump site at a distance of 1 km to 2.5 from bottom most bench to the dump top.
The direct impact on the existing traffic load due to the proposed expansion project will
be only due to service vehicles moving outside the ML area.
4.1.12 Impact on Socio - Economic Aspects
It is obvious to assume that the activities of the mining operations will improve the
socio-economic levels in the study area. The anticipated impact of this project on
various aspects is described in the following sections:
•
Impact on Human Settlement
The land covered under mining lease area is mostly private agriculture land (80.11%),
and a minor part of govt. waste land (19.89 %). The private land comprises common
property resources and tenancy agriculture land owned by the individuals. No
additional land is required for the proposed expansion project.
•
Impact on Population Growth
This project will have an impact on the population growth, as it will provide some direct
and indirect employment to the people from the nearby villages. Preference will be
given to local unemployed youth for employment after the expansion of mine and in
171
Chapter- 4
operation of mines depending upon their suitability which will enhance substantially
the income status of population of the area and due to migration of people from outside
area will be having impact on the area.
•
Impact on Literacy and Educational Facilities
The literacy rate of the study area is poor (50%). The literacy level of the project area is
likely to increase as there will be influx of many educated people taking up jobs in the
mine, which is likely to result in establishment of better educational facilities. Better
literacy rates are possible due to assumed better economic conditions of the people. Better
literacy means better social status and will improve the life style in the region. This will be
a positive impact in the region due to the proposed project.
•
Impact on Civic Amenities
The impact of mining on the civic amenities will be substantial after the commencement
of mining activities. As per the census 2001, the area has a good network of roads,
educational facilities, post & telegraph facilities and health care facilities. The
construction of new roads inside and outside of the project area will enhance the
transportation facilities. With improved transportation facilities there is always a scope
for development.
•
Impact on Health Care Facilities
Proper health care facilities near the mining area are being developed in the form of a
dedicated Health care Centre at colony, which will also be extended in the surrounding
villages through its rural welfare schemes. An ambulance is provided round the clock at
the Mines site for emergency transport of injured or patient.
•
Impact on Economic Aspects
The impact of mining on the economic aspects can be clearly observed. The proposed
expansion mining activities will provide employment to persons of different skills and
172
Chapter- 4
trades. The local population will have preference to get an employment. The
employment potential will improve economic conditions of these families directly and
provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and
service oriented activities. This will in-turn improve the quality of life in the region.
The proposed expansion of mining will also help development of ancillary industries.
These will further boost the economic avenues for the local population.
4.1.13 Impact on Sensitive Locations
There are no buildings of public interest and monuments notified by the Archaeological
Department in and around the mine lease area. Thus, there will not be any impact on
the tourist/religious or historical important places due to the project.
4.2
Irreversible & Irretrievable Commitments of Environmental Components
An irreversible commitment of a resource is one that cannot be changed once it occurs;
an irretrievable commitment means that the resource cannot be recovered or reused.
The project could result in irreversible or irretrievable commitments of certain
resources as follows:
•
Capital and labour required to construct the proposed project will be an irreversible
and irretrievable commitment of resources.
•
Construction materials such as gravel, concrete, cement and steel required to
construct the facilities will be irretrievably committed for at least the life of the
project.
•
Fossil fuels and energy used for equipment and vehicles will be irretrievably
consumed during construction and operations.
•
Commitments of other resources will include vegetation and habitat lost, and
resources destroyed.
•
The primary irretrievable commitment is the decision to commit the land to mining
permanently.
173
4.3
Chapter- 4
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall management plan at the study
area level are elicited so as to improve the supportive capacity of the study area and
also to preserve the assimilative capacity of the receiving bodies.
The environmental attributes, which are likely to be affected in the region, are land use,
topography, water resources and quality, soil, air quality, socio-economic status, ecology
and public health etc.
The Management Action Plan aims at preventing and controlling pollution at the source
level to the extent possible, with the available knowledge and affordable technology,
followed by treatment measures before they are discharged.
It is a well known fact that mining process is to a certain extent, an inevitable land use
transformation process. The associated environmental hazards of which are within
measurable limit and can be rehabilitated in new landforms and land uses which will
bring a better overall benefit to the community than pre-mining land use was restored.
4.3.1 Air Pollution Management
Mitigative measures suggested for air pollution controls are based on the baseline
ambient air quality of the area. From the point of view of maintenance of an acceptable
ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality is monitored on a regular
basis to check compliance of standards as prescribed by regulatory authorities. In case
of non-compliance, appropriate mitigative measures need to be checked.
Measures to Prevent Generation and Dispersal of Dust
Dust particles, which are normally generated during mining operations, become air
borne, thus leading to increase in particulate matter level in the ambient air. In the
174
Chapter- 4
proposed expansion of mining activity adequate control measures will be adopted
during both, mining operations as well as transportation of lignite within the ML area.
Water sprinkling system already provided throughout the mine area especially on the
mine roads carrying overburden and lignite dumpers. Presently 3 tankers having
capacity 20 KL used for the dust suppression. The no of tankers are proposed to be
increased as the capacity of the mine increases. The control measures already adopted
are given below:
•
Regular cleaning and removal of spillage lignite from the roads are done regularly;
•
Water spraying on haul roads, service roads and overburden dumps will help in
reducing considerable dust pollution;
•
Proper and regular maintenance of mining equipments have to be considered;
•
The treated acid mine water can be utilized for dust suppression in and around mine
areas;
•
Comprehensive green belt around overburden dumps has to be carried out to
reduce to fugitive dust emissions in order to create clean and healthy environment;
•
Land reclamation has to be carried out for dumps where mining activities have been
completed.
•
Utilizing the overburden generated from those phases where lignite-mining
operation is in progress can do this.
The following additional measures will also be adopted after expansion.
•
Dust generation will be reduced by using sharp teeth of shovels;
•
Wet drilling will be carried out to contain the dust;
•
Controlled blasting techniques will be adopted;
•
Charge per hole and charge per round will be optimized;
•
Cabins for shovel and dumpers and dust masks to workmen will be provided;
175
•
Chapter- 4
Information on wind direction and meteorology will be considered while planning,
so that pollutants, which cannot be fully suppressed by engineering technique, will
be prevented from reaching the residential areas; and
•
A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced which will help in
controlling pollution.
The objective of the system is to eliminate the air born dust or suppress the dust at its
source. The system involves confinement of the dust within the dust producing area by
a curtain of moisture and wetting the dust by direct contact between the particles and
droplets of water. Adequate number of precision anti-clog nozzles will be installed at
suitable locations for suppressing dust by spraying water mixed with suppressant.
Suitable control for dust suppression will be provided and the system will be so interlocked that it functions only when the conveyor system is operating or the loading
operation is on. Both preventive and suppressive measures to be taken are elaborated
below:
•
Drilling Operation
o All drills are to be equipped with dust extractors/arrestors or well drilling.
o Proper maintenance and handlings of drilling units are to be done.
•
Blasting Operation
Blasting is to be carried out during favourable atmospheric conditions as per guidelines
for controlled blasting to minimize generation of dust.
•
Loading and Transport
o
The haul roads are to be sprayed regularly with water.
o
All service roads are to be blacktopped.
o
Provision of greenbelts around the mine boundary, service buildings, CHP, washery
area and colony site are to be made.
176
•
Chapter- 4
Pyrite Removal Plant (PRP)
o Provision of covers on the conveyor belts, unloading/transfer points to prevent
access of wind.
o Suppression of lignite dust at all strategic transfer points such as conveyors, loading,
unloading points etc. and at other points in the lignite flow circuit by provision of
water jets and mist formation system.
o Area in and around the PRP will be pucca either asphalted or concreted.
o Greenbelt will be developed along the road side, residential complex, office building
and all around the boundary line of the PRP.
o Storage bunkers, hoppers, rubber decks in chutes and centrifugal chutes will be
provided with proper rubber linings.
o Improved maintenance of plant and machinery including provision of condition
monitoring instruments like vibration meter, etc.
o Vehicles movement in the PRP area will be regulated effectively to avoid traffic
congestion.
o Smoke emission from heavy duty vehicle will conform to the standards prescribed
under the Motor Vehicle Rules 1989.
Controlling CO Levels
The concentration of CO in the ambient air is found to be much below permissible levels
at all the air quality monitoring locations. Expected increase in the CO concentration is
very low as CO emissions from mining operations are less as compared to other
pollutants. Heavy and light vehicles are the major sources of CO in the mine. All vehicles
and their exhausts will be well maintained and regularly tested for pollutants
concentration.
Controlling NOx Levels
NOx emissions in the mine mainly occur during blasting operations. The main reasons
for NOx emissions are:
177
Chapter- 4
•
Poor quality of explosives having large oxygen imbalance;
•
Manufacturing defect;
•
Use of expired explosives in which ingredients have disintegrated; and
•
Incomplete detonation, which may be due to low Primer to Column ratio.
To ensure low NOx levels the following measures will be adopted:
•
Use of good quality explosives having proper oxygen balance with regular
monitoring;
•
A normal procedure should be formulated to check / visually inspect all explosives,
and if disintegrated ingredients are spotted, the explosives won't be used, even if the
date has not expired; and
•
The Primer to Column ratio will be rationalized so as to produce minimum NOx.
Greenbelt
Even with the various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine
faces, fine dust produced during blasting operations are difficult to control. Therefore,
in addition to the above mitigative measures, it is proposed to have dense green belt in
and around the mine site. Plantation programme has been detailed in later Sections.
Occupational Health & Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation
All the above precautions will be adopted to minimize dust generation at site and
prevent dispersion in the outside environment. However, for the safety of workers at
site, engaged at the strategic locations/dust generation points like drills, loading &
unloading points, crushing etc., dust masks will be provided. Dust masks will prevent
inhalation of RPM thereby reducing the risk of respiratory disorders. Regular health
check-up of workers and nearby villagers in the impacted area (1-km from the core
zone) should be carried out by GMDC and also regular occupational health assessment
of employees should be carried out as per the Factories Act.
178
Chapter- 4
4.3.2 Water Quality Management
Conservation Measures
The following conservation measures will be adopted for this project:(a) The sewage effluent generated from the mine site is handled through septic tank
and Soak Pits.
(b) Garland drains around the mine overburden have to be provided to prevent
seepage and drainage of surface water from overburden area.
(c) Around 50-60 m3/day of effluent can be used for green belt development by
pipeline network system.
(d) The acid mine water, if any, can be collected and stored inside mining area then it
has to be pumped out to a storage pond for treatment. Neutralization of acid mine
water shall be carried out using limestone before reusing the treated water for dust
suppression and plantation.
(e) Maximum effort are made to adopt zero discharge concepts;
(f) Construction of settling sedimentation ponds will be made in the project premises
as well as in the colony area for collection and effective utilization of surface runoff;
Strom Water Management
Care has taken to control the seepage below ground to contaminate ground water in the
saturated zone. Presently at the Surkha North lignite mine, seepage water is negligible.
The runoff water in rainy season is collected in sump & will be utilized within the mine
area. The surplus treated water, which can’t be used in greenbelt development during
rainy season, will be discharged along with storm water into nearby water body.
179
Chapter- 4
Waste Water Management
The waste water management scheme has been formulated to achieve zero discharge of
industrial effluent. This will help in eliminating pollution of surface and ground water
bodies, and also conserve the water resources.
1. To reduce the acid mine water volume in the mine area recycle, reuse options are
adopted.
2. Water Treatment scheme has adopted to remove suspended matter and acid mine
drainage by the addition of lime to neutralize the acidity.
3. Mine does not have any severe acid mine discharge problem due to proactive actions
taken by Corporation.
4. Oily water, if any, from workshop, floor washing is being passed through oil traps.
Effluent from oil trap is transferred to the mixing tank.
5. Sewage from toilets and wash rooms shall be treated in septic tanks and soak pits.
Surplus treated water which cannot be used in greenbelt development during rainy
season will be discharged along with storm water.
Post-Project Mining Plan for Water Environment
A water quality monitoring programme by collecting different mine water and ground
water samples are in place. pH, heavy metals, suspended and dissolved solids are
analyzed before using it for dust suppression and green belt development. A third party
monitoring by Schedule I & II Environmental Auditor duly recognized by Gujarat
Pollution Control Board is monitoring the water quality monthly. The mine pit effluent
is being analyzed regularly for the relevant parameters presented under baseline
information.
180
Chapter- 4
4.3.3 Noise and Vibration
Mitigation Measures for Noise Control
The noise level monitoring carried out in the area has indicated that the present noise
levels are in the range of 46.3 to 65.6 dB(A) during the operation of existing mine. The
noise will be generally generated by drilling, blasting, movement of heavy machinery,
crusher and air blast. Air blast is caused due to unconfined or partially confined
explosion and detonating cords exposed in atmosphere.
Ambient Noise Levels
The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels well
below the limits:
•
Secondary blasting will be totally avoided;
•
Rock breakers will be used for sizing;
•
Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming will be maintained;
•
Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using alternatively excel
non-electrical initiation system;
•
The blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric condition and less
human activity timings;
•
The prime movers/diesel engines will be of proper design and will be properly
maintained;
•
The operator’s chamber will be safe guarded with proper enclosures to reduce the
noise levels;
•
A thick green belt will be provided in phased manner around the periphery of the
mine to attenuate noise; and
•
Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads.
181
Chapter- 4
Measures to Protect Workers from High Noise Levels
The following measures will be taken to protect the workers from exposure to higher
noise levels:
•
Provision of protective devices like ear muffs/ear plugs;
•
Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines
producing higher levels of noise like bulldozers, drills etc;
•
Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels; and
•
Providing adequate silencers to the dumpers and other vehicles.
Vibration Abatement and Fly Rocks
Blasting is the major source of vibration and fly rocks.
The measures that are generally followed and currently proposed for abatement of
ground vibration, air blasting and fly rock are detailed below:
•
Blasting will be performed strictly as per the guidelines specified under blasting
technology;
•
Overcharging will be avoided;
•
Supervision of drilling and blasting operations to ensure design blast geometry;
•
Sub-drilling will be kept just adequate to tear-off the bench bottom;
•
The charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will
be used per blasts;
•
Elimination of hole to hole propagation between charges;
•
Blasting operations will be carried out only during day time as per mine safety
guidelines;
•
Proper warning signals will be used;
•
Adequate safe distance from center of blasting will be maintained;
182
Chapter- 4
•
During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily
stopped;
•
Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly
designed to give proper blast;
•
The mesh ratio E/V will always be more than unity;
E/V >1, E = hole spacing, V = distance between rows;
•
Effective stemming of the explosives will be done in the drill holes; and
•
Non electric detonators will be used
4.3.4 Land Reclamation
Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast mining in the form of
excavated voids and also in the form of waste dumps. Land reclamation plan is
implemented simultaneously with the mining activities.
The reclamation of mined out land was proposed, in the earlier approved Mining Plan,
to be taken up from the fourth year of operations. However, due to the non-availability
of adequate land identified for external OB dumps in time, the partial back filling of the
mine voids was commenced earlier, from the 3rd year itself. The process will continue
and the mined out area will be back-filled by freshly excavated OB in a systematic
manner. As the space for backfill will be limited some dumping of overburden will also
continue in the external dumps.
The maximum height of a lift in back filling shall be maintained at 10 m and the berm of
at least 12 m width between two such lifts, for the safe movement of dumpers and
stability of the dumps. The back filling will cover an area of 141.95 Ha during next 5
years of mining. The year-wise extent of the area planned to be degraded / broken and
reclaimed are shown in the Table – 4.13.
183
Chapter- 4
TABLE – 4.13 : STAGE WISE CUMULATIVE LAND USE AND RECLAMATION AREA
S.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5a.
5b.
5c.
5d.
6.
7.
8.
Land use Category
Present
5th Year
10 th Year
15 th year
Backfilled
Area
(Reclaimed
with
plantation)
Excavated Area (not
reclaimed) / void
External OB dump
Reclaimed
with
plantation
Reclaimed Top soil
dump
Undisturbed
area
(brought
under
plantation)
Undisturbed
area
(brought under agri.
& Orchid)
Undisturbed
area
(brought under water
pond / VTC)
Undisturbed
area
(unused)
Green
Belt
Area
including along roads
& infrastructures
Roads
Buildings
and
infrastructure
TOTAL
22.20
141.95
478.81
825.40
Area in Ha
16 th Year
(End of Mine
life)*
878.88
64.00
207.95
167.61
144.27
136.00
76.20
294.00
294.00
294.00
294.00
0.00
0.00
23.00
46.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
85.00
170.00
189.87
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
47.00
3481.73
2972.23
2557.71
2126.46
2010.38
22.00
50.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
1.22
4.65
1.22
4.65
1.22
4.65
1.22
4.65
1.22
4.65
3672.00
3672.00
3672.00
3672.00
3672.00
Reclamation of Mined out Land:
The Land Reclamation shall be taken up in different steps:
i) The top soil available in the excavation area shall be stacked separately in identify
dump (W1).
ii) The land where excavation / mining were carried out shall be back filled by freshly
mined Overburden from the mine.
iii) The backfilled area shall then be blanketed with cover using top soil from the stacks.
iv) The area backfilled and covered with the top soil shall then be reclaimed biologically
by developing agriculture field, orchard pond/check dams and general afforestation
184
Chapter- 4
Developments of Ponds & Check Dams:
About 235.25 Ha peripheral land, along the mining lease boundary, is unlikely to be put
in to any use. This is the area occupied by private agricultural land, temples & other
religious centres, old abandoned bentonite quarries (private), natural water courses etc.
Most of the private agriculture land is unlikely to be acquired as the land owners are not
willing to part with the land. The remaining acquired land (about 50 Ha) will be covered
under afforestation programme along with the MoEF imposed 60 Ha green belt. It is
also planned to develop two small ponds / check dams, one utilizing an abandoned
private bentonite quarry near village Tagdi and another, a small check dam, near village
Thordi on the Nallah N3, as demanded by the local population. List of post closure
reclamation & rehabilitation activities are tabulated in Table – 4.14.
TABLE – 4.14 : POST CLOSURE RECLAMATION & REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES
S. No.
Usage
Area (ha)
1
Area identified for the proposed Solar Power Plant,
On 140 Ha of Ext. dumps W2 & W3 and other
Reclaimed land along with plantation of aloivera in
between Solar units
Afforestation over 50 Ha unutilized peripheral areas
& 60 Ha green belt
Development of six water-ponds
250
4
Development of Agricultural Land & Orchard over
Reclaimed Backfill and other areas
992
5
96
6
Provision for development of sports Complex on the
Top of Ext. OB dump E1 [after reducing its height
Rehandling & utilizing OB for backfill of mine voids]
Roads & Nallahs
7
Children Park & Playgrounds
15
8
Picnic Spots (2 Nos.)
10
9
Vocational Training Centre
5
10
Existing Infra-structures proposed as Museum
2
11
Part area consider for mining (after exploration) and
part non useable Peripheral area
Total
2
3
185
110
178
45
440
2143
Chapter- 4
4.3.5 Afforestation Programme and Conservation Strategies for Flora
Restoration of Mined out Areas
One of the major tasks after extraction of lignite is restoration of the mined out area
which is an important task in the mining project. Compensation afforestation is not
mandatory for this project as no forest land involved in the project. But it is important
to establish a programme of progressive rehabilitation commensurate with the nature
of operation, rate of disturbance and also considering pre-project land-use so that the
pre-mining land-use and ecological values can be re-established to the extent possible.
Surface Preparation
Proper landscaping of the area before start of the restoration process is very important.
Topsoil has a large number of seeds of native plant species in the mining area. Topsoil
should be used for restoration of plant species and also for providing a suitable surface
for planted seedlings.
Site Preparation
Site preparation will begin before initiating the habitat restoration work in the mined
out areas. These will include (a) Collection and conservation of the topsoil (b)
Backfilling with the overburden (c) Collection, spreading and mixing of organic matter
and (d) Spreading topsoil.
It is very important that the slopes are maintained at a gentle gradient, otherwise the
topsoil and organic conditioners will be washed away in the first monsoon year of
restoration.
Seeding of Leguminous Herbs and Grasses
The habitat restoration program should begin with leguminous species and grasses in
the early stage. The leguminous herbs and grasses will act as a soil binder and soil
186
Chapter- 4
conditioner. Seeds of both leguminous species and grasses should be collected the
previous year in sufficient quantity.
Species Selection
The list of tree species found in the area is given in Chapter-3 of the report. Many of the
species can be used for plantation. Some shrub species may also be planted. All the
species will be native to the area and will help in regeneration of forest on the mined
out area.
Plantation of Seedlings
Plantation of tree and shrubs species should be started by first week of the month of
May so that the saplings will get established and will not suffer shock due to heavy rain.
Therefore, the seedlings to be planted should be ready by this time. The operations to be
carried out are given below:
a. Staking operations
b. Digging pits before month of May
c. Transporting soil and Farm Yard Manure from outside
d. Filling in pits
Plantation should be carried out at a density of 2m x 2m (2500 plants/ha) or 3 m x 3m
(1111 plants/ha). The pit size should be 2.5 ft x 2.5 ft x 2.5 ft. Soil and FYM should be
mixed in the ratio of 5:1 in the pit.
Monitoring of Mine Restoration
A period of five years is proposed as a trial phase during which restoration trials are
carried out on small plots of mined out land in the mine. After the technique is
perfected, it can be applied to the remaining area to be restored. A detailed baseline
survey of flora and fauna has been already carried out in an area 10 km around the
project site. This adds to the scientific knowledge of the biodiversity of the area. More
187
Chapter- 4
importantly this gives a sound basis for carrying out mine restoration by replicating the
existing vegetation.
A rigorous monitoring exercise will feed into the existing restoration practices and help
in making necessary changes. A minimum-level monitoring program should be
developed addressing “Survival percentage of planted trees and shrubs”.
Restoration of Rare Plants
All threatened plant species should be restored during reclamation. The specific
habitats of such plant species in the buffer zone areas need to be protected. The plant
species as mentioned in Chapter 3, which fall under various threat categories must be
restored in the buffer zone areas through ex-situ conservation approach. This may be
done through developing nurseries of these plant species.
Species Recovery and Rehabilitation Programme
The species which are in low density and abundance should be rehabilitated through exsitu multiplication and subsequent reintroduction in their habitats where their
population can be established. To mitigate the pressure on valuable and rare medicinal
herbs local inhabitants of the buffer zone villages should be encouraged to cultivate
them instead of simply collecting from the wild.
Establishment of Seed, Rhizome and Tuber Bank
The rare and endangered plant species may be conserved more efficiently by
establishing arboretum or botanical garden. This garden can be used for ex-situ
conservation of various species including rare, medicinal, and other ethno-botanically
useful species.
Research
Research and monitoring on the following aspects will help in the effective management
of botanicals: (a) propagation of rare plants through tissue culture, (b) ecological
188
Chapter- 4
investigations of sensitive taxa inducing their regeneration potential, and (c) impact of
unsustainable harvesting of NTFPs.
Training
Short training programs for villagers, staffs and other stakeholders on the conservation
and management of useful plant species should be organized. A mobile interpretation
centre should be developed in order to educate the local people regarding the floral
diversity and its conservation. The centre should house the brochures, books and
posters on vegetation wealth, photographs of important plants, audio visual programs
on biodiversity issues, etc for various stakeholders.
Plantation Programme on Overburden Dumps and Backfilling Areas
•
GMDC is developing green belt in phased manner within the ML area and set a target,
considering old mine plan & E.C. to cover 60 hectares of land by green belt. Out of it,
around 22 hectares of area already has covered by green belt and planning for
remaining 38 hectares area in next 7 years is given in Table 4.15.
TABLE - 4.15 : AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME
Green Belt
S.
No.
Year
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Current
1st year
5th year
10th year
15th year
16th year
Area
(ha)
22
28
52
60
60
60
No. of
trees
33000
48000
108000
150000
150000
150000
External
Dump
Area
(ha)
2.25
9.6
10
10
10
10
No. of
Trees
1406
6000
6250
6250
6250
6250
Backfilled
Area
Area
(ha)
0
0
0
90
180
200
No. of
Trees
0
0
0
9000
18000
20000
Others
(Undisturbed
Area/etc)
Area No. of
(ha)
Trees
0
0
0
0
0
0
23
57500
46
115000
50
125000
Total
Area
(ha)
24.25
37.6
62
173
296
300
No. of
Trees
34406
54000
114250
222750
289250
299250
* 1. Additionally, 558.88 Hectares of area from Backfilled area will be used for Agriculture Use
2. Additionally, 33 Hectares of area from External Dumps will be used for Agriculture Use
3. Additionally, 189.87 Hectares of area from Others (Undisturbed Area/etc.) will be used for
agriculture use.
189
Chapter- 4
Species for Plantation
Species to be selected will fulfil the following specific requirements of the area:
•
Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to ecophysiological conditions;
•
Rapid growth;
•
Capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial establishment;
•
Differences in height and growth habits;
•
Pleasing appearances; and
•
Providing shade.
Additional factors which will be considered while selecting species looking into
industrial environment include:
•
Fast growing;
•
Thick canopy cover;
•
Perennial and evergreen;
•
Large leaf area index;
•
High sink potential;
•
Efficient in absorbing pollutants without significantly affecting their growth; and
•
Local Indigenous species.
Based on the above, the recommended species for greenbelt and plantation are given in
Table - 4.16. Further, the already existing / native species will be given preference.
190
Chapter- 4
TABLE - 4.16 : RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR GREENBELT
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Hindi Name
1
Acacia auriculaeformis
Vilaiti
2
Adina cordifolia
Haldu
3
Aegle marmelos
Bael
4
Anogeissus latifolia
5
Artabotrys hexapetaius
6
Azadirachta India
Nim
7
Bauhinia variegate
Kachanar
8
Borassus flabellifer
Tad
9
Boswellia serrata
10
Buteas monosperma
11
Caesalpinia pulcherrima
12
Callistemon lanceolatus
13
Careva aroborea
Kumbi
14
Carrisa carandas
Karaunda
15
Cassia fistula
16
C. Siamea
17
Cestrum diurnum
18
Cleistanthus collinus
19
Dalberciasisso
Shisham
20
Delomix regia
Gul Mohar
21
Dillenia India
Chalta
22
D. Pentagyna
Aggai
23
Emblica officinalis
Amla
24
Ervthrina suberosa
Dauldhak
25
E.variegata
Dadap
26
Ficus bengalensis
Bargad
27
F. religiosa
Dhaura
Hara Champa
Kundur
Palas
Gulutora
Amaltas
Din-ka-raja
Garari
Pipal
191
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Chapter- 4
Hindi Name
28
Gmelina arborea
Sewan
29
Grewia tiloifolia
Dhamim
30
Hibiscus mutabilis
31
H. rosa sinensis
Jasut
32
Lxora arbprea
Nevari
33
Kydia calycina
Pula
34
Lannea coramandelica
Jhingan
35
Mallotus philippensis
Sindur
36
Millingtonia hortensis
Akas Nim
37
Mimusops elengi
Maulsari
38
Moringa oleifera
Sainjna
39
Murava koenigii
Mitha Neem
40
Peltophorum inerma
41
Pliumeria acuuminata
42
Plumeria alba
43
Plumeria rubra
44
Pterocarpus marsupium
45
Pogamia pinnata
Karanj
46
Samalia malabarica
Semul
47
Samanea saman
48
Saraca indica
49
Syzygium cuminii
50
Tabebuia pentaphylla
51
Tamarindus indica
Sthal kamal
Golainchi
Golaonchi
Bija
Asok
Jaman
192
Imli
Chapter- 4
4.3.6 Socio-Economic Development
All developmental works needs to be carried out keeping in mind the potential needs of
the local people of the area. Under all circumstances, the needs (economic, social and
cultural) of the local people have to be properly and adequately addressed.
All major aspects of the lives of the people in 10 villages have been covered under the
study to make a comprehensive assessment of their need in order to help them lead a
more complete, fulfilling and happy life. Discussions with the villagers revealed that
they need support and guidance to uplift their social and economic conditions to
achieve their aspiration of much better life than that they were leading at present. It
came to the fore that the villages lacked basic necessities of life. The major areas which
required immediate attention relates to infrastructure support, health & sanitation,
school education, youth development, income generation activities & veteriney services.
GMDC initiated the above amenities either by providing or by improving the existing
facilities, which is certainly help in improving the quality of life of local communities.
The preference will be given to the local population for direct and in-direct
employment. The proposed project may create opportunities for indirect employment
in the field of vehicle hiring, labours, trading of construction material, carpenters etc.
This will help in improving the socio economic status of the region.
4.4
Community Development Action Plan
The proposed expansion of Surkha (N) lignite mining project is being benefit the
communities residing in various affected villages around mine lease boundary as well as
the peripheral villages either directly or indirectly while generating many positive
impacts in villages around the project site. All efforts is being kept by the GMDC for the
development of the region under its peripheral area development programmes,
particularly the affected villages due to establishment and expansion of the mining
193
Chapter- 4
project. As a part of Corporate Responsibility, GMDC under its Development Policy, aims
at creation of a new era of progress and prosperity for ensuring more and more benefits
to the communities.
During the initial stages of implementation of the project, on account of land and
property acquisition, some adverse impacts are likely to occur. The identified adverse
impacts is being mitigated with effective implementation of the suggested mitigation
measures in the already prepared Environment Management Plan for the Project
Affected Persons. As the project will give impetus for further development of the region
while creating more income generation opportunities, this will lead to the overall socioeconomic development of the region while enriching the quality of life of people.
4.5
Suggested Measures
In order to mitigate the anticipated adverse impacts due to the proposed project, an
action plan covering mitigative measures on environmental and social issues has been
developed. The proposed plan clearly focuses on the key issues, and recommends
effective implementation of the suggested action plan for negating the environmental
and social impacts in a systematic manner, and promoting sustainable development of
the community in the post-project period. While formulating the action plan for the
development of the affected villages as well as the peripheral area, utmost care has been
taken and some special considerations have been selected while keeping the peculiar
socio-cultural and economic aspects of the communities.
All the possible felt needs of the community will be undertaken at appropriate
junctures. The action plan involving various activities and programmes as well as their
implementation arrangements will be kept simple, in view of illiteracy limitations and
simplest living of the tribals. Community Social Responsibility (CSR) plan will be
chartered out in surrounding villages around the mine block and have been detailed out
in Chapter-7.
194
4.6
Chapter- 4
Occupational Health (Impacts and Mitigation Measures)
GMDC has concern and takes full responsibility for the protection of the workers against
sickness, disease and injury arising out of their employment and have adopted certain
principles with regard to occupational health services, like establishing and maintaining
a safe and healthy working environment which will facilitate optimal physical and
mental health in relation to work.
GMDC also adopts following occupational health measures
(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace;
(b) Surveillance of the factors in the working environment and working practices which
may affect workers' health, including sanitary installations, canteens and housing;
(c) Advice on planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces, on
the choice, maintenance and condition of machinery and other equipment and on
substances used in work.
4.6.1
Identification of Work Related Health Hazards
Details of the principle environmental and occupational risks that are likely to be
created are given in Table-4.17.
TABLE - 4.17 : WORK RELATED HEALTH HAZARDS
Sr. No.
Hazardous
Type of Hazards
Severity of Injury
Activities
1
2
Drilling
Blasting
Exposed to high level of Noise
Hearing impairment
Exposed to dusty environment
Dust related diseases
Struck by fly rock
Serious Physical injury
Exposed to dusty environment
Dust related diseases
Exposed to high level noise
Hearing impairment
Exposed to excessive vibration
195
Sr. No.
Hazardous
Type of Hazards
Chapter- 4
Severity of Injury
Activities
3
Loading
Struck by rolling big boulders
Serious injury, and
equipment damage
Struck by fall of objects
4
Transportation
Accidental runaway of vehicle
Serious injury, and
Fall of vehicle from height
equipment damage
while reversing
Exposed to high level noise
Hearing impairment
Fire in engine due to over
heating
5
6
7
Unloading of
Fall of dumper in hopper, or
stone into hopper into lower surface
equipment damage
Welding, gas
Emission of gases & fumes
Asphyxiation
cutting
Release of radiation & light
Eye injury
Fire
Burns,
Release of heat
Skin problem
Leaks and spills
Fire & vigorous
Storage of oil,
lubricant
8
Serious injury, and
Battery
chemical reaction
Acid spillage
Acid burns
Use/repair of
High pressure operation
Physical injury
hydraulic jacks &
Oil spillage
pumps
Rupture of hydraulic hoses
maintenance
handling
9
196
Chapter- 4
4.6.2 Ranking of Risks to Public Health
Dust
Drilling, Blasting, Material Handling
Noise
Blasting, Drilling, HEMM
Vibrations
Drilling, Blasting, Crushing
CO2 , N0x , SO2, HC
HEMM operation at mines
4.6.3 Assessment of Risks
Risks will be assessed through impact severity and probability studies. In addition to
the air & water quality monitoring, soil analysis and vibration studies will be carried
out.
4.6.4 Measures to Communicate Risks for Prevention and Control
Measures will be taken to communicate risks before starting of mining to general
people. This will be done through proper training and conducting safety talks for
awareness of risks involved and correct practices communication by ways of display
boards and safety meets. Procedures and work instructions will be displayed and
communicated to all on regular basis.
197
5.0
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE
5.1
Site Alternatives under Consideration
Chapter- 5
Analysis of Alternative
Technology & Site
The mining projects are site specific as such alternate sites were not considered and the
proposed project involves only expansion of production capacity of the existing mine.
5.2
Analysis of Alternative Technology
5.2.1 Method of Mining
the selected Block A. The approved bench geometry comprises of maximum 5 m benchheight and minimum bench-width of 15 m - 20 m. The benches at ultimate mine pit
were proposed of 5 m height with 5 m width and the slope of the high wall as taken as
700.
In general, the overburden strata are quite soft in nature and can comfortably be
excavated by hydraulic excavators, without the aid of drilling-blasting. However, during
the course of mining, we found some hard compact strata, which could not be excavated
by bigger capacity Hydraulic excavators even after ripping by dozers. These strata
require blasting.
Mechanisation of the mine is limited to the deployment of hydraulic excavators, reardump dumpers and ancillary machinery like Bull dozers & motor graders. The same is
planned to be continued. Only the diesel operated machinery are in use. Use of
mechanized drilling is now being planned for breaking the hard strata.
198
6.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
6.1
Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures
Chapter- 6
Environmental Management
Programme
The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter-4 will be implemented so as to reduce
the impact on the environment due to the operations of the proposed expansion project.
Implementation schedule of mitigation measures are given in Table - 6.1.
TABLE - 6.1: IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Sr. No.
1
2
3
Recommendations
Time Requirement
Air pollution control
Before increase the
measures
production capacity
Water pollution control
Before increase the production
measures
capacity
Noise control measures
Along with the expansion
Schedule
Immediate
Immediate
Immediate
activities
4
Ecological preservation
Stage-wise implementation
Progressive
and upgradation
6.2
The Environmental monitoring for the mining operations will be conducted as follows:
•
Air quality;
•
Water and wastewater quality;
•
Noise levels; and
•
Greenbelt development.
To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management programme, regular
monitoring of important environmental parameters will be taken up. The schedule,
duration & parameter to be monitored are given in Table - 6.2. The monitoring program
for implementation is given below.
199
Chapter- 6
Programme
TABLE - 6.2 : MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENT PARAMETERS
Sr. No.
1
Particulars
Duration of
Important Monitoring
Sampling
Parameters
Air Pollution and Meteorology
Air Quality
A
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
5 locations
24 hours
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO
Meteorology
A
2
Meteorological data
Continuous
Wind speed, direction, temperature,
Monitoring
relative humidity and rainfall
Water and Wastewater Quality
A
Industrial/Domestic
1
Mine effluents
Once in a
(if any) during
month
Monsoon
B
Water quality in the study area
1)
Ground Water quality
Once in a year
2)
Surface Water
Once in a year
3)
Water table in bore Once in a
wells
3
pH, Temperature, Colour, TDS, TSS,
oil & grease, BOD, COD, Sulphide,
Sulphate, Phosphates, Phenolic
compounds, Ammonical Nitrogen,
Chlorides & Fluoride
pH, Temperature, Colour, TDS, TSS,
oil & grease, BOD, COD, Sulphide,
Sulphate, Phosphates, Phenolic
compounds, Ammonical Nitrogen,
Chlorides & Fluoride
Water table monitoring
month
Industrial Noise Levels
Ambient Noise Levels
4.
Six Locations around
Once in a
mine lease area
month
Noise levels in dB(A)
Soil Characteristics
1
Soil quality of
One in a year
reclaimed areas
Parameters covering agricultural
potential
200
•
Chapter- 6
Programme
Air Pollution Aspects
Ambient air quality is being monitored regularly monitored by GPCB authorized
Schedule I & Schedule II Auditors. The ambient air is being monitored following the
guidelines of the Central Pollution Control Board at 5 locations in and around the mine
lease area. Arrangements will be made to record the meteorological parameters like
wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall at mine site.
•
Water and Wastewater Quality
The ground and mine pit water quality is being monitored in every month at selected
locations. The water table will be monitored in the wells of surrounding villages once in
a year.
•
Noise Levels
Noise levels in the work zone are being monitored regularly once in a month. The
ground vibration will be recorded at the time of blasting. The frequency of noise
monitoring will be once in a month in the work zone. The ambient noise levels in the
surrounding villages will be monitored once in six months.
•
Soil Sampling
Soil samples will be tested before plantation/vegetation of the area. The environmental
monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data thus generated
will be regularly furnished to the State as well as other regulatory agencies.
6.3
Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environment Monitoring
All environmental monitoring and relevant operational data will be transferred and
processed in a centralised computer facility equipped with needed software. Regular
data extracts and interpretive reports will be sent to the concerned regulator(s).
201
Chapter- 6
Programme
6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis
The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace / work zone environment
will be monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold values are
observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be identified and necessary measures
will be initiated. Additional greenbelt will be developed for minimising dust
propagation.
6.3.2 Water and Wastewater Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis
Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater"
prepared and published jointly by the American Public Health Association (APHA), the
American Water Works Association (AWWA) and the Water Pollution Control
Federation (WPCF); Manual on Water and Wastewater Analysis published by NEERI,
Nagpur are recommended.
6.4
Monitoring Equipment and Consumables
Environmental monitoring is being outsourced to a GPCB approved auditors.
a) Air Quality and Meteorology
The following equipment and consumable items will be provided:
•
Respirable Dust Samplers;
•
Fine Dust Samplers;
•
Personal sampler;
•
CO Monitor;
•
Portable Gas Analyser;
•
Weather station (automatic recording);
•
Spectrophotometer (visible range);
•
Single pan balance;
•
Relevant chemicals;
•
Glass wares.
202
Chapter- 6
Programme
b) Water and Wastewater Quality
The following equipment is recommended to be available with the environment
department.
•
BOD incubator;
•
Refrigerator;
•
Oven;
•
Stop watch;
•
Thermometer;
•
pH meter;
•
COD reactor;
•
Distilled water plant; and
•
Relevant chemicals and glasswares.
c) Noise Levels
Sound level meter to record noise levels in different scales like A, B and C with slow and
fast response options and vibration meter.
6.5
Occupational health and safety is very closely related to productivity and good
employer-employee relationship. The main factors of occupational health in mines are
fugitive dust and noise. Safety of employees during blasting operation and maintenance
of mining equipment and handling of explosive materials is to be taken care of as per
the Mine Regulations, 1961 and Circulars of DGMS. To avoid any adverse effects on the
health of workers due to dust, heat, noise and vibration, sufficient measures have been
proposed in the EMP. These include:
•
Provision of wet drilling /or dust collectors;
•
Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,
toilets etc.;
203
Chapter- 6
Programme
•
Provision of personnel protection devices for the workers;
•
Rotation of workers exposed to high noise areas;
•
Closed control room in crusher house with proper ventilation; and
•
First-aid facilities.
Occupational Health Survey of the employees will be carried out at regular intervals.
6.6
Budgetary Allocation for Environment Protection
The details of investment for procuring the equipment for efficient control and
monitoring of pollution along with annual recurring cost are given in Table-6.3.
TABLE - 6.3 : COST OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION MEASURES
Sr. No.
Proposed Cost (Rs. Lakhs)
Particulars
1
Dust suppression
2
Water quality & management
3
Air, water and noise quality
Capital
Annual Recurring
100.30
43.02
2.81
1.00
21.08
10.87
25.72
7.86
677.00
499.77
826.91
562.52
monitoring
4
Greenbelt development
5
Reclamation
Total
Source: GMDC, Ahmadabad
204
7.0
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
The following additional studies/activities have been carried out for the proposed
expansion of opencast mine on different aspects:
The public hearing will be conducted in compliance to EIA notification and the
public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent will be
incorporated;
Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation (GMDC) has carried out a detailed Mine
Closure studies;
Risk assessment studies have been carried out including preparation of Disaster
Management Plan; and
Occupational Health and safety studies have been conducted and a safety plan was
prepared.
7.1
Public Consultation
The public hearing will be conducted in compliance to EIA notification and the public
hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent will be incorporated in
the EIA report.
7.2
Mine Closure Plan
The mine closure plan has been prepared with clearly defined future land use for the
area. The plan for final year is shown in Figure-7.1. The objectives of mine closure
planning are as follows:
•
To alleviate or eliminate environmental damage and thereby encourage
environmental sustainability;
•
To protect public health and safety; and
•
To minimize adverse socio-economic impacts.
205
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
FIGURE - 7.1 : MINE CLOSURE PLAN FINAL YEAR
206
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.2.1 Various Aspects Of Mine Closure Planning
The mine closure planning broadly involves the following aspects:
(a) Technical aspects;
(b) Environmental aspects;
(c) Social aspects;
(d) Financial aspects.
7.2.2 Reason for Closure
The closure of the mine is planned only after exhaustion of economically recoverable /
extractable lignite reserve in lease holds area, after 16 years of mine operations from
now. However, the activities related to the Progressive Mine Closure, including various
land use activities, are being planned to be undertaken continuously and sequentially
during the entire period of the mining operation, as per the guidelines issued by the
Ministry of Coal vide letter no. 55011-01-2009-CPAM dated 27th August 2009.
No directive from any statutory body or any court is ever received for closing mining
operations at Surkha (N). However, if in future any such directive or orders are received
for temporary or permanent closure of mine, appropriate action shall be taken to
undertake closure of the mine.
7.2.3 Statutory Obligations
The main legal obligations, which the mine owner is bound to comply with respect to
mine closure, as per the special conditions imposed by the various authorities are
describes in Table – 7.1.
207
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE – 7.1: CONDITIONS IMPOSED BY REGULARTORY AUTHORIZES AND STATUS
OF COMPLIANCE
1
Conditions
imposed by (name
of authorities)
By MOC Condition
no. (i) while
approving mining
plan
2
By MOEF
Sr.
No.
Description of
Specified Condition
External OB dump would
not be placed over high
stripping ratio lignite
bearing area which have
been presently excluded
proposed opencast mine.
Non –mineralized /
areas of uneconomical
mineral reserves of 1018
ha. Shall be surrendered
before start of the
project activities. Mining
shall be carried out in
the revised lease area of
3672 ha. Only
Overall slope of the
external dump should
not exceed 280.
Concurrent backfilling
and reclamation should
be started from the
fourth year of operation.
Of the total estimated
725.40 mM3 of OB to be
generated, an estimated
10% of OB will be
dumped in five external
dumps of max height of
30 m consisting of 10 m
each and the balance
90% of OB will be
backfilled.
The total area brought
under afforestation at
the end of mine life shall
include reclaimed
external OB dumps,
reclaimed quarry area,
progressive green belt
208
Status of Compliance
External OB dump is
planned in such a way that it
will not placed over high
stripping ratio lignite
bearing area
We already have
surrendered 1018 ha. Non –
mineralized areas and Final
lease area is 3672 ha instead
of 4690 Ha. Further it is
proposed to surrender 322
ha non-Lignite bearing area.
In present practice Overall
slope of the external dump is
not exceeding 280. And
backfilling and reclamation
already started.
In revised planning we have
proposed to increase the
height of dumps by 55 meter
and the estimated 10%
quantity of OB is to be
dumped in five external
dumps and the balance 90%
of OB will be backfilled.
Compliance under progress
Plantation has been started
from year 2008 in
consultation with local
Forest department.
Total 46 ha areas have been
covered till December 2011,
development (60 Ha.)
including plantation
along ML boundary,
roads etc. planting
native species in
consultation with local
DFO / Agriculture
Department. The density
of trees should be
around 2000 plants/Ha.
Backfilling shall begin
from the 4th year of
mining operations. A
Progressive Mine
Closure Plan shall be
implemented from the
4th year of mining
operation and OB
generated shall
backfilled. Plantation
shall be developed over
the backfilled area.
3
4
By the State Govt.
while granting
and/or executing
ML
Condition no. 3
imposed by the
State Pollution
Control Board while
issuing NOC
No special condition is
imposed.
Entire quantity of mine
seepage water is used
for dust suppression and
green belt development
after observing GPCB
norms.
209
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
which includes 41.5 ha of
land and 4.5 ha of reclaimed
dumps. Plant density of
2000/ha is being maintained
thoroughly.
Native plant species like
Azadirecta indica, Delonix
regia, Annona squamosa,
Pongamia pinnata,
Holoptelea integrifolia,
Senna surattensis, etc. have
been planted under
afforestation activity like
greenbelt development,
reclamation of external OB
dumps in ML area.
Compliance under progress
GMDC Ltd. has started
overburden removal work
from 5/4/2008 and lignite
loading from 14/12/2008.
Backfilling has started from
3rd year onwards and
backfilling in 45 ha has
completed as on December2012.
Backfilled area shall be
reclaimed and planted after
achieving sufficient level
w.r.t. ground partly with
tree species and majority
shall be developed as
pasture land in lieu of
gauchar land acquired.
----
At present the Entire
quantity of mine seepage
water is used for dust
suppression and green belt
development after observing
GPCB norms and same will
be continue in future also.
5
6
Main Conditions
imposed by the
DGMS while
granting permission
under Reg.198 of
CMR ’57
Main Conditions
imposed by the Coal
Controller while
granting permission
to Open Lignite
Seams
At the finishing stage,
opencast working shall
be fenced with a
masonry wall using lime
mortar not less than
0.40 m thick and not less
than 1.2 m, with parapet
top.
The spoil bank shall be
kept benched and height
of each bench shall not
exceed 10 m. The width
of the benches so formed
shall be such that the
overall dump slope angle
shall not be more than
280 from horizontal. In
the case of the back filled
dumps, the slope angle
shall not be more than
250 from horizontal.
The toe of the spoil bank
face shall not be
permitted to approach a
railway or other public
works, public road or
building to other
permanent structure not
belonging to the owner
of the mine closer than a
distance equal to the
vertical height of its face.
Before starting mining
operation, surface right
on the proposed area of
working must be
ensured and OB
dumping should be done
as per approved mining
plan.
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
We will implement above
specifications at the end of
mine life. In addition we will
follow closure plan also as
specified in the Mine closure
plan.
In present practice height of
each bench is not exceeding
10 m. Overall slope of the
external dump is not
exceeding 280 and Overall
slope of the external dump is
not exceeding 250
There is no railway line /
public works in near vicinity
of spoil bank and the public
road is more than 375 meter
away from the proposed
spoil bank
Before starting mining
operation we have acquired
about 756 Ha. Land and OB
dumping is in progress
7.2.4 Details of Mine Closure Plan
The preparation of the Mine Closure Plan is duly approved by the Managing Director of
the Company. The Closure Plan includes activities related to Progressive Closure as well
210
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
as Final Closure. While the activities related to progressive closure have already been
commenced and will continue sequentially during the entire period of mining
operations, the activities related to Final Closure will be commenced 4 or 5 years before
the scheduled closure of the mine.
7.2.4.1 Mined Out Land & Reclamation
The reclamation of mined out land was proposed, in the earlier approved Mining Plan,
to be taken up from the fourth year of operations. However, due to the non-availability
of adequate land identified for external OB dumps in time, the partial back filling of the
mine voids was commenced earlier, from the 3rd year itself. The process will continue
and the mined out area will be back-filled by freshly excavated OB in a systematic
manner. As the space for backfill will be limited some dumping of overburden will also
continue in the external dumps. The maximum height of a lift in back filling shall be
maintained at 10 m and the berm of at least 12 m width between two such lifts, for the
safe movement of dumpers and stability of the dumps. The back filling will cover an
area of 141.95 Ha during next 5 years of mining. The year-wise extent of the area
planned to be degraded / broken and reclaimed are shown in Table – 7.2.
TABLE – 7.2: YEARWISE RECLAMATION OF LAND DURING FIRST 5 YEARS
Year
Current Status
1st yr (2011-12)
2nd yr (2012-13)
3rd yr (2013-14)
4th yr (2014-15)
5th yr (2015-16)
Total (2011-16)
Land Degradation
In Mining
In Top Soil / OB
Ha.
Dumps (Ha.)
86.20
76.20
13.42
38.00
35.91
84.13
60.79
95.67
78.66
Nil
74.92
Nil
349.90
294.00
211
Land Reclamation
By backfilling
Biological
(physical) Ha.
22.20
Nil
Nil
Nil
75.70
44.05
141.95
-
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE – 7.3: POST-MINING LAND USE PATTERN OF ML/PROJECT AREA (Ha)
S. No.
Land use
during Mining
Land Use (ha)
Plantation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
External OB
Dump
Top soil Dump
Excavation
Green Belt
Roads
Built up area
Undisturbed
Area
TOTAL
Water
Body
0.00
Public
Use
261.00
Undisturbed
Total
0.00
280.65
239.87
0.00
136.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
42.00
0.00
110.00
0.00
1.22
4.65
5.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2010.38
13.35
1014.88
60.00
1.22
4.65
2297.25
1101.75
178.00
381.87
2010.38
3672.00
19.65
13.35
768.88
60.00
Reclamation of Mined out Land
The Land Reclamation shall be taken up in different steps:
v) The top soil available in the excavation area shall be stacked separately in identify
dump (W1).
vi) The land where excavation / mining were carried out shall be back filled by freshly
mined Overburden from the mine.
vii) The backfilled area shall then be blanketed with cover using top soil from the stacks.
viii)
The area backfilled and covered with the top soil shall then be reclaimed
biologically by developing agriculture field, orchard pond / check dams and general
afforestation.
Developments of Ponds & Check Dams
About 235.25 Ha peripheral land, along the mining lease boundary, is unlikely to be put
in to any use. This is the area occupied by private agricultural land, Temples & other
religious centres, old abandoned bentonite quarries (private), natural water courses etc.
Most of the private agriculture land is unlikely to be acquired as the land owners are not
willing to part with the land. The remaining acquired land (about 50 Ha) will be covered
212
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
under afforestation programme along with the MoEF imposed 60 Ha green belt. It is
also planned to develop two small ponds / check dams (P1 & P2), one utilizing an
abandoned private Bentonite quarry near village Tagdi and another, a small check dam,
near village Thordi on the Nallah N3, as demanded by the local population.
Effectively only 50 Ha land will be used by the Company (for afforestation & green belt
and ponds) and the same is covered under reclamation and rehabilitation scheme.
Remaining area will be left untouched.
7.2.4.2 Water Quality Management
Surface Water
There are no perennial rivers or surface water bodies within the mining lease area. The
only river, the Malesari River, which is of significance, flows in the southern side but
outside the mining lease area. Garland drains will be provided all along the periphery of
the mining pit and along the toes of the OB dumps. These drains will be aligned in such a
way that all the surface drainage water will be carried away from the mining zone to
settling tanks from there this will be discharged in to nearby natural Nallahs, meeting
GPCB norms. The mining pit’s catchment water is & will be coursed to the main sump
and used for dust suppression and green belt development & plantation activities. The
water so collected lasts for almost a year @ 300 m3.
Ground Water
Dug wells constructed in the region indicated availability of water at depths between 15
to 20 m from ground level. The average water level fluctuations between pre-monsoon
and monsoon season is around 1.5 m and the gradient of water table normally follows
the surface slope and is from west to east directions.
The ground water quality in the region indicates neutral range with pH values ranging
from 7.1 to 8.4. Most of the analytical results for ground and surface water showed
parameter concentrations well within the permissible limits.
213
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Mines Seepage Water
The experience of mining during past three years suggests a very little, almost negligible
seepage of water in the mining pit. It will be collected in a well guarded pond / sump for
settling of solids. The treated water is and will be used for dust suppression on working
faces, haul roads and dump surfaces.
7.2.4.3 Air Quality Management
Five ambient air quality monitoring stations are established within the ML area where
from air samples are collected every month and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX.
The monitoring system will be continued to ensure the air quality. Table - 7.4 shows
the ambient air quality of past six month as observed at different locations.
TABLE – 7.4 : AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Location
At Time office
At Gate no.2
At Dargah gate
At KCL Camp
Parameters
(µg/m3)
April
2012
May
2012
June
2012
July
2012
Aug
2012
Sept.
2012
Oct.
2012
PM10
66.2
69.3
71.2
72.7
73.3
65.9
68.5
PM2.5
24.1
22.1
23.8
21.8
21.4
18.3
19.6
SO2
23
24.7
21.5
22.6
22.1
23.1
24.8
NOX
16.5
14.9
16.5
17.3
17
17.3
17.1
PM10
63.4
65.3
61.7
60.9
63.2
67.3
PM2.5
22.3
23.5
21.3
22.4
23.5
21.7
23.6
SO2
21.7
22.9
23.8
21.8
21.3
19.9
23.7
NOX
15.3
16.5
17.2
18.3
18.1
18.3
17.4
PM10
65.4
68.2
65.1
65.2
66.3
65.5
67.1
PM2.5
24.2
24.7
23.4
21.4
22.2
21.6
24.5
SO2
23.1
20.3
21.7
22.3
21.9
21.5
20.3
NOX
17.2
14.9
16.8
17.5
17.8
17.2
17.8
PM10
71.4
73.8
74.1
73.7
72.6
70.4
74.3
PM2.5
25.8
26.6
25.6
24.5
24.2
23.5
22.5
SO2
21.9
23
23.5
21.7
22.4
21.2
23.7
NOX
17.3
16.3
17.2
16.7
16.3
16.8
15.3
214
64.2
At Sub-station-2
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
PM10
59.2
61.7
62.3
63.5
64.7
63.2
69.7
PM2.5
21
22.2
22.5
23.4
22.7
22.4
21.9
SO2
20.4
21.6
22.7
20.7
20.5
19.9
21.5
NOX
14.8
15.3
15.7
17.6
16.9
18.3
18.1
The following precautions have been considered for abatement of air pollution in the
lignite mine area:
•
Water sprinkling shall be carried out at the active working faces, on all haul-roads
and the dump surfaces, deploying six to seven tankers of 10 to 15 m3 capacities each
in all working shifts.
•
Regular cleaning and removal of spillage lignite from haul roads and weighbridge
areas.
•
Proper and regular maintenance of mining equipments.
•
Development of comprehensive green belt around overburden dumps to reduce
fugitive dust emissions in order to create clean and healthy environment.
7.2.4.4 Solid Waste Management:
As is stated earlier, mining is being carried out by mechanized opencast method using
conventional mining equipments i.e. hydraulic excavators / shovels and dumpers
combination with ancillary mining equipment like motor grader, dozer, water sprinkler
etc. Most of the overburden being soft it is excavated & directly loaded by hydraulic
excavators into the dumpers and transported to the identified external waste dump
sites or to back filling sites. Till now no drilling and blasting operations were necessary,
but it is now proposed to use the same for breaking 2.5 to 5 m thick hard strata band
found in the overburden.
a) The waste generated during the first three years of mining was planned to be
stacked at identified external dumps and the maximum height of waste dumps from
surface was planned to be 55 metres, with height of each lift being 10m only.
215
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
However, with the enhancement of the production capacity, the following geometry
of the external OB dumps is proposed to be maintained in the revised Mining Plan.
Max height of Dumps
:
55 m
Height of each lift
:
10 m
Dump slope (each lift)
:
35.50
Min. Width of the berms
:
12 metres
Overall Dump Slope
:
210
(As per natural angle of repose)
b) Backfilling is now proposed partly from the first year itself with dump geometry as
under:
Height of each lift
:
10 m
Min. Width of the berms
:
12 metres
Overall Dump Slope
:
210
c) The revised production schedule showing quantities of overburden generated,
Locations for disposal of waste / OB and Land area involved with proposed capacity
enhancement, are given in Table – 7.5.
TABLE – 7.5 : REDESIGNED OVERBURDEN MANAGEMENT
Period
1st yr
Land
Degradation
due to mining
[Ha]
99.62*
Lignite
Production
[in Lac
Tonnes]
30
O.B.
[in Lac
M3]
140.00
(2011-12)
2nd yr
Top soil 0.67 Lac M3 at W-1
OB at External dumps W-2 & W-3
35.91
30
180.00
(2012-13)
3rd yr
Area of Outside Waste Dumps
[in Ha]
Top soil 1.39 Lac M3 at W-1 OB at
External Dump W-2, W-3 & W-4
60.79
35
320.00
216
Top Soil 3.41 Lac M3 at W-1
(2013-14)
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
OB at External Dump
W-4 & E-1
4th yr
78.66
45
410.00
(2014-15)
Top soil 3.74 Lac M3 at W-1 OB at
External Dump -0( Nil)
Total Backfill dumps.
5th yr
74.92
50
477.00
(2015 -16)
Total
Top soil 2.70 Lac M3 at W-1
Total Backfill dumps.
349.90
190
1527.00
Top Soil
- 12.00 Lac M3
OB (Backfill) - 887.00 Lac M3
OB Ext. dump- 628.00 Lac M3
Area
- 294.00 Hact.
* Inclusive of land degraded till now.
d) Stabilization of Dumps
The above Table – 7.4 shows areas of year wise degradation of land due to mining and
dumping of OB. It also suggests that from the 4th year onwards, the entire overburden
will be backfilled in the mine-void. Hence after fourth year of mining operations, all the
inactive dumps will be properly stabilized by dozing. Thereafter the top soil will be
spread over the final surface. Garland drains shall be maintained all around the toe of
the external dumps to arrest dump flows during monsoon. The flow will pass through
the settling pond before it is allowed to flow to the natural water courses. It is proposed
to stabilise inactive top surface & slopes of the waste dumps by plantation.
7.2.4.5 Topsoil Management
Topsoil will be properly stacked at earmarked dump site (W-1) with adequate
measures. It will be used for growing plants along the fringes of the site roads and
reclamation of external dump and backfilled area. The topsoil stockpiles will be low
height and will be grassed to retain fertility. Besides these topsoil stacks there will be
temporary stacks near the excavation area and area to be reclaimed which will be made
use of for concurrent laying without bringing the topsoil to the soil stack near the OB
dump.
217
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.2.4.6 Management of Plant rejects
Lignite is currently sold & supplied directly in ROM form to the consumer industries,
without beneficiation, washing or any other processing. However, considering the
difficulties expressed at earlier chapters, it is now proposed to set up plant for
separation of pyrite nodules by dry beneficiation technology. The process details are
also discussed in earlier chapters. Plant’s annual capacity will be 3 million Tonnes of
Lignite handling and it is likely to produce about 0.06 million Tonnes (@2%) of rejects,
consisting mostly of pyrites nodules. These shall be stacked separately and shall be
disposed off from time to time in the form permitted by the competent authorities.
7.2.4.7 Disposal of Mining Machinery
Mining operations are planned to be outsourced with the agency bringing its own
machinery. On completion of mining operations the contractors will remove their
machinery and take them away. Likewise, the Pyrite Nodules Separation Plant is also
being set-up by a private agency and the same will also be taken away by it on
completion of operations.
There is some departmental mining machinery owned by the Company. These
machineries are written off and disposed on completion of their normal life as per the
set guidelines. The surplus machinery in working order, will be transferred to
Company’s other projects.
Workshops are owned and maintained by the Company as well as by the Contractors for
carrying out repairs & maintenance of machinery. These will be dismantled. The
contractors will take away their material & equipment whereas the departmental
material & equipment will be shifted to other mines.
7.2.4.8 Other Infrastructure
Other infrastructures include:
•
Administration Office Building with Water OH Tank
•
Truck weigh-bridges & Dispatch Cabins
218
•
Diesel Storage & Disbursement Pumps with a cabin
•
Contractors Residential Camp & workshop
•
Electric Sub Station & OH Transmission lines,
•
Explosive Magazine,
•
Security Gates, Etc.
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
While the Trucks, weighbridges, Diesel Pumps, Electric Sub Station & OH Transmission
lines & Contractors Camps will be dismantled and the material will be shifted away, the
Administration building is proposed to be used for the future mining operations in
Block B on alternative technology (UCG etc).
7.2.4.9 Safety & Security
Most of the mined out area is proposed for reclamation in a systematic manner by filling
it back with overburden removed during mining and it is proposed to bring the area to
original landscape. The water ponds developed in the reclaimed areas shall be properly
fenced for safety. The water from these ponds is likely to be potable and shall used for
human & cattle consumption and for agriculture purposes.
Likewise, the area identified for installation of Solar plant shall also be kept fenced with
barbed wire fencing. The toes of the dumps shall be kept fenced off to prevent advertent
entry of people.
7.2.5 Economic Repercussions of closure of Mine and Manpower Retrenchments
7.2.5.1 Manpower
Since the mining and the Pyrite Separation activities are proposed to be outsourced,
most of the manpower will be deployed through these contract agencies. The
management & statutory supervisory manpower are proposed to be deployed by the
Company. In addition, some departmental machinery area also maintained at the site to
supplement the operations. Effectively the overall employment of manpower at the
mine site is discussed in detail in earlier chapters and is summarized below:
219
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Departmental:
Managerial Executives
:
07]
Statutory & Other Supervision
:
46]
Staff & other administrative
:
67]
Mining Operations
:
455]
Pyrite Plant
:
50]
Evacuation of Lignite to Plant
:
20]
Security & Misc. services
:
100] 625
:
745
120
Through Contractors:
TOTAL
On completion of mining operations, the departmental manpower, irrespective of local
or otherwise, will be transferred to other mines of the company as per the terms and
conditions of their services. The contractors will also remove their manpower and
would utilize their services at their other assignments.
Most of the local persons have agriculture occupation in their background. There is
every possibility of their joining the family occupation back. There is no possibility of
retrenchment of any departmental worker. However, the management does open up
‘golden hand shake’ voluntary retirement scheme quite often and the surplus
manpower at that time may opt for the same to ensure sustenance of their family.
In addition, as a part of the final mine closure, the company is proposing afforestation,
development of agriculture and fruit farming, fisheries etc in the reclaimed area on
cooperative basis providing self-employment opportunities for the local population.
This shall ensure sustenance of local workers, who might opt for VRS, their families and
other local population.
220
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.2.6 Time Schedule of Abandonment
The time scheduling for the rehabilitation of the land will mostly depend upon the
availability of the reclaimed land. Keeping the scheduling of the conceptual mining plan
these activities will be planned. A brief idea of time scheduling is summarized in Table –
7.6.
TABLE – 7.6 : TIME SCHEDULE OF ABANDONMENT
S. No.
Activity
Proposed Time Schedule for
Completion
Zero date : 1st April 2011
A. Progressive Mine Closure Activities:
1
2
3
4
5
Stabilization of External OB
Dumps (W1 to W4 & E1)
Development of Alovira Plants at
External Dump top and terraces
& other afforestation at Ext.
dumps.
Back filling of Mine voids &
Development of Reclaimed Land
Diversion of Nallahs
Diversions of Roads
a) Thordi to Bhumbali
b) Thordi to Rampar
6
Development of Pond 1 to 3
7
Development of Agriculture Farm
& Orchard
Setting up of Solar Plant
8
9.
Green Belt Development and
Plantation over non-useable land.
221
From 2nd to 6th Year
3rd to 7th year
1st year till the end of mining
operations.
N1 – during 1st year
N2 – already diverted.
N3 – Temp. during 3rd year
Perm. During 9th year
N4 - Temp. during 8th year
Perm. During 16th year*
Temporary discontinuance from 2nd year
Rerouting during 9th year along with N3
Nallah.
Temporary diversion during 9th year
Rerouting after 14th year along with N3
Nallah.*
P1 – during 2nd year
P2 – during 2nd year
P3 – during 9th year.
6th year onwards
Anytime after 8th year.
Progressively from 1st year till 10th year.
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Development & up-gradation of
Progressively from the 1st year.
schools
11
Development of Children Park &
Tagdi – 3rd year
Library
Note: * The activity will be part of the Final Closure.
10.
B. Final Mine Closure Activities:
1
Back filling of Mine voids &
Development of Reclaimed Land
2
Final Diversion of N4 Nallah
3
Final Rerouting of Road from
Thordi to Rampar
14th year
4
Development of Ponds P4, P5 &
P4 – 16TH Year
P5 – 18th year
P6 – 19th year
P6
Progressively till the end of mining
operations and another two years
thereafter.
16th year
5
Barbed wire fencing around pond 16th to 19th Year
6
Development of Agriculture Farm
& Orchard
7
Dismantling & disposal of plant &
machinery
9
Dismantling of structure,
demolition and cleaning of site
17th to 19th Year
10
Development of Children Park &
Library
11
Development of Fishery
Thordi – 14th year
Bhumbhali & Bhutesar – 16th year
Tagdi – 16th year
Rampar – 18th year
20th year onwards.
12
Development of Training Centre
15th year
13
Development of Picnic spots
19th year
14
development of Sport Complex
19th year
15
Development of Museum
19th year
Progressively till the end of mining
operations and another three years
thereafter.
17th to 19th year
7.2.7 Abandonment Cost
The approximate cost of closure is thus estimated as Rs. 157.00 Crores and the
bifurcation is given in Table-7.7.
222
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE - 7.7 : TENTATIVE ABANDONMENT COST
S. No.
Activity
1.
Rehandling of OB from External Dumps for backfilling of
mine voids.
Barbed wire fencing around pond and picnic spots
Dismantling of Plant & other structures and cleaning of
site
Plantation
Development of Orchard
Development of Agriculture Land
Development of Ponds
Construction of Public Road (Thordi to Rampar)
Development of Children Parks, Libraries & Playgrounds
Vocational Training Centre & Museum
Development of Picnic Spot
Development of Sports Complex
Security, Supervision & Post Environmental Monitoring
Contingencies including corpus fund for maintenance of
retained infrastructure.
Part land out of 440 ha. may be used in mining If found
viable after exploration and fund will be used for
reclaiming this mined out land or else this fund may be
diverted for other closer activities if required.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
TOTAL
Lump Sum cost
Rs. In Lacs
7488
50
65
350
1500
1000
1000
400
300
350
300
500
900
300
1200
15703.00
i.e. Rs. 157.00 Cr.
The final cost figures will be worked out in detail 5 years before the actual mine closure
starts.
7.2.7.1 Annual Recurring Closure Cost:
As per the guidelines issued by the Ministry of Coal vide latter no.55011-01-2009 CPAM
dated 27th August 2009, Annual closure cost have been computed at WPI of February
2012 @ 7.33 lac per Ha. (Rs. 6.00 lac per Ha. has been linked to WPI notified by the govt.
of India). Annual installment is calculated for deposit to Escrow Account.
Annual closure cost is to be computed dividing the total cost by the balance life of the
mine. The amount equal to the annual cost is to be deposited each year throughout the
balance life of the mine compounded @ 5% annually.
223
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
In this case, the balance life of the mine is computed as 16 years at the end of 2011-12 ,
and the total abandonment cost as Rs. 157.00 Cr. Accordingly, the amount equal to the
annual cost works out to 157 / 16 = Rs. 9,81,25,000/- and considering the compounding
@ 5% the annual cost payable each subsequent year is worked out and the total amount
to be paid in 16 years is Rs.232.139 Crores.
7.2.8 Responsibility of Mine Owner
An undertaking from the Managing Director of the Company, as the nominated Owner of
the Mine, assuring that the protective measures contained in the mine closure plan
including reclamation works will be carried out in accordance with the Mine Closure
Plan.
The MD, as the Owner of the Mine, or his nominee shall submit to the Coal Controller a
yearly report before 1st July of every year settling forth the extent of protective and
rehabilitative works carried out as envisaged in the approved mine closure plans.
7.2.9 Provision for Mine Closure
The Company shall obtain, on completion of the mining operations, a mine closure
certificate from the Coal Controller to the effect that the protective, reclamation works
in accordance with the approved mine closure plan / final mine closure plan have been
carried out by the mine owner for surrendering the reclaimed land to the State
Government.
7.3
For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction,
erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and
machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings
several problems like occupational health and safety.
224
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take steps to minimize the
impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health and safety
including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified under construction and
erection, and operation and maintenance.
7.3.1 Occupational Health
Occupational
health
needs attention during construction,
erection,
operation,
maintenance, and mine decommissioning phases. However, the problem varies both in
magnitude and type in these phases.
Construction and Erection
The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to
constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to
arrangements to reduce it within Threshold Limit Values (TLV’s), necessary protective
equipment will be supplied to workers.
Operation and Maintenance
The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phases is primarily
due to dust and noise which could affect breath and hearing. The necessary personal
protective equipment will be given to all the workers. The working personnel will be given
the following appropriate equipment.
Industrial safety helmet;
Crash helmets;
Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;
Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;
Cylindrical type earplug;
Ear muffs;
Self contained breathing apparatus;
Safety belt/line man's safety belt;
Leather hand gloves;
225
Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;
Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and
Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
All working personnel will be medically examined as per provisions of the Mines Act. This
will be in addition to the pre-employment medical examination.
7.3.2 Safety Plan
It is envisaged that all safety precautions during the mining operations, posting of
sufficient number of statutory officials and persons, disaster management, etc will be
undertaken, for which sufficient funds will be provided to deal with all safety
provisions. An effective organization of the mine will be prepared.
Mining is a hazardous industry and hence, necessary measures will be taken to prevent
accident due to following anticipated hazardous/risk prone activities:
•
Slope failure;
•
Handling of explosives;
•
Fly-rocks during blasting;
•
Movement of HEMM;
•
Inundation due to surface water;
•
Dust hazards;
•
Fire hazards due to spontaneous heating of lignite;
•
Hazards associated with use of electricity; and
•
Flooding of lower benches
7.3.2.1 Statutory Rules
Deployment of HEMM in any mine for excavation of lignite / OB needs planning of
various activities in conformation with the prevailing statutory provisions as per the
Mines Act 1952, CMR 1957, various DGMS circulars & bye-laws.
226
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
All applicable statutory rules, regulations, bye-laws etc and statutory requirement
related to Govt. licenses, workers compensation, insurance, etc, including the Minimum
Wage Act for workers employed by the outside agency will have to be adhered to. Any
other rule imposed by local/state/central authorities will also be complied by user of
HEMM/equipment and then will have to supply various protective equipment viz.
helmets, shoes, safety gear for welding, working at height, electrical apparatus handling,
etc. to the workmen at their cost. It is recommended that code of practice to be
prepared based on the following:
1.
Coal Mines Regulation 1957
2.
Mines Act 1952
3.
Mines Rules 1966
4.
EPA, 1986
5.
FCA, 1980
6.
The Water Act,1974
7.
The Air Act,1981
8.
Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling And Trans boundary Movement) Rules,
2008
9.
Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001
10. Vocational Training Rules 1966
11. Indian Electricity Rules 1956
12. DGMS circulars from 1948 upto date
13. Factories Act 1948 (as applicable to mines)
14. Conditions attached to statutory permissions and exemptions granted by DGMS to
Mines of CIL.
15. Recommendations of National Safety Conferences, Tripartite Safety Review
Committees.
16. Special guidelines issued by CIL/ DGMS following accident enquiries etc.
17. ILO code of Safety and Health and in opencast Mines (1991)
18. Special conditions as may be imposed while execution of lease deed, approval of
mining plan, directives issued by the Ministry of coal, environmental & forestry
227
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
clearance conditions imposed by the MOEF, State Pollution Control Board will be
followed.
7.3.2.2 Safety Aspects for Outsourcing of the HEMM/Equipment and Workers
Special precaution will be taken if outsourcing the HEMM and workers in the mine.
Some of the major safety aspects before outsourcing of workers & HEMM to the mine
are enumerated as follows:
(A) For Workers
•
No worker will be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated
assignment and trained at VTC;
•
Records in Form- B and Form- D will be maintained;
•
Records of vocational training certificate and driving license of operators will be
kept by HEMM outsourcing agency and will be made readily available for inspection
by management;
•
No persons will be employed unless person holds VTC certificate and management is
informed. A record of it will be maintained;
•
Adequate supervision will be maintained by qualified competent persons;
•
Outside agency will follow safety guidelines and safety instruction from project
authorities;
•
All drivers will obey traffics rules prepared by the management; and
•
Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety aspects in
opencast mine. However, during course of execution of the work, if any accident
occurs, whether major or minor, the matter will have to be immediately informed to
the mine management i.e. colliery manager/agent/GM of area so that notices of
accidents in a accordance of (Reg.9 of CMR 1957) and Section-23 of Mines Act, 1952
may be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines
Act, 1952.
(B) For Machineries as Recommended by DGMS Circular (Tech.) 1 of 1999
•
All machineries to be deployed in mines will be checked before deployment by
competent authority;
228
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Regular checking of machines deployed will be done. No unfit machine will be
deployed before the defect is rectified;
•
A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by
management and defect pointed out will be maintained and signed by authorised
person;
•
The HEMM deployed will be provided with audio visual alarms, proper light for use
at night and period when natural light is not sufficient. Also audio-visual alarms for
reversing of HEMM will be provided;
•
RTO certificate photo copies of all vehicles will be submitted to management;
•
Regular inspection of HEMM will be done by the agency’s mechanic as directed by
the management;
•
Machine manufacturers will be asked to give risk analysis details in respect
machines deployed by outside agencies;
•
Suitable fire extinguishers will be provided in every machine;
•
Risk management plan of HEMM will be made and implemented; and
•
Outside agency will operate transport system in such a way so as to minimize
pollution in the mine.
7.3.2.3 Stability of Benches, Quarry High Walls and Spoil Dumps
During quarry operations, it is necessary to adopt suggested mining parameters for the
stability of benches, high-walls and spoil dumps. It is also mandatory to examine
systematically the fencing of mine working, landslides and cracks between benches. It is
required to maintain well graded and wide roads on benches keeping the width of
working areas sufficient for spreading of blasted rock and movement of the mining and
transport equipment. During actual mining operation, systematic observations and
regular monitoring of the condition of benches, high-wall slopes and spoil dumps will be
carried out and the dimensions will be modified if necessary, to suit the local conditions.
229
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.3.2.4 Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water
•
A careful assessment is to be made against the danger from surface water before the
onset of rainy season. The necessary precautions will be clearly laid down and
implemented. A garland drain will be provided to drain away the surface rain water
from coming into the mine. Garland drain will be provided around OB dumps and
working mines to course the rain water to main streams;
•
Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage;
•
Standing order for withdrawal of working persons in case of apprehended danger;
•
During heavy rain, inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger,
persons are to be withdrawn to safer places;
7.3.2.5 Prevention of Flooding of Equipment Deployed at Bottom Horizons
During the heavy monsoon period, the mining operation in the lower-most benches may
have to be stopped. The water will be pumped out and discharged to the surface sumps.
7.3.2.6 Prevention of Electric Shocks
During mining operations, all the statutory provisions of the Indian Electricity Rules
1956, and Indian Standards for installation and maintenance of electrical equipment etc.
will be observed.
•
For protection from electric shocks to persons, from electrical equipment with
voltage up to 1000 v earth leakage relay will be provided which will automatically
disconnect electrical circuits;
•
Closed mobile substations and switchgears will be mechanically interlocked which
exclude the possibility of opening the door when oil switch and air circuit breakers
are in operation;
•
All metal parts of electrical equipment will be properly earthed to avoid failure of
insulation; and
•
All HT lines and cables located within the blasting zones will be disconnected during
blasting operations.
230
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.3.2.7 Dust Suppression & Dilution of Exhaust Fumes
The following measures will be adopted for dust suppression at all quarry working
places, dump, haul roads and near other auxiliary mining operations:
•
Spraying with water on all working faces & haul roads, by special spraying machines
or water-sprinkler;
•
While drilling holes, dust extraction devices will be installed;
•
Installation of local dust suppression and air conditioning devices in cabins of
excavators and drilling rigs will be required;
•
Leveling of spoil dump surface;
•
Separate dust suppression arrangement will be provided for PRP;
•
To prevent collection of harmful mixtures in the atmosphere, from the different
sections of quarry working, it is recommended;
•
To spread out the sources of dust formation and emission of harmful gases
throughout the working area of the quarry and Blasting operations will be during
the day; and
•
Blasting will be delayed during unfavourable wind and atmospheric conditions, if
any.
7.3.2.8 Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention
In addition to statutory provisions, the measures for fire fighting and prevention of fires
are as follows:
•
Organization of special cell for systematic observation to examine and prevent fire;
•
Removal of spillage of lignite on benches and cleaning of lignite horizons to prevent
cases of heating;
•
Storage of lubricants and cotton waste in enclosed fire proof containers in working
places; and
•
Provision of fire extinguishers and fire tenders.
231
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Emergency organization will be formed to deal with emergency during fire. The
organization will have names of responsible persons along with their telephone
numbers. Their duties will be clearly specified and the persons will be properly trained.
Mock – Rehearsals will be held regularly at an interval of not exceeding six months to
deal with emergencies of fire. A disaster management plan has been prepared and a
Crisis Management Group (CMG) consisting of highly skilled & decision making persons
will be identified within the organization to tackle with such extreme situations.
7.3.2.9 Measures during Drilling and Blasting
Following measures will be taken while drilling and blasting operations in the quarry:
•
Drilling and blasting in quarry will be done in accordance with the provisions of the
Mines Act, rules and regulations;
•
Adequate safety measures will be taken during blasting operations in the quarry so
that men/machines are not affected;
•
Ground vibration due to blasting will be controlled by the following measures:
1. Reducing the explosive charge per delay;
2. Reducing the spacing and burden per blast;
3. Reducing the amount of explosive charged per blast; and
4. Proper controlled rock movement during blast by using suitable initiating
sequence and delay.
7.4
Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of various hazards (unsafe
conditions) that exist in the mines. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the
identification and quantification of risks, the plant and mining equipment and personnel
are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the mine.
Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and
assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards
present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident
232
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
scenario, vulnerability of populations etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or
generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident
studies.
In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks in the mines,
maximum credible accident analysis, and consequence analysis are addressed which gives
a broad identification of risks involved in the proposed expansion of mining project. Based
on the risk estimation disaster management plan has been also been presented.
7.4.1 Approach to the Study
Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an
event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:
•
Identification of potential hazard areas;
•
Identification of representative failure cases;
•
Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and
explosion;
•
Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the impact
zones from the accidental scenarios;
•
Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster
mitigation point of view;
•
Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident
possibilities; and
•
Preparation of broad DMP, On-site and Off-site Emergency Plan, which includes
Occupational Health and Safety Plan.
The complete mining will be carried out under the management control and direction of
a qualified mine manager holding a first class manager’s certificate of competency. The
DGMS has been regularly issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars
to be followed by the mine management in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining
staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to keep them alert. However,
following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal operation:
233
•
Accident due to explosives;
•
Accident due to heavy mining equipment; and
•
Sabotage in case of magazine.
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be
adopted.
•
All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1955, the Coal Mines
Regulation, 1957 and the Mines Rules, 1955 will be strictly followed during all
mining operations;
•
Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;
•
Fire fighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area;
•
Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will
be made available to the employees and regular check for their use;
•
Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous
premises; Under mines rules all employees of mines will have to undergo the
training at a regular interval;
•
Working of mine, as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans;
•
Cleaning of mine faces will be regularly done;
•
Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent
persons only;
•
Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security
arrangement;
•
Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s
guidelines;
•
Suppression of dust on the haulage roads;
•
Adequate safety equipment will be provided at explosive magazine; and
•
Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and
other similar drives.
For any type of above disaster, a rescue team will be formed by training the mining staff
with specialized training.
234
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.4.2 Possible Hazards in Opencast Coal Mines
There are various factors, which can cause disaster in the mine. The mining activity has
several disaster prone areas. The identification of various hazards is shown in Figure7.2 and the hazards are discussed below.
7.4.2.1 Blasting
Most of the accidents from blasting occur due to the projectiles, as they may some times
go even beyond the danger zone, mainly due to overcharging of the shot-holes as a
result of certain special features of the local ground. Flying rocks are encountered
during initial and final blasting operations. Vibrations also lead to displacement of
adjoining areas. Dust and noise are also problems commonly encountered during
blasting operations.
7.4.2.2 Overburden
The overburden dump may cause landslides. High overburden dump created at the
quarry edge may cause sliding of the overburden dump or may cause failure of the pit
slope due to excessive loading, thereby causing loss of life and property.
7.4.2.3 Heavy Machinery
Most of the accidents during transport of dumpers, trucks, proclains and ripper dozers
and other heavy vehicles are often attributable to mechanical failures and human
errors.
7.4.2.4 Storage of Explosives
The explosive magazine with storage facility is proposed for 3 Tonne of high explosives,
1000 no of detonators, 15000 m of detonating cord, 10 Tons of Ammonium Nitrate. For
the purpose of transportation of explosives, explosive van is proposed.
235
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
MINE SITE
DRILLING AND
BLASTING
ECOLOGICAL RISK
(LAND, AIR, WATER)
EXPLORATION
OF LIGNITE
TRANSPORTATION
OF LIGNITE
DUS
PYRITE REMOVAL
PLAN
FUEL (DIESEL)
STORAGE
NOIS
FIGURE-7.2 :IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS IN OPENCAST MINE
236
FIR
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
The main hazard associated with the storage, transport and handling of explosives is
fire and explosion. The rules as per the Indian Explosives Act and Rules 1883 should be
followed for handling of explosives, which includes transportation, storage and use of
explosives.
7.4.2.5 Fuel Storage
Most of the HEMM is operated on diesel. Hence, a licensed diesel storage facility from
IOC and disbursing units of appropriate capacity has also been provided.
7.4.2.6 Water Logging
Water logging in the mine site can be avoided by adopting following measures:
•
Position of water body should be correctly known; and
•
Draining of mine water by suitable capacity pumps.
7.4.2.7 Hazard Identification
Classification of Major Hazardous Substance
Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes: flammable substances,
unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large number of chemicals
based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given in NFPA Codes 49 and
345 M. The details of the fuel storages in the mine are given in Table-7.8. Hazardous
characteristics of the major flammable materials and chemicals that are employed in
different processes are listed in Table-7.9.
TABLE - 7.8 : CATEGORYWISE SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED STORAGE TANK
Sr. No.
Product
No. of
Classification
Tanks
1
HSD
A: Dangerous Petroleum
Design Capacity
(KL)
1
B
B: Non- Dangerous Petroleum
Source: Mine Plan
237
50
C: Heavy Petroleum
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE - 7.9 : PROPERTIES OF FUELS/CHEMICALS USED AT THE COAL MINE
Chemical
HSD
Codes/Label
TLV
Flammable liquid
Not Listed
FBP
MP
FP
UEL
°C
360
LEL
%
--
32
5.0
0.5
Source : IOCL/MSDS Sheets
TLV
:
Threshold Limit Value
FBP
:
Final Boiling Point
MP
:
Melting Point
FP
:
Flash Point
UEL
:
Upper Explosive Limit
LEL
:
Lower Explosive Limit
• Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on GOI Rules, 1989 (Amended
in 2000)
A systematic analysis of the fuels and their quantities of storage has been carried out, to
determine threshold quantities as notified by GOI Rules and the applicable rules are
identified. The results are summarized in Table-7.10.
TABLE - 7.10 : APPLICABILITY OF GOI RULES TO FUEL/CHEMICAL STORAGE
Sr.
Chemical/
Listed in
Total Quantity
No.
Fuel
Schedule
(KL)
3(1)
1 X 50
1
HSD
Threshold Quantity (T)
for Application of Rules
5,7-9,13-15
10-12
25 MT
200 MT
Source : Mine Plan & Material Safety Data Sheets
•
Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI) Approach
Based on the GOI Rules, the hazardous fuels used in the proposed mine are identified. Fire
and Explosion are the likely hazards, which may occur due to the fuel storages. Hence, Fire
and Explosion index has been calculated for storage in mine. Detailed estimates of FE&TI
are given in Table-7.11.
238
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE-7.11 : FIRE EXPLOSION AND TOXICITY INDEX FOR STORAGE FACILITIES
Sr. No.
1
Chemical
HSD
Total Quantity
F&EI
Category
TI
Category
1 X 50 KL
8.1
Light
-
-
Source : Mine Plan & Material Safety Data Sheets
Safety Measures at the Mine site
•
Adequate care has been taken in deciding the size of the bench for the working as
well as ultimate pit.
•
The benches are properly sloped at an angle of 70 degree to avoid any spillage of
benches.
•
Adequate drainage system at the top of the pit and also on the benches shall be made
to prevent erosion of the benches.
•
The quarries will be protected by garland drains around the periphery for storm
water drainage.
•
A minimum safe distance of 100-m will be kept between the surface edge of the
quarry and the nearest public building, roads etc. When the surface edge of the
quarry approaches within a limit of 300 m from any road, public building special
permission from DGMS will be taken to conduct controlled blasting to prevent
damage/injury to public life and property; and
•
All mining operations both within the quarry and outside will be conducted as per
the conditions laid down by DGMS and under the strict supervision of competent
persons appointed under the Coal Mines Regulations, 1957.
Precautionary Measures to Avoid Accidents Due to Blasting:
•
The provisions laid down in the Coal Mine Regulation, 1957 related to Blasting shall
strictly be followed. However some of the main provisions are written here-
•
Shots shall not be fired except during the hours of daylight. The holes charged on
any particular day shall be fired on the same day.
•
Adequate blasting shelters or other protection shall be provided at mines.
239
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
The shot-firer shall give sufficient warning by effective signals over the entire area
falling within a radius of danger zone.
•
Multi-shot exploder shall be used. A shot-firer will fire maximum 120 Shots.
•
During the approach and progress of electrical storm, adequate precautions shall be
taken.
•
The charge in the hole shall be so decided & delay should be provided in such a way
that the Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) do not exceed the Threshold Limit.
Precautionary Measures to Prevent the Overburden Dump Failures:
•
A study stone wall should be built around the toe of each inactive dump at a distance
of about 50 m from the toe.
•
To prevent the failure of overburden slopes, especially during rainy season,
following precautions need to be taken against this hazard:
a. Proper terracing of the dump slope, with maximum bench height of 10 m.
b. Adequate drainage system to be provided in each lift of the dump to prevent
erosion of the dump sides.
•
Planting vegetation as early as possible over the overburden dump slopes.
•
The drainage channels along the overburden dump toes provide additional
protection.
•
While doing this, a distance of over 15 m should be left between the overburden
dump and the toe drain.
Precautionary Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers:
•
All transportation within the main working shall be carried out directly under the
supervision and control of the management.
•
The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least
once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the
Management.
240
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Road signs shall be provided at each and every turning point especially for the
guidance of the drivers at the night.
•
To avoid danger while reversing the trackless vehicles especially at the embankment
and tipping points, all areas for reversing of lorries should as far as possible be made
man free.
•
A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long
way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.
•
Generally, oversize rocks shall be dealt with in the pit by secondary blasting.
However, for haul trucks at the dump with such oversize materials, the following
recommendations are given.
a. Load consisting of large rocks must not be over the edge. This is unsafe and may
damage equipment.
b. Such load must be inside.
•
Dumping of overburden or waste material by dumpers and dozers will be governed
by Code of Dumping, which is already formulated & implemented.
•
The movement of the dumpers will be governed under the Code of Traffic rule which
is already formulated & implemented.
7.4.3 Disaster Management Plan
The disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment,
protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same
order of priorities. For effective implementation of the disaster management plan, it
should be widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills. The
objective of the disaster management plan is to make use of the combined resources of the
mine and cola washery the outside services to achieve the following:
1. Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;
2. Safeguard other people;
3. Minimize damage to property and the environment;
4. Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;
5. Identify any dead;
241
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
6. Provide for the needs of relatives;
7. Provide authoritative information to the news media;
8. Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and
9. Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the
cause and circumstances of the emergency.
In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render medical
help and to restore normalcy.
Emergency Organization (EO)
It is recommended to setup an emergency organization. A senior executive (Mine
Manager) who has control over the affairs of the mine would be heading the emergency
organization. He would be designated as site controller. As per the general organization
chart, in the mines, the mines manager would be designated as the Incident Controller (IC).
The incident controller would be reporting to the site controller.
Each incident controller, for himself, organizes a team responsible for controlling the
incidence with the personnel under his control. Shift In-charge would be the reporting
officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the incidence controller and site
controller.
Emergency co-ordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities
like fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support
services. For this purposes, Security in-charge, personnel department, essential services
personnel would be engaged. All these personnel would be designated as key personnel.
In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge and other
maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power or
communication system failure, some of staff members in the mine offices would be drafted
and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing of communications.
All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel.
242
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Emergency Communication (EC)
Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire etc. would inform his
immediate superior and Emergency Control Centre (ECC). The person on duty in the
emergency control centre would appraise the site controller. Site Controller verifies the
situation from the incident controller of that area or the Shift In-charge and takes a
decision about an impending on site emergency. This would be communicated to the
entire incident controllers, emergency co-ordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency
warning system would be activated on the instructions of the site controller.
•
Emergency Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below:
•
Site Controller
On receiving information about emergency he would rush to emergency control centre
and take charge of ECC and the situations which all are given below:
•
Assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and
decides;
•
Whether the affected area needs to be evacuated;
•
Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated;
•
Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren;
•
Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency;
•
Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to be
alerted;
•
Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in
consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting
the mine operation required and if evacuation of persons is required;
•
Directs personnel for Rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire, brigade, medical and other
designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies;
243
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or
effects are likely to go beyond the mine boundary, informs to District Emergency
Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;
•
Informs the statutory authorities;
•
Gives a public statement if necessary;
•
Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and
preserves evidence; and
•
On completion of On Site Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and
orders for all clear warning.
•
Incident Controller
•
Assembles the incident control team;
•
Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel,
minimize damage to property and environment and minimize the loss of materials;
•
Directs the shutting down the operations and areas likely to be adversely affected by
the emergency;
•
Ensures that all key personnel help is sought;
•
Provides advise and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local Fire
Services as and when they arrive;
•
Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas evacuated to the
appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for causalities;
•
Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into
the cause and circumstances which caused or escalated the emergency;
•
Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site;
•
Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members;
•
Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control to be
used; and
•
Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.
244
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
•
Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting
•
On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC;
•
Helps the incident Controller in containment of the emergency;
•
Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to ready
for any emergency with standby arrangement;
•
Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained mine personnel and security staff;
•
Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required;
•
Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting as well as assesses the
requirements of outside help;
•
Arranges to control the traffic at the incident area;
•
Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations
under his guidance and supervision;
•
Evacuates the people in the mine or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller;
•
Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them;
•
Assembles search and evacuation team;
•
Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team;
•
Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and
•
Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.
•
Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and
Communication
In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up
communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Centre (ECC).
•
Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to
nearby hospitals;
•
Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary;
•
Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seek their assistance;
•
Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements;
•
Makes sure that all safety equipment are made available to the emergency team;
245
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
•
Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency activities;
•
Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills verification
of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller;
•
Maintains liaison with Civil Administration;
•
Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation centre;
•
Liaison with Site Controller/Incident Controller;
•
Ensure transportation facility;
•
Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency
expenditure;
•
Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and
•
Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.
•
Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services
•
He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller;
•
Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, power supply for
lighting;
•
Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain
sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and
•
Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other
emergency materials, spares etc.
•
General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency
During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency
warning is raised, the workers in-charge, should adopt safe and emergency shut down and
attend any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he
should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort
to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards
objectives of DMP.
246
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.4.4 Emergency Facilities
•
Emergency Control Centre (ECC)
For the time being, Mine Office Block is identified as Emergency Control Centre. It would
have external Telephone, Fax, Telex facility. All the Site Controller/ Incident Controller
Officers, Senior Personnel would be located here. Also, it would be an elevated place.
The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control
Centre (ECC):
•
Intercom, telephone;
•
P & T telephone;
•
Safe contained breathing apparatus;
•
Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets;
•
Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications;
•
Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories;
•
Internal P & T, factory layout, site plan;
•
Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries;
•
Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, sources of safety equipment, work road
plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes;
•
Hazard chart;
•
Emergency shut-down procedures;
•
Nominal roll of employees;
•
List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators;
•
Duties of key personnel;
•
Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential
employees; and
•
Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies,
neighboring industries and sources of help, out side experts, population details around
the Mine.
247
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Assembly Point
3 Numbers of assembly points are already provided wherein employees who are not
directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and
rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be
organized.
In view of the size of mine pit area, different locations should be ear marked as assembly
points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.
•
Emergency Power Supply
Mine facilities are connected to power supply from the GSEB. In the event of any grid
supply failure, Diesel Generators are provided at the mine, which is operated as soon as
any power failure occurs. Thus water pumps, mine lighting and emergency control centre,
administrative building and other auxiliary services are connected to emergency power
supply. In all the blocks flame proof type emergency lamps would be provided.
•
Fire Fighting Facilities
First aid fire fighting equipment suitable for emergency are being maintained in each
operation areas of the mine as per statutory requirements.
•
Location of Wind Sock
On the top of the administration block, windsock is installed to indicate direction of wind
for emergency escape.
•
Emergency Medical Facilities
Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire
burns etc. are being maintained in the medical centre as well as in the emergency control
room. Private medical practitioners help is being sought during emergencies. Government
hospital would be approached for emergency help.
248
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Names of medical personnel, medical facilities in the area are prepared and displayed.
Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of burns patients and for those
affected by toxicity would be maintained.
Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment are provided and
maintained. The help of nearby industrial management’s in this regard would taken on
mutual support basis.
•
Ambulance
An ambulance with driver availability in all the shifts, emergency shift vehicle is ensured
and maintained to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons are trained in
first aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would be available.
7.4.5 Emergency Actions
•
Emergency Warning
Communication of emergency is made familiar to the personnel inside the mine and
people outside. An emergency warning system is also established.
•
Evacuation of Personnel
In the event of an emergency, unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point.
Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office maintains
a copy of deployment of employees in each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by
rescue teams.
•
All Clear Signal
Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency
Co-ordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the
site controller communicates to the district emergency authority, police and fire service
personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site
Emergency.
249
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
7.4.6 General
•
Employee Information
During an emergency, employees are warned by raising siren in specific pattern.
Employees are provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid
measures. Those who would designate as key personnel and essential employees should
be given training to emergency response.
•
Co-ordination with Local Authorities
Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are practiced. In the
case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and
in the event extreme emergency local authorities help should be sought.
In the event of an emergency developing into an off site emergency, local authority and
District emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his
supervision, the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. For this purpose,
the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue
accommodation, voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals
and training in the form of mock drills should be organized.
•
Mutual Aid
Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective
equipment, transport vehicles, communication facility etc. should be sought from the
neighboring industrial management’s.
•
Mock Drills
Emergency preparedness is an important aspect of planning in Industrial Disaster
Management. Personnel’s trained suitably and prepared mentally and physically in
emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key
personnel and essential personnel should be trained in the operations.
250
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Important Information
Important information such names and addresses of key personnel, essential employees,
medical personnel, transporters address, address of those connected with Off Site
Emergency such as Police, Local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority
are prepared and maintained.
7.4.7 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan
The task of preparing the off-site emergency plan lies with the district collector. However,
the off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The
proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines.
Aspects Proposed to be Considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan
The main aspects which should be included in the emergency plan are:
•
Organization
Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency
control centres, names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their
deputies and other key personnel.
•
Communications
Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, lists of
telephone numbers.
•
Specialized Knowledge
Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g.
those with specialized knowledge of fire control.
251
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Voluntary Organizations
Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.
•
Chemical Information
Details of the hazardous substances stored or procedure on each site and a summary of the
risk associated with them.
•
Meteorological Information
Arrangements for obtaining details of whether conditions prevailing at the time and
whether forecasts.
•
Humanitarian Arrangements
Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding treatment of injured, first aid,
ambulances, temporary mortuaries.
•
Public Information
Arrangements for dealing with the media press office; b] informing relatives, etc.
•
Assessment
Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b)
reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.
•
Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer
The various emergency services should be co-ordinated by an emergency co-ordinating
officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO should liaise closely
with the site main controller. The ECO should inform the DGMS authorities in case of
accidents as per the statutory requirement. Again depending on local arrangements, for
very severe incidents/accidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the
252
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
external control should be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an
administrator appointed by the central or state government.
•
Role of the Local Authority
The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency
planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range
of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaise with the
works, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should
ensure that the plan is continually kept upto date.
It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be
involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by
having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular
responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.
•
Role of Police
Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and
controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders
evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing
relatives of death or injury.
•
Role of Fire Authorities
The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer
who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at
the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other
events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the
location of all stores of flammable materials, water supply points and fire-fighting
equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants
and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.
253
•
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
Role of Health Authorities
Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, should
have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part
of the emergency plan.
For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying
degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be
generally available in most hospitals.
Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to
those available locally, and a medical “mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the
assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.
•
Role of Government Safety Authority
This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to want to
satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has
made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major
emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise
undertaken to test the plan.
In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector
will apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in
advising on operations in case involvement in advising on operations.
7.5
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
All developmental works needs to be carried out keeping in mind the potential needs of
the local people of the area. Under all circumstances, the needs (economic, social and
cultural) of the local people have to be properly and adequately addressed.
Socio-economic profile of the study area revealed that mining and associated sector
would be major source of employment. Local people would be benefited by increase in
254
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
business in various sectors like transportation, trade and commerce, automobile,
aforestation, excavation of pond etc. It is expected that there will be significant
improvement of standard of living due to proposed facilities provided by GMDC in the
fields of infrastructure, communication, education, health and medicine and economy
through employment during mining activities. The response of surrounding local people
towards mining project is positive. There shall be no disturbance to population in
project area and only land will be acquired as per policy of Gujarat Government.
Further, to increase the recharge capacity of the area, deepening of ponds and check
dams work has already completed in Thordi and Malpar villages.
7.5.1 Village wise Expenditure details of CSR activity completed
The details about the village wise expenditure details of CSR activity completed by
GMDC are given in Table – 7.12
255
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE – 7.12 : VILLAGE WISE EXPENDITURE DETAILS OF CSR ACTIVITY
COMPLETED BY GMDC
Sr.
No.
A.
Total Expenses
(In Rs.)
Description of the work
VILLAGE : THORDI
1
Deepening and Widening of Check dam
9,86,101.00
2
Providing street light
2,55,913.00
3
Financial Assistance to Miss Anjliba Gohil - Daugher of Shri
Kishorsinh gohil village - thordi, survey no. 13 P and 27 P
land acquired by GMDC
Two nos - Computer alloted to primary school - Thordi
dated 30.10.10
Construction - extension of school building Navdarpan
Vidyalay - Shree Sitaram Education Trust, Bhavangar
One no. HCL computer (alloted to primary school – Thordi)
SUB TOTAL
4
5
6
B
VILLAGE : MALPAR
1
Deepening and widening of Check dams
D.
1
E
1
2
Used
21,81,600.00
16,500.00
34,51,114.00
17,36,802.00
SUB TOTAL
C.
1
11,000.00
VILLAGE : TAGDI
Supply of 60 nos. school benches to primary school
17,36,802.00
1,80,000.00
SUB TOTAL
1,80,000.00
SUB TOTAL
8,000.00
8,000.00
VILLAGE : RAMPAR
Preparation of Volley bal playground
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
Kanya Kelavani Fund
Solar Lights for Khodiya Mataji Mandir Bhavnagar
SUB TOTAL
GRAND TOTAL
1,00,000.00
1,61,391.00
2,61,391.00
56,37,307.00
The detailed budget for the proposed activities planned in the upcoming years to
increase / recharge the ground levels is given in Table – 7.13.
256
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
TABLE - 7.13 : BUDGET FOR THE PROPOSED ACTIVITIES PLANNED IN THE
UPCOMING YEARS
Sr.
No.
Village
1
Thordi
2
Tagdi
Name of the work
Widenining and deepening of
check dam area/ Khet Talavdi
Sub Total
check dam area/ Talav
Sub Total
3
4
5
6
7
Bhutesar
check dam area
Sub Total
Widening and deepening of
Mamsa
check dam area
Sub Total
Rampar
Deepening of check dam area
Sub Total
Bhumbhali Deepening of Talav area
Sub Total
Balance quantity of earthwork
Malpar
for Widening and deepening of
check dam area
Sub Total
Grand Total
Estimated
Qty. (m3)
36000
36000
72000
93750
2700
3400
7200
16000
123050
40000
32000
6000
78000
Estimated cost
at the rate of
Rs. 45 per M3
16,20,000/16,20,000/32,40,000/42,18,750/1,21,500/1,53,000/3,24,000/7,20,000/55,37,250/18,00,000/14,40,000/2,70,000/35,10,000/-
60000
27,00,000/-
60000
130000
130000
200000
200000
27,00,000/58,50,000/58,50,000/90,00,000/90,00,000/-
20000
9,00,000/-
20000
9,00,000/-
683050
3,07,37,250/-
7.5.2 Monitoring and Evaluation
The monitoring and evaluation of the work proposed by the company will be monitored
at two levels – Internal monitoring by the company through its dedicated staff engaged
in the CSR Department. Regular progress report of the activities of the work undertaken
by the company will be prepared and presented to the top management of the company
for review. The CSR team of the company will review the progress of work on monthly
basis. A monthly review meeting would be held at site office under the head of the CSR
257
Chapter- 7
Additional Studies
activities department. The central CSR office of the company at Ahmedabad would
review the progress of work and monitor and evaluate the developments on quarterly
basis.
Apart from this, the company will get monitoring and evaluation of the work proposed
to be undertaken by a reputed external agency. This will ensure a neutral and an
outsider’s view on the progress of work undertaken by the company.
258
8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1
Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure
Chapter- 8
Project Benefits
The impact on the civic amenities will be substantial after increasing the mining
capacity. The basic requirement of the community needs will be strengthened by
extending agricultural oriented infrastructure, health care and educational facilities to
the community, besides providing drinking water to the villages and building /
strengthening of existing roads in the area. Medical facilities will also be available in the
form of dispensary at the mine. This will help in uplifting the living standards of local
communities.
The roads connectivity to the project area will enhance overall transportation facilities.
With improved transportation facilities, there is always a scope for development. The
communication facilities will improve after the commencement of the project.
8.2
Improvement in the Social Infrastructure
•
Generation of employment and improved standard of living;
•
Establishment of small and medium scale engineering ancillaries;
•
Increased revenue to the State by way of royalty, taxes and duties; and
•
Superior communication and transport facilities etc.
In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants:
•
There will be significant change in the socio-economic scenario of the area.
•
The proposed project will enhance the prospects of employment. Recruitment for
the unskilled and semiskilled workers for the proposed project will be from the
nearby villages depending upon their qualification and suitability for job.
•
The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity,
drinking water, proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities,
entertainment, etc. will be developed as far as possible.
259
•
Chapter- 8
Project Benefits
Overall the proposed expansion will change living standards of the people and
improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.
8.3
The impact of proposed expansion of mining on the economic aspects can be clearly
observed. The proposed expansion activities will provide employment to persons of
different skills. The local population will have preference to get an employment. The
employment potential will improve economic conditions of these families directly and
provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and
service oriented activities.
The employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project will
upgrade the prosperity of the region. This will in-turn improve the socio-economic
conditions of the area. The total manpower required for the proposed expansion of
mining project under various categories is about 745 persons and persons will be
mainly sourced from local community in and around mining project and technical
persons will be employed during operational phase from local and also from outside
area. In addition to the above, contractual labour and indirect employment
opportunities will also be getting benefited after commissioning of mining and washery
project.
260
Chapter- 9
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of Administrative Aspects
9.0
ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS
9.1
Institutional Arrangements for Environment Protection and Conservation
The mine is being supervised and controlled by an independent Mines Manager
supported by a dedicated team of technically and statutorily qualified personnel apart
from the operating staff of skilled, semi skilled, unskilled and other categories.
9.1.1 Environmental Department
A separate Environment Department with qualified staff along with supervisors,
helpers, water sprinklers and gardeners, etc is working in mining area. The
Environmental Engineer will be responsible for the environment management activities
at the mine. As conscious of this, GMDC is created a department consisting of officers
from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with the management
and implementation of the environmental control measures. The Hierarchical System of
the Company to deal with Environmental Issues is shown in Figure – 9.1. The said
department along with GPCB authorized Schedule I & Schedule II Auditors is
responsible for coordinating:
i)
Collecting & analyzing water and air samples;
ii)
Ambient noise level monitoring;
iii)
Implementing the control and protective measures;
iv)
Green belt development and inventory of flora and fauna;
v)
Collecting statistics of health of workers;
vi)
Monitoring the progress of implementation of environmental management
programme; and
vii) Coordinating the environment related activities within the project as well as with
regulatory agencies.
In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to exceed the
allowable limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial actions and
get them implemented to ensure compliance with the prescribed standards.
261
Chapter- 9
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of Administrative Aspects
Board of Directors
Managing Director
Corporate Office
Chief General Manager
Project
GM – Corporate Office
(Concerned Department)
Manager
(Env.)
Asst. Manager
(Env.)
GM (Project)
Concerned HOD of Project,
where Violation occurred
Asst. Manager (Env.)
FIGURE – 9.1: HIERARCHICAL SYSTEM OF THE COMPANY TO DEAL WITH
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
262
Chapter- 10
Surkha (North) Lignite Mine project (3 MTPA to 5 MTPA in ML area of Summary & Conclusion
10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
10.1
Summary
The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation measures are
given in Table-10.1.
10.2 Conclusion
The proposed expansion of opencast lignite mine project will have impacts on the local
environment. With the effective implementation of the environment management
measures as suggested in the EIA/EMP report and as may recommended by MoEF,
CPCB and State Pollution Control Board, the negative impacts will be minimized to a
great extent. However, development of this project has beneficial impact/effects in
terms growth in regional economy, transform the region's economy from
predominantly agricultural to significantly industrial, increase Government earnings
and revenues and accelerate the pace of industrial development in the region including
significant improvement in the quantity of life of people in the region.
The proposed expansion project will provide direct employment to a large number of
local people meeting the project requirement. This project will also generate indirect
employment to a considerable number of families, who will render their services for the
employees of the project.
The project will also encourage ancillary industries in the region, which will not only
increase the employment potential but also the economic base of the region will be
further strengthened.
Thus, in view of considerable benefits from the project, the proposed project is most
advantageous to the region as well as to the nation.
263
Chapter- 10
Summary & Conclusion
TABLE-10.1 : ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Environmental
Component
Air Quality
Project Activities
Drilling
Blasting
and
Impacts
Particulate matter and NOx
Adverse /
Beneficial
Adverse
Mitigative Measures
Use of dust aprons on drilling equipment and adopting wet drilling
methods.
Delay blasting under unfavourable wind and atmospheric
conditions
The production of blast fumes containing noxious gases will be
reduced by the following methods:
Proper and proportionate mixing of fuel oil with ammonium
nitrate to ensure complete detonation;
• Use of adequate booster/primer; and
• Proper stemming of the blast hole.
M. Drills fitted with dust collection system to be deployed or using
wet drilling method.
N. Development of greenbelt.
• Sprinkling of water on haul roads at regular intervals.
• Installing permanent water sprinklers at strategic areas /
locations / stretches
• Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be carried
out
• Cabins for shovel and dumpers and dust respirators to
workmen will be provided
• Dust suppression will be done on exposed area using water
trucks and sprinkler
• Greenbelt development will be taken up all along the haul roads
• Re-vegetation of mined out area and inactive dumps and
• A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced
which will help in controlling pollution.
•
Overburden
removal, extraction
of lignite, Loading /
unloading
of
overburden
and
lignite, stock piling
of lignite, dumping
of overburden at
dump sites within
ML area
Increase in SPM levels in
ambient air due to dust
generation and NOx, HC & SO2
CO concentration levels in
ambient air due to vehicular
emissions.
Adverse
264
Environmental
Component
Noise Levels and
Ground
Vibrations
Project Activities
Impacts
Transportation of
overburden
and
lignite
-do-
General equipment
operations
All activities
Increase in SPM, NOx and CO
concentrations in ambient air.
Excessive
exposures
to
airborne particulate matter.
High impulsive noise levels,
overpressure and ground
vibrations impacts and noise
related community annoyance
Increase in noise levels
occupational hazard due to
noise exposures and increase
in ambient noise levels.
Drilling
Blasting
and
General activities
including machines
and transportation
of overburden and
lignite within the
ML area.
Chapter- 10
Adverse /
Beneficial
Adverse
Adverse
Adverse
Adverse
Adverse
265
Mitigative Measures
Regular water sprinkling on haul and access roads.
Haul roads to be maintained by surface grading to minimize excessive
road surface wearing.
Roads no longer required will be re-vegetated as soon as possible.
Regular maintenance of all equipment to minimize particulate matter
and gaseous emissions from diesel driven vehicles & equipment.
Personal protective will be provided to all workers working in
dusty environment
Noise Control Measures
• Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming
will be maintained;
• No secondary blasting;
• Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using
alternatively Excel non-electrical initiation system;
• The blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric
condition and less human activity timings;
• The prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained;
• Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed
on machines (HEMM);
• Proper designing of plant & machinery by providing inbuilt
mechanism like silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise
generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation of
vibrating equipment;
• Greenbelts around infrastructure site, service building area and
township;
• A thick tree belt will be provided in phased manner around the
periphery of the mine to attenuate noise;
• Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads;
• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs
will be provided to the operators of HEMM and persons working
near HEMM; and
Environmental
Component
Project Activities
Impacts
Chapter- 10
Adverse /
Beneficial
Mitigative Measures
• Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise
levels.
Measures to Control Ground Vibration
Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and
appropriate delay system are to be adopted for safe blasting.
• Safe blasting zones are kept around the periphery of the quarry;
• Overcharging will be avoided;
• The charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more
number of delays will be used per blasts;
Artificial recharge by rain water harvesting / mine water harvesting
will be done in and around the mine area to increase ground water
levels.
•
Water Resources
and Quality
Working
water table
below
Reduction in
availability
groundwater
Adverse
Due to poor aquifer condition
the impact on water level will
be confined to few hundred.
Water required for
mine
(dust
suppression
systems, workshop,
domestic facilities
and
greenbelt
development) and
domestic
consumption
at
colony
Waste
water
generated
from
workshop, domestic
Deterioration in surface /
ground water quality of
receiving body.
Depletion of natural resource.
Mine Drainage:
The garland drains will be developed in advance for each mine
stage such that water is collected in these garland drains and
discharged properly outside the pit.
• Working faces will be laid such that the water from the working
areas will flow into the sump by gravity from where it will be
pumped out to sumps.
• Face pumps of adequate capacity will be provided at working
faces to keep these dry.
• Slurry pumps will be provided to deal with slurry formed
during rainy season.
Surface Water Pollution Control Measures
•
Adverse
Reduction in surface and
groundwater availability for
domestic and for irrigation
purposes.
Changes to hydraulic regime.
•
Deterioration in ground water
and soil quality when used
untreated
for
greenbelt
Adverse
266
Retaining walls of adequate dimensions will be provided at the
toe of dumps and the unstable OB benches within the mine to
prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of material from
benches. This will help in preventing silting of water
drains/channels;
Environmental
Component
Project Activities
usage at mine.
Impacts
Chapter- 10
Adverse /
Beneficial
development
Mitigative Measures
The water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the
mine will be provided with baffles and settling pits to arrest the
suspended solids, if any, present in this water;
• The worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting
appropriate shrub/grass species on the slopes. This will help in
preventing wash-off of lignite from these slopes;
• The mine water will be regularly tested for presence of any
undesirable elements and appropriate measures will be taken
in case any element is found exceeding the limits prescribed by
GPCB;
Ground Water Pollution Control Measures
•
The domestic sewage from the canteen and toilets will be
routed to septic tanks followed by soak pits.
• The workshop effluent will be routed through oil & grease trap
and treated to the discharge standards and reused in the
workshop.
• Regular monitoring of water levels and quality in the existing
open wells and bore well in the vicinity will be carried out.
The study has recommended new alignment in line with upstream
drainage slope of the area to facilitate smooth entry of water into the
diversion channel and ultimate discharge of water into the original
stream. No reduction in surface run-off is envisaged.
•
Drainage pattern
and
Hydrogeology
Diversion of two
four nalas in phases
Catchment area inside the
mine will be affected.
Adverse
Soil
Characteristics
Expansion
of
Mining operations.
Phased clearing of existing
plantations (forest) in the
mining area.
Adverse
Land degradation due to
disposal of large volume of
waste materials.
Exposure of topsoils to wind
267
1. Vegetation clearance in phases.
2. Dust suppression on exposed areas using water tankers and
automatic sprinkling systems
3. Contour overburden dump to minimize erosion
4. Plantation around service building, along road, in & around
safety zone using native plant sapling.
5. Decoaled area backfilling & rehandling of external OB dump as
per approved Progressive Mine Closure Plan.
6. Compliance with mine decommissioning plan.
Environmental
Component
Project Activities
Impacts
Chapter- 10
Adverse /
Beneficial
Mitigative Measures
and water erosion.
Flora and Fauna
Mine development
and operations
Displacement of existing fauna.
Adverse
Loss of vegetation
Lignite
transportation
end users.
Occupational
Health & Safety
•
•
•
•
to
Overall
Mining
operations
The following precautions will be taken to reduce the risk of dump
failure:
1. OB benches will be made of <10m height in each tier.
2. Angle of repose of OB dump to be around 26o.
3. Construction of toe wall around the OB dump.
4. Drainage control structures like garland drain to be made around
OB dump area to avoid water flow during monsoon below the OB
dump.
5. Leveling, grading and drainage arrangement for top of OB dumps.
6. Technical & biological reclamation.
7. Topsoil to be stored in small heaps (5m high) at appropriate
moisture content with proper vegetation.
Besides plantation in the ML area, colony and reclamation of de-coaled
area, there will be compensatory afforestation in much bigger area as
per norms.
Occupational health problems
due to dust & noise.
Adverse
Accident probability due to
slope failure, movement of
HEMM, handling of explosives
Renovation of ponds;
Construction of check dams and water holes;
Engagement of fire watchers;
Education and training etc.
Logistic support in form of equipment, Vehicles etc as required by
the implementing DFO will be extended.
1) Adoption of dust suppression measures like spraying water, use
of drill with dust collection system or wet drills etc.
2) Plantation
3) Avoid blasting during unfavorable wind & atmospheric
conditions
4) Use of personal protective equipment.
5) Compliance with DGMS circulars
Emergency response plan that includes installation of emergency
268
Environmental
Component
Project Activities
Impacts
Chapter- 10
Adverse /
Beneficial
Mitigative Measures
response equipment to combat events such as fire. All personnel
required to handle hazardous materials will be provided with
personal protective equipment suitable for the hazardous material
being handled.
Socio-economic
Aspects
Mining operations
Increase in economic status of
local people & in the region
due to Increase in employment
opportunities both direct and
indirect.
Beneficial
269
On-site first aid facilities will be provided and employees will be
extended to the local community in emergencies.
The project will provide ample opportunity to the local people for
direct and in-direct employment. The proposed project may create
opportunities for indirect employment in the field of vehicle hiring,
labours, trading of construction materials, carpenters etc. The major
areas which required immediate attention relates to infrastructure
support, health & sanitation, Anganwadi services, school education,
youth development, income generation activities & veterinary
services.
Chapter- 11
11.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
This chapter presents the details the environmental consultants engaged, their
background and the brief description of the key personnel involved in the project
11.1 INTRODUCTION
ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited is an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001
Certified Company & leading Environmental Engineering & Consultancy Company. ABC
is the first firm to be accredited by NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education
and Training), Quality Council of India, as an EIA Consultant. ABC is equipped with inhouse, spacious laboratory, accredited by NABL (National Accreditation Board for
Testing & Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science & Technology, Government
of India.
Since establishment our focus is on sustainable development of Industry and
Environment based on sound engineering practices, innovation, quality, R&D and most
important is satisfying customers need. The company has successfully completed more
than 100’s projects of variety of industries, in the field of pollution control. We are also
dealing in the projects of waste minimization and cleaner production technology. Our
team of technocrats and scientists are well experienced to deal with the Designing,
Manufacturing, Fabrication, Installation and Commissioning of Effluent/Wastewater
Treatment Plants, Sewage Treatment Plants, Combined Treatment Plants.
We are having a well experienced team of Scientists & Engineers who are looking after
our well equipped analytical laboratory with a facility including analysis of physical,
chemical and biological parameters as per the requirements of the State Pollution
Control Board and our clients.
270
Chapter- 11
11.2 QUALITY POLICY
Providing high quality consultancy services
Time bound completion of projects and submission of reports.
Employing competent engineers and scientists
Implementing the best available technology
Maintaining a good quality products and public relation practice
Continually improving the effectiveness of Quality Management System
11.3 SERVICES OFFERED
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
Social Impact Assessment (SIA)
Environmental Baseline data collection for Air, Meteorology, Noise, Water, Soil,
Ecology, Socio-Economic and Demography etc;
Socio Economic Studies
Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan
Ecological & Human Health Risk Assessment Studies
Ecological Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Framework
Hazardous Waste Management
Internship & Training
TURNKEY PROJECTS
Water Treatment Plants
Sewage Treatment Plant
Recycling & Water Conservation Systems
271
Zero Discharge System
Operation & Maintenance of Water & Waste Water Plants
Water & Waste Water Treatment Chemicals
Pilot Plant studies
Feasibility studies & preparation of budgetary estimates
MULTILAB DIVISION
Chemical Testing
Environmental Testing
Microbiological Testing
Food Testing
METALLURGICAL TESTING
Mechanical Test
Chemical Testing
Corrosion Testing
11.4 SECTORS WE SERVE
Mining of Minerals including Opencast/Underground mining
Thermal Power Plants
Mineral Beneficiation including Pelletisation
Metallurgical Industries ( Ferrous & Non Ferrous)
Chlor-alkali Industry
Textile- cotton & Man-made fiber
Coke Oven Plants/ Waste Heat Recovery
Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries
Sugar, Distilleries and Cogeneration
Integrated Paint Industries
Common Municipal Solid waste Management facility
Industrial Estates/ Parks/Complexes/Special Economic Zones
Common Effluent Treatment Plants
272
Chapter- 11
Chapter- 11
Building & Construction Projects,
Townships & Area Development Projects
11.5
STUDY TEAM
The multidisciplinary team included expertise in Environmental Impact Assessment, Air
pollution & Control measures, Noise Control measures, Ecology and bio-diversity, Land
use, Geology, Environmental Chemistry and Socio-Economic planner.
The team members were:
NAME
Mr. Vivek P. Navare
ROLE
EIA Coordinator – Overall coordination of EIA study,
report preparation, review and validation
Dr. R. K. Jayaseelan
Functional area Expert – Land Use and Hydrology,
ground water & water conservation
Dr. Muthiah Mariappan
Functional area Expert – Air pollution control, Solid
waste & Hazardous Management
Dr. N. Sukumaran
Functional area Expert – Ecology & Bio-diversity
Mr. VK Gautam
Functional area Expert – Meteorology, Air Quality
Modeling & Prediction
Mrs. Geetha Shreeneevasakan
Functional area Expert - Socio-Economic Expert
Mr. R. Rajendran
Functional area Expert – Noise, Air pollution control
/ Project in-charge
Dr. S. Ramesh
Functional Area Expert – Water pollution control
Ms. Sathya.S
Project Engineer - Preparation and Documentation
Mr. Robson Chinnadurai
Senior Chemist- Environmental Monitoring
Mr. C. Vivek
Executive – Environmental Monitoring
Ms. L. Vidhya Devi
Analyst & Environmental Chemist
Ms. K. Narmatha
Analyst & Environmental Chemist
Mr. Y. Venkateshwaralu
Field Technician
Mr. Sathish
Field Technician
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
Surka (N) Lignite Mines, GMDC Ltd -Bhavnagar
Environment Clearance by Ministry of Environment & Forest
Compliance Report April’2012–Sept’2012
Environmental Clearance Letter No.J-11015/234/2006-IA II (M), Dt.7/05/2007
(A) Specific Conditions
S. No.
Conditions
Present Status
01
Nonmineralized /areas of uneconomical reserves
of 1018 Ha. (Block-C) shall be surrendered
before mining. Mining shall be carried out in the
revised lease area of 3672 ha only.
Mining shall be carried out as per statuette at a
safe distance from the seasonal stream/nalla
flowing within lease boundary.
Complied
02
03
04
Land already Surrendered. Now final lease area is
3672 Ha instead of 4690 Ha.
Complied.
The nearest distance of working mine is 65 m away
from Thordi Nallah & Protective Bund is provided.
Top Soil shall be stacked properly with proper Complied.
slope and will be used for reclamation and
Top soil is stacked separately in 9 Ha area with
development of greenbelt.
proper slope. This will be used for reclamation of
backfilled and OB dump area for plantation and for
green belt development in mine lease area.
OB shall be stacked at 4 external dumpsites Complied.
within ML area. OB dumps shall be a maximum
height of 30m only and consist of three benches Presently there exists three OB dumps within the
of 10m each. The Ultimate slope of dump shall lease area. Slopes are maintained at 270.
not exceed 28º. The OB dumps shall be The dump wise details for OB is as follows.
Dump Volume ( Lac m3)
Height
vegetatively
reclaimed.
Monitoring
and Sr
(m)
management of reclaimed dumpsite should
1
WI
7.5
15
continue until the vegetation becomes self
sustaining. Compliance status should be 2
W II
70
30
submitted to the MOEF on yearly basis.
3
W III
160
30
Plantation on dumps has been started from financial
year 2011-12.
In the year 2012-13 the reclamation of W III OB
dump is in progress. Till Sept 2012, approx 12 Ha of
area has been reclaimed.
Grass seeds of Karad (Dichanthium annulatum) have
been sown along with the saplings of Bougainvillea
Sp., Nerium indicum, Annona squamosa, Pongamia
pinnata, Holoptelea integrifolia, Azadirachta indica,
Ficus religiosa etc on dumps.
281
05
06
4900 Sq. m of slope area of W III OB Dump has
been covered under the Geotextile Coir mats in 2012
as on experimental basis for Reclamation.
Catch drains and Siltation ponds of appropriate Complied.
size should be constructed to arrest silt and
sediments flows from soil &, OB dumps. At the mine pit and at the toe of all the dumps
Collected water should be utilized for watering catch/Garland drains are constructed.
mine area, roads, green belt development etc. The
drains should be regularly de-silted and Garland Drains size:
maintained properly.
S. Location Length
Depth
Garland drains (size, gradient & length) and sump No
(km)
(m)
capacity should be designed keeping 50% safety 1
NW drain 1.3
2.0
margin over and above the peak sudden rainfall
2
SW drain 0.6
2.0
and maximum discharge in the area adjoining the
mine pit. Sump capacity should also provide De-silting of garland drains are done periodically.
adequate retention period to allow proper settling Accumulated water is kept in sump and used for dust
of silt material.
suppression and greenbelt development in ML area.
The accumulated water is monitored monthly for
quality purpose.
Dimension of the retaining wall at the toe of the Under Progress
dumps and OB benches within the mine to check
run off and Siltation should be based on the Planning for the construction of retaining walls is in
rainfall data.
process so that run off from dumps can be checked.
Details are here as under.
Prop Proposed Estimated
No.
length(m) cost (Rs.)
01
1600
3123300
02
800
1562000
03
07
08
1200
2342500
Mining operation shall not involve mineral Complied
processing.
At present no mineral processing is involved.
However, Corporation is planning to install pyrite
removal plant for mined out lignite in ML area based
on dry beneficiation technology to reduce the
Sulphur content from lignite. This will reduce the
Sulphur dioxide emission at user end.
EC has been modified from MoEF, for the same
vide Ref: No.J-11015/234/2006-IA.II(M); Dtd:
18.May.2012
Mining shall not involve drilling & blasting Complied.
operation.
No drilling & blasting is involved in the mining
operations.
At present, some of the hard strata is encountered
282
09
10
11
12
13
which will require blasting and the same is
incorporated in revised mine plan for capacity
expansion from 3.0 MTPA to 5.0 MTPA.
TOR has been granted by MoEF for the same.
Preparation of EIA Report is in progress.
High efficiency water sprinkling system should Complied.
be provided to check fugitive emission from
haulage roads, transfer points.
20 KL capacity water tankers, equipped with
pressurized sprinkling arrangement, are working
round the clock to check fugitive emissions from all
potential fugitive emission source including haul road
and transfer points.
The total area brought under afforestation at the Under Progress.
end of mine life shall include reclaimed external
OB dumps , reclaimed quarry area, progressive Plantation has been started from the year 2008 in
green belt development (60Ha) including consultation with local Forest department. Till date
plantation along ML boundary, roads etc. plantation drive is in full swing to achieve the target.
planting native species in consultation with local 58 Ha area has been covered till Sept’12, which
DFO.
includes 42 Ha of land and 16 Ha of reclaimed
The density of trees should be around 2000 Dumps, by planting native plant species like
plants/Ha.
Azadirecta indica, Delonix regia, Annona squamosa,
Pongamia pinnata, Holoptelea integrifolia, Senna
surattensis, etc under Afforestation activity like
greenbelt development, reclamation of external OB
dumps in ML area.
Plant density of 2000/ha is maintained thoroughly.
Plantation Details are attached as Annexure I.
th
Backfilling shall begin from the 4 year of Under progress.
mining operations. A Progressive Mine Closure
Plan shall be implemented from the 4th year of GMDC Ltd. has started overburden removal work
mining operation and OB generated shall from 5/4/2008 and lignite loading from 14/12/2008.
backfilled. Plantation shall be developed over the Backfilling in the area about 69 Ha has been started.
backfilled area.
The backfilled area shall be reclaimed and planted
after achieving sufficient level w.r.t ground partly
with tree species and majority shall be developed as
pasture in lieu of gauchar land acquired.
The project authorities shall provide land/areas The gauchar land shall be developed on backfilled
for grazing, if required in the reclaimed land in area and the land shall be hand over to the district
consultation with local villagers.
authorities as per existing regulation.
No groundwater shall be used for mining Complied.
operations. Prior approval of the competent
authority such as SGWB/CGWA shall be No ground water is being used for Mining activity.
obtained for using groundwater for the project.
Gujarat Water Supply and Sewerage Board
connection has been taken to meet Drinking water
requirement of the project. About 604 KL of water is
used in average per month for drinking and domestic
283
14
15
16
17
18
Regular monitoring of groundwater level and
water quality should be carried out by
establishing a network of existing wells. The
monitoring of water level & quality of water
should be done during May, August November
and January months and data collected should be
sent to MOEF/GPCB.
The company shall put up artificial groundwater
recharge measures for augmentation of
groundwater resource. The project authorities
should meet Water requirement of nearby villages
in case the villages well go dry due to dewatering
of mine.
purpose.
Complied.
Regular third party monitoring of mine seepage and
stored water is carried out by schedule II auditor
recognized by Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
Monthly groundwater levels of wells of surrounding
villages are also monitored departmentally.
GW monitoring data from Apr 12-Sept 12 is
enclosed as Annexure II.
Complied.
Presently no difficulty is observed in terms of ground
water depletion due to increased rainfall in recent
years.
Further, to increase the recharge capacity of the area,
deepening of ponds and check dams work has already
completed in Thordi and Malpar villages.
GMDC has planned more such works in and around
villages to increase the water recharging capacity in
this area. Details of artificial ground water
recharge structures are enclosed as Annexure III.
Digital processing of the entire lease area using Under progress.
remote sensing technique should be done
regularly once in 3 years for monitoring land use Digital
Processing
has
been
done
by
pattern and report submitted to MOEF and “Bhaskaracharya Institute for Space Applications &
Regional office Bhopal.
Geo-Informatics, Gandhinagar (Gujarat).
Soon the report will be submitted.
Besides carrying out regular periodic health Complied.
check up of the workers , 10 % of the workers
identified from workforce engaged in active Regular Medical check-up of all employees in city
mining operation shall be subjected to heath hospital is being done as per DGMS norms.
check up for occupational diseases and hearing Till Sept 2012, 111 employees of GMDC, Bhavnagar
impairment, if any, through an agency such as have undergone check up by NIMH Nagpur for all
NIOH, Ahmedabad within a period of one year the occupational diseases.
and results reported to this Ministry and to Regular reports for the same being submitted to
DGMS.
DGMS yearly.
A Final Mine Closure Plan along with details of The estimated cost of mine closure is revised from
Corpus Fund should be submitted to the MOEF 5 2.65 Crores to 100.5 Crores which includes
years in advance of Final Mine Closure for the plantation, stabilization of dump and backfilling.
approval.
However final mine closure plan shall be prepared
well in advance with prevailing cost at that time and
submitted to MoEF and other authorities for
approval.
284
19
Consent to operate Mine shall be obtained before Env. Consent already obtained on 30/9/08 from
starting of mining.
GPCB vide order no. AWH/31089/ Dt 30/9/2008.
This is valid up to 21/04/2013.
(B) General Conditions
S.no.
Conditions
01
No change in mining technology and scope of Complied.
working should be made without prior approval
of MOEF.
No change has been made in the mining technology
and scope of work.
However, Corporation is planning to install pyrite
removal plant for mined out lignite in ML area based
on dry beneficiation technology to reduce the Sulphur
content from lignite. This will reduce the Sulphur
dioxide emission at user end.
EC has been modified from MoEF for the same
vide Ref: No.J-11015/234/2006-IA.II(M); Dtd:
18.May.2012
No change in the calendar plan including Point Noted with esteem
excavation, quantum of mineral and waste should The year wise production quantity (in MT) is given
be made.
below.
Yr/Month Lignite Production (Metric Ton)
Apr 12
312235.295
May12
242536.930
Jun12
163226.445
Jul12
100797.275
Aug12
117717.090
Sep12
62536.830
999049.9
Total
Four ambient air quality monitoring stations will Complied.
be established in the core zone as well as in the
buffer zone for SPM, RPM, SO2 AND NOX Already established Five stations
monitoring.
1. At Time office
2. At Gate no.2
3. At Dargah gate
4. At KCL Camp
5. At Substation-2
02
03
04
Present status
Data on ambient air quality should be regularly
submitted to Ministry and its regional office at
Bhopal including Pollution Control Board once in
six months.
285
Complied.
The required data is submitted to State Pollution
Control Board on periodic basis.
The Monthly Patrak online data for AAQ is
05
06
07
08
09
submitted every month in GPCB website.
Additionally Yearly CCA compliance is furnished for
the same.
Last Six month data enclosed as Annexure IV
Fugitive dust emissions from all the sources Complied.
should be controlled regularly, monitored and
data recorded properly. Water spraying Emissions from dumps, etc., are controlled by
arrangement on haul roads, dumps etc should be continuous water sprinkling through movable
provided and maintained.
sprinklers and grading of Haul Roads.
Avenue plantation and greenbelt development is also
going on in phased manner as detailed out in
compliance of specific condition no. 10.
Adequate measures should be taken to control Complied.
noise levels below 85 dBA in the work
environment. Workers engaged in blasting and Preventive measures are taken to control the noise
drilling operation, operation of HEMM, etc pollution through regular maintenance of the
should be provided with ear plugs/muffs.
vehicles, machineries etc. The mining operations
does not include drilling and blasting in Surkha
mines, besides this, ear-muffs and ear-plugs are
provided to employees engaged for mining activities.
All HEMM has noise proof cabin for operator and
regular maintenance of machineries are also being
done. Apart from this regular health check up is
conducted by NIMH Nagpur which includes
audiometric test of the workers.
Industrial waste water (workshop and wastewater Complied.
from mine) should be properly collected, treated
so as to confirm to the standards prescribed under The mine seepage water is collected in mine pit and
GSR 422 (E) dated 19/5/1993 and 31/12/1993. utilized for dust suppression after sufficient
Oil and grease trap should be installed before treatment.
discharging of workshop effluents.
Workshop waste water is re-circulated in workshop
itself after oil and grease separation through oil trap.
Arrangement for collecting used oil is made in
isolated and protected place near the workshop.
Vehicular emissions should be kept under control Complied.
and regularly monitored. Vehicles used for
transporting the material should be covered with All the vehicles used for transporting the mineral is
tarpaulins and optimally loaded.
covered with tarpaulins and optimally loaded as per
RTO rules.
Environment laboratory should be established Under progress.
with adequate number and type of pollution
monitoring and
analysis
equipment
in Establishment of environmental laboratory is under
consultation with State Pollution Control Board.
progress.
At present, services of GPCB certified agency are
hired for monitoring. Apart from this annual
286
10
11
12
13
environmental auditing is also carried out by GPCB
recognized Schedule I auditor.
Personnel working in dusty area should wear Complied.
protective respiratory devices and they should be
given training and information on safety and At GMDC, we ensure that each and every person
health aspects.
working in the active Mine area wears the PPE issued
Occupational health surveillance program of the to them. Apart from this Workers are being trained
workers should be undertaken periodically to regularly & adequate safety equipments are provided
observe any contractions due to exposure to dust to them. Annually worker’s health is examined under
and take corrective measures, if needed.
DGMS norms. No any occupational disease related
complication is reported till date.
A separate Environmental Management Cell with Complied.
suitable qualified personnel should be set up
under the control of a Sr. executive, who will Env. Management Cell is already established which
directly reports to General Manager (Project).
report directly to the Head of the company.
At Corporate level also, Environmental Cell is
working under control of Chief General Manager
who is directly reporting to Managing Director of the
organization.
The funds earmarked for environment protection Complied.
measures should be kept in separate account and
should not be diverted for other purpose. Year GMDC is concern with the environmental protection
wise expenditure should be reported to the measures and allocate sufficient funds for
Ministry and its Regional Office at Bhopal.
implementing the measures.
Till date, following expenses has occurred apart from
laboratory services, monthly monitoring, auditing by
external agency and water sprinkling.
Year
Expenses.
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
1,14,679
27,77,890
13,21,683
5,56,180.50
2012-13 Till Sept
20,85,700
Total
6856132.5
Water recharging structures and various check dams
has been constructed. Expenditure for the same is
enclosed in Annexure V along with the CSR
activity expenses.
A copy of E. C. will be marked to concern Complied.
Panchayat/local NGO, if any, from whom any
suggestion has been received while processing
the proposal.
287
14
15
State Pollution Control Board should display a Point Noted with esteem
copy of clearance letter at Regional Office,
District Industry Centre and Collectors office for
30 days
Publish advertisement of Env. Clearance in local Complied.
language within seven days of clearance letter.
The environmental clearance is published in two
news papers.
In English, The Times of India on 26.05.2007 and in
Local Gujarati language news paper, Saurashtra
Samachar on 26.05.2007.
288
Annexure I: Plantation Details
PLANTATION DETAILS OF BHAVNAGAR PROJECT
S.NO.
YEAR
AGENCY
NO. OF
PLANTS
SURVIVAL
RATE %
1
2008-09
CONTRACTOR
DEPARTMENTAL/ GMDC
FOREST DEPT.
NIL
NIL
2500
NA
NA
70
2
2009-10
CONTRACTOR
DEPARTMENTAL/ GMDC
FOREST DEPT.
TOTAL PALNTS: 2500,
NIL
NIL
6500
NA
NA
77
TOTAL PLANTS: 6500,
LOCATION
SPECIES
……..
……..
OPPOSITE TO ELECTRIC SUB-STATION
EAST TO DIESEL PUMP
IN BETWEEN TIME-OFFICE & DIESEL PUMP
KARAN
GULMOHAR
MEETHA BABOOL
NEEM
JATROPHA
KARANJ
CHARAL
MEETHI IMLI
PILU
SMALL PLANTS: 124,
289
3.0
BIG PLANTS: 2376
…….
…….
ADM OFIICE
GATE NO. 2, FENCING PLOT
PARKING PLOT/ BEHIND WEIGHT BRIDGE
PARALLEL TO CANAL
IN BETWEEN TIME-OFFICE & DARGAH-I
IN BETWEEN TIME-OFFICE & DARGAH-II
SMALL PLANTS: 240,
AREA (Ha)
CHARAL
NEEM
TIKOMA
GULMOHAR
KASID
KARANJ
IMLI
PILU
SEESU
PEEPAL/VAD
GOONDI
KARANJ
BIG PLANTS: 6260
10.4
3
2010-11
CONTRACTOR
DEPARTMENTAL/ GMDC
FOREST DEPT.
20543
3948
2500
TOTAL PLANTS: 26991,
4
2011-12
CONTRACTOR
DEPARTMENTAL/ GMDC
FOREST DEPT.
NIL
29116
NIL
72
80
88.28
SAT BEHNO MANDIR PLOT
ROAD SIDE- WB1-WB2 & RIVER
ELECTRIC SUBSTATION
NEW VIEW POINT
GATE NO.2
GATE NO.4
GATE NO. 4 TO MINES ROAD
COLONY @ BHAVNAGAR
BETWEEN DARGAH & DUMP
BHUMBALI SAMASAN
CANAL- BUND OPPOSITE TO SAT- BEHNO
MANDIR
ADM- NR. IOC GATE
BETWEEN HELMET GATE & W/B-1 ROAD
SIDE
DARGAH DUMP
BEHIND DUMP,THORDI TAGADI ROAD
ALOEVERA: 19700,
NA
77
NA
SMALL PLANTS: 962,
THORDI OB DUMP
CANAL BUND NEAR SAT BEHNO MANDIR
TOP SOIL DUMP SLOPES
DARGAH ROAD
PWD- THORDI ROAD
DUMP SLOPES
THORDI ROAD SIDE
290
NEEM
GULMOHAR
GLICERIA
UMARA
AVAL
JAMBOO
KASID
KARANJ
CHAMPA
BOGAINVILLEA
24.96
DESI- GULAB
PIPAR STEM
GULMOHAR
SARGAVO
ASHOK
DADAM
SITAFAL
JAMFAL
ALOEVERA
KARAN
TJKOMA
BIG PLANTS: 6329
ALOEVERA
KASID
NEEM
GULMOHAR
TIKOMA
KARANJ
JAMBU
7.09
PARALLEL TO DARGAH ROAD
TOP SOIL DUMP BORDER
TOP SOIL DUMP TOE
ADMISTRARTIVE OFFICE
HANUMAN TEMPLE
OB DUMP NERA THORDI ROAD SIDE
ARVIND SINGH PLOT
BEHIND DARGAH
BELOW TOP SOIL DUMP NEAR CANAL
TOTAL PLANTS: 29116
5
2012-13
CONTRACTOR
DEPARTMENTAL/ GMDC
FOREST DEPT.
NIL
31729
NIL
TOTAL PLANTS: 31729
ALOEVERA: 5000,
NA
98
NA
SMALL PLANTS: 7398
THORDI W III OB DUMP
TOP SOIL DUMP SLOPES
DARGAH ROAD
THORDI ROAD SIDE PARALLEL TO NALLAH
TOP SOIL DUMP BORDER
TOP SOIL DUMP TOE
ADMISTRARTIVE OFFICE
ALOEVERA:17495
291
CHARAL
SITAFAL
BOUGAINVILLEA
KARAN
BAROMASI
GALGOTTA
BIG PLANTS: 16718
ALOEVERA
KASID
NEEM
GULMOHAR
TIKOMA
KARANJ
JAMBU
CHARAL
PEEPAL
BOUGAINVILLEA
KARAN
BAMBOO
SEERAS
SMALL PLANTS: 7493
13.37
BIG PLANTS: 6741
Annexure II: Ground Water Data; April 2012-Sept 2012
April 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring .Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
Mode of pumping
20-4-12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
-
14
15
16
17
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
18
19
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
20-4-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Thordi
Nr.check
Dam on
Pithalpar Rd
20-4-12
Thordi
Bhavnagar
Govt
Dug Well
30
8.20
0.60Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
20-4-12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
Lined
Agri
Machine
20-4-12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
Lined
Drin/Agri
Machine
20-4-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
Pump
20-4-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
30.0
Lined
Domestic
Hand Pump
20-4-12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
-
12.50
5HP
Elect
15.10
5HP
Elect
6.50
Diesel
5.85
Diesel
11.55
2HP
NA
Elect
16.60
14.60
14.05
400
7.0
600
7.0
400
7.0
2300
7.0
1800
7.5
1400
7.5
900
7.5
700
7.5
292
May 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring
.Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
Mode of
pumping
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
02.05.12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
02.05.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Thordi
Nr.check
Dam on
Pithalpar Rd
02.05.12
Thordi
Bhavnagar
Govt
Dug Well
30
8.20
0.60Agl
02.05.12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
02.05.12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
02.05.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
02.05.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
02.05.12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
-
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Lined
Agri
Machine
Lined
Drin/Agri
Machine
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
Pump
30.0
Lined
Domestic
Hand Pump
Lined
Drinking
-
12.75
5HP
Elect
14.20
5HP
Elect
6.00
Diesel
5.40
Diesel
12.20
2HP
NA
Elect
17.80
14.80
10.15
400
7.0
600
7.0
400
7.0
2300
7.0
1800
7.5
1400
7.5
900
7.5
700
7.5
293
June 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring .Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
Mode of pumping
06.06.12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
-
14
15
16
17
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
18
19
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
06.06.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Thordi
Nr.check
Dam on
Pithalpar Rd
06.06.12
Thordi
Bhavnagar
Govt
Dug Well
30
8.20
0.60Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
06.06.12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
Lined
Agri
Machine
06.06.12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
Lined
Drin/Agri
Machine
06.06.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
Pump
06.06.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
30.0
Lined
Domestic
Hand Pump
06.06.12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
-
13.00
5HP
Elect
17.00
5HP
Elect
6.00
Diesel
5.45
Diesel
12.40
2HP
NA
Elect
19.30
16.40
23.20
400
7.0
600
7.0
400
7.0
2300
7.0
1800
7.5
1400
7.5
900
7.5
700
7.5
294
July 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring .Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
Mode of pumping
29.07.12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
-
14
15
16
17
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
18
19
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
29.07.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Thordi
Nr.check
Dam on
Pithalpar Rd
29.07.12
Thordi
Bhavnagar
Govt
Dug Well
30
8.20
0.60Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
29.07.12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
Lined
Agri
Machine
29.07.12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
Lined
Drin/Agri
Machine
29.07.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
Pump
29.07.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
30.0
Lined
Domestic
Hand Pump
29.07.12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
-
12.6
5HP
Elect
17.0
5HP
Elect
7.00
Diesel
6.0
Diesel
13.50
2HP
NA
Elect
21.80
12.20
10.20
400
7.0
600
7.0
500
7.0
2300
7.5
1900
7.5
1500
7.0
900
7.0
700
7.0
295
August 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring .Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
Mode of pumping
24-08-12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
-
14
15
16
17
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
18
19
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
24-08-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
Thordi
Nr.check
Dam on
Pithalpar Rd
24-08-12
Thordi
Bhavnagar
Govt
Dug Well
30
8.20
0.60Agl
Lined
Drinking
Sub.Pump
24-08-12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
Lined
Agri
Machine
24-08-12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
Lined
Drin/Agri
Machine
24-08-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
Pump
24-08-12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
30.0
Lined
Domestic
Hand Pump
24-08-12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
-
15.2
5HP
Elect
17.0
5HP
Elect
8.2
Diesel
6.1
Diesel
11.5
2HP
NA
Elect
16.22
11.16
9.1
300
8.9
200
8.3
100
8.6
2000
8.2
2100
8.2
1400
8.3
900
8.6
600
8.4
296
September 2012
Sr.no.
Location/
Parameters
Tagdi
Nr.GWSSB
Tank
Malpar
Near
Temple
*Tagadi Nr.
Jhanganwadi
Nr.bhumli
In farm
Bhutesar
Road in farm
Pir Dargah
Hanu.Temple
Near Sat
Behno
Mandir
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
Dt of Survey
Village
Taluka
Survey no.
Owner
Type of Well
Total Depth(m)
Well Dia.(m)
Measuring .Pt(m)
R.L.
Lined/Unlined
Use
28.09.12
Tagadi
Ghohga
Govt
DugWell
16
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
28.09.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt
Dug well
25
5.0
0.80Agl
Lined
Drinking
28.09.12
Bhumli
Bhavnagar
110 pvt
Harjibhai
Dugwell
7.5
4.5
gl
Lined
Agri
28.09.12
Bhutesar
Bhavnagar
Dayalbhai
Dugwell
30
3.5
gl
Lined
Drin/Agri
19.09.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Dargah
Dug Well
30
3.25
1.10Agl
31.0
Lined
Dom/ Pltn
19.09.12
Malpar
Ghogha
Govt.Land
Temple
Dug Well
30
2.9
0.84
30.0
Lined
Domestic
29.09.12
Malpar
Gogha
Govt.
Dug well
45.0
3.2
0.0 gl
Lined
Drinking
13
Mode of pumping
-
Sub.Pump
28.09.12
Tagadi
Gogha
Dug Well
22.50
3.2
0.30Agl
Lined
Drinking/Irrig
ation
Sub.Pump
Machine
Machine
Pump
Hand Pump
-
14
15
16
17
H.P.
Discharge
Elect/Deisel
Water Level(m)
Agl
TDS
pH
10.30
5HP
Elect
12.20
Elect
19.00
Diesel
4.80
Diesel
11.30
2HP
NA
Elect
13.70
10.20
7.3
100
9.1
100
8.4
100
8.4
2100
8.4
1700
8.5
600
8.3
300
8.8
300
8.5
18
19
*New Well included.
297
Annexure III
Ground Water Recharging Structures
Details for water recharging structures made so far at Bhavnagar Project:
S. No.
Type of
structure
Location
01
Deepening
Thordi channel near OB Altered hard rock
of channel
dump road side
(1250 X 8 X 0.75 ) m3
02
Mini check dam in Near Sat Baheno temple
channel (140 X 10 X
0.75 ) m3
Altered hard rock
03
Mini check dam in Near Hanuman temple
channel
(100 X 30 X 1 ) m3
Altered hard rock
04
Pond in the
River
( 150 X 15 X 1) m3
Altered hard rock
Thordi – Malpar road
Formation
Planning for construction of few more check dams at Thordi-Tagadi Nallah is under
process.
298
Annexure IV: AAQ Data
Air Quality Status as laid down in CC& A
Parameters
Permissible
Limits
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
PM 2.5
Oxides of Sulphur
Oxides of Nitrogen
PM 10
Status 2012-13
April
Time
KCL
Ofc
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
3
24.1
25.8
22.3
21
24.2
80 µg/m
3
23
21.9
21.7
20.4
23.1
80 µg/m
3
16.5
17.3
15.3
14.8
17.2
66.2
May
Time
Ofc
71.4
63.4
59.2
65.4
KCL
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
60 µg/m
100 µg/m
3
60 µg/m
3
22.1
26.6
23.5
22.2
24.7
80 µg/m
3
24.7
23
22.9
21.6
20.3
80 µg/m
3
14.9
16.3
16.5
15.3
14.9
69.3
June
Time
Ofc
73.8
65.3
61.7
68.2
KCL
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
100 µg/m
3
60 µg/m
3
23.8
25.6
21.3
22.5
23.4
80 µg/m
3
21.5
23.5
23.8
22.7
21.7
80 µg/m
3
16.5
17.2
17.2
15.7
16.8
71.2
July
Time
Ofc
74.1
64.2
62.3
65.1
KCL
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
22.4
23.4
21.4
100 µg/m
3
60 µg/m
3
21.8
24.5
80 µg/m
3
22.6
21.7
80 µg/m
3
17.3
16.7
18.3
17.6
17.5
72.7
Aug
Time
Ofc
73.7
61.7
63.5
65.2
KCL
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
100 µg/m
3
21.8
20.7
22.3
60 µg/m
3
21.4
24.2
23.5
22.7
22.2
80 µg/m
3
22.1
22.4
21.3
20.5
21.9
80 µg/m
3
17
16.3
18.1
16.9
17.8
73.3
Sept
Time
Ofc
72.6
60.9
64.7
66.3
KCL
Camp
Sec Gate 02
Sub- stn No
02
Dargah
Gate
18.3
23.5
21.7
22.4
21.6
100 µg/m
60 µg/m
3
80 µg/m
3
80 µg/m
3
100 µg/m
3
3
23.1
21.2
19.9
21.1
21.5
17.3
16.8
18.3
16.7
17.2
65.9
70.4
63.2
64.8
65.5
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
ANNEXURE–III
COMPLIANCEREPORTFORTORCONDITIONS
S.No.
Comments
1
An EIA‐EMP Report addressing the
incremental impacts of expansion
of Surkha (North) Lignite Mine
Projectfrom3MTPAinMLareaof
3672 ha would be prepared based
onthegenericstructurespecifiedin
AppendixIIIoftheEIANotification
2006. A copy of the EC letter for 3
MTPA along with a copy of the
latest compliance Report shall be
furnishedwiththeEIA‐EMPReport.
AcopyoftheearlierpublicHearing
shall also be submitted along with
status of implementation of issues
raisedintheP.H.
An EIA‐EMP Report would be
prepared for expansion of surkha
(North)LigniteMineProjectfrom3
MTPAto5MLareaof3672haand
cover impacts and management
plan for the project specific
activitiesontheenvironmentofthe
region, and the environmental
quality – air, water, land, biotic
community, etc. through collection
ofdataandinformation,generation
of data on impacts including
prediction modeling for 5 MTPA of
coal production based on approval
ofproject/MiningPlanfor5MTPA.
Baseline data collection can be for
anyseasonexceptmonsoon.
A map specifying locations of the
State,DistrictandProjectlocation.
2
3
4
A study area map of the core zone
and 10 km area of the buffer zone
(1:50,000 scale) clearly delineating
the Major topographical features
such as the land use, surface
drainage of rivers / streams /
nalahs/canals,locationsofhuman
habitations, major constructions
includingrailways,roads,pipelines,
major industries/mines and other
polluting sources. In case of
ChapterNo.
Section&PageNo.
EIA‐EMP Report has been prepared following the
generic structure specified in Appendix III of the
EIANotification2006.
The copy of the Environnemental Clearance issued
fortheproductioncapacityof3MTPAisenclosedas
Annexure – I along with latest compliance report.
The copy of earlier public hearing proceedings is
enclosed as Annexure – II along with status of
implementation of issues raised in the public
hearing.
The EIA‐EMP Report covers the impacts and
management plan for the project specific activities
on the environment of the region and the
environmental quality. The details are given in
Chapter‐4,Page134to197.
Baseline environmental datahasbeencollected for
pre‐monsoonseason(April–July2012).Thedetails
aregiveninChapter‐3,Page84to133.
IndexmapandStudyarea Figure‐1.1,Page‐ 5
mapsshowingthespecific
location of the state,
district
and
project
location are given in
Chapter‐1.
Study areamapisgivenin Figure‐1.2,Page‐ 8
Chapter‐1.
There are no Biosphere
Reserves/ National Parks
/WLSanctuaries/Tiger/
Elephant
Reserves,
Reserve / Protected
Forests and areas where
endangered fauna and
plants of medicinal and
310
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
5
6
7
8
Comments
ChapterNo.
ecologically sensitive area such as
Biosphere Reserves / National
Parks / WL Sanctuaries / Elephant
Reserve, forest (reserved /
protected), migratory corridors of
fauna, and area where endangered
fauna and plants of medicinal and
economic importance found in the
15 km area of the buffer zone
shouldbegiven.
Land use map (1:50,000 Scale)
based on a recent satellite imagery
of the study area may also be
provided with explanatory note of
the land use. Satellite imagery per
seisnotrequired.
Map showing the core zone
delineating the agricultural land
(irrigated
and
unirrigated,
uncultivableland(asdefinedinthe
revenue records), forest areas (as
per records), along with other
physical features such as water
bodies,etcshouldbefurnished.
A contour map showing the area
drainage of the core zone and 2‐5
km of the buffer zone (where the
water courses of the core zone
ultimately join the major rivers /
streams outside the lease / project
area) should also be clearly
indicatedasaseparatemap.
A detailed Site plan of the mine
showing the various proposed
break‐up of the land for mining
operationssuchasthequarryarea,
OB dumps, green belt, safety zone,
buildings, infrastructure, CHP, ETP,
Stockyard, township / colony
(within and adjacent to the ML),
undisturbed area and if any, in
topography such as existing roads,
drains/naturalwaterbodiesareto
be left undisturbed along with any
naturaldrainageadjoiningthelease
/ project and modification of
thereof in terms of construction of
embankments / bunds, proposed
diversion / rechannelling of the
economic
importance
foundinthe15kmareaof
thebufferzone.
Section&PageNo.
Land use map based on a Section‐3.8
satellite imagery of the Page‐118to127
study
area
with
explanatory note of the
land use is given in
Chapter‐3.
Map showing core zone area delineating the
agricultural
land,
uncultivable land, etc. is
enclosed as Annexure –
VIII.
Thecontourmapandarea Chapter‐2
drainageofthecorezone, Figure–2.2
5 km and 10 km of the Page‐31
buffer zone are given in
Chapter‐2.
ASurfaceplanofthemine
showing the various
proposed break‐up of the
land
for
mining
operations is given in
Chapter‐2.
311
Figure‐2.1
Page‐18
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Comments
watercourses,etc.,approachroads,
majorhaulroads,etc.
Incaseofanyproposeddiversionof
nallahs/canal/river,theproposed
routeofdiversion/modificationof
drainage and their realignment,
construction of embankment etc.
shouldalsobeshownonthemap.
Similarly if the project involves
diversionofanyroad/railwayline
passing through the ML / project
area, the proposed route of
diversion and its realignment
shouldbeshown.
Break up of lease / project area as
per different land uses and their
stageofacquisition.
Break‐up of lease / project area as
perminingoperations.
ChapterNo.
Section&PageNo.
Proposed
route
of Figure–2.1
diversion of nallah is Page‐18
given in Surface Plan of Chapter‐2.
No road / railway line passing through the site
willbediverted.
Chapter – 2
Section‐2.7.17
Table–2.16
Page‐74
Chapter ‐ 2
Section‐2.7.17
Table–2.17
Page–74,75
Impact of changes in the land use The impacts on land use Section‐4.1.3
due to the start of the projects if have been dealt in Page–136to138
much of the land being acquired is Chapter–4.
agricultural land / forestland /
grazingland.
Collection of one‐season (non‐ Chapter‐3
provides Section‐3.2to3.6
monsoon)primarybaselinedataon information
on Page–84to111
environmental quality ‐ air (PM10, environmental baseline
PM2.5, SOx, NOx and heavy metals data for pre‐monsoon
such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, season(April‐July2012)
water (surface and groundwater),
soilalongwithone‐seasonmetdata
coincidingwiththesameseasonfor
AAQcollectionperiod.
Map of the study area (1: 50, 000 Themapofthestudyarea Studyarea–Figure1.2,
scale) core and buffer zone clearly (1:50, 000 scale) (core Page‐8
delineating the location of various and buffer zone) clearly stations
superimposed
with delineatingthelocationof Section–3.2to3.6
location of habitats, other habitats, mines, other Page–84to111
industries / mines, polluting industries is given in
sources. The number and location Chapter‐1. The map
of the stations in both core zone superimposed
with
and buffer zone should be selected locations of various
onthebasisofsizeoflease/project samplingstationsisgiven
area, the proposed impacts in the in respective sections of
downwind (air) / downstream Chapter‐3. The number
(surface water) / groundwater and location of the
regime(basedonflow).Onestation monitoring
stations
shouldbeintheupwind/upstream within the study area
312
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
Comments
ChapterNo.
/ non‐impact / non‐polluting area
asacontrolstation.Themonitoring
should be as per CPCB guidelines
and parameters for water testing
for both ground water and surface
water as per ISI standards and
CPCB classification wherever
applicable. Values should be
providedbasedondesirablelimits.
16
17
18
19
20
Section&PageNo.
were identified as per
TOR considering size of
the project area, likely
impacts
on
various
environmental
components etc. CPCB
guidelines were followed
in the selection of
sampling locations and
monitoring procedures.
The results are compared
inthedesirablelimits.
Details of mineral reserves, Chapter – 2
Section‐2.7.6.4,
geological status of the study are
Page‐43
and the seam to be worked,
ultimate working depth and
Section ‐ 2.7.3 & 2.7.4,
progressive stage‐wise working
Page–23to34
schemeuntilendofminelifeshould
be reflected on the basis of the
Section–2.7.7,
approved rated capacity and
Page–44to55
calendar plans of production from
the approved Mining Plan.
Figure ‐ 2.3, 2.4 & 2.5
Geological maps and sections
Page–32to34
shouldbeincluded.Theprogressive
mine development and Conceptual
Figure‐2.8to2.13
FinalMineClosurePlanshouldalso
Page–49to54
beshowninfigures.
Details of mining methods, Chapter – 2
Section‐2.6,
technology, equipment to be used,
Page–19to22
etc., rationale for selection of that
Section – 2.7.8 & 2.7.9,
technology
and
equipment
Page–55to64
proposed to be used vis‐à‐vis the
potentialimpacts.
Impact of mining on hydrology, Chapter– 4
Section‐4.1.2&4.1.6,
modification of natural drainage,
Page–135&150
diversion and channelling of the
existing rivers / water courses
flowing though the ML and
adjoiningthelease/projectandthe
impact on the existing users and
impacts of mining operations
thereon.
Detailed water balance should be Chapter‐2
Section–2.7.18,
provided. The breakup of water Page‐75
requirement for the various mine Chapter‐4
Figure4.3,Page‐151
operations should be given
separately.
Source of water for use in mine, SourceofwaterisGWSSB sanctionofthecompetentauthority pipeline and mine pit 313
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
21
22
23
24
Comments
ChapterNo.
intheStateGovt.andimpactsvis‐à‐ water.Copy ofsanctionis
visthecompetingusers.
enclosed as Annexure –
IX.
Impacts are detailed in
Chapter–4.
Impact of mining and water Chapter– 4.
abstraction use in mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regimewithinthecorezoneand10 Nogroundwaterdeclineis
kmbufferzoneincludinglongterm observedinstudyarea.
modelling studies on. Details of rainwaterharvestingandmeasures Even though rain water
forrechargeofgroundwatershould harvesting is proposed
be reflected in case there us a and detailed in Chapter –
declining trend of groundwater 4.
availabilityand/oriftheareafalls
withindark/greyzone.
Impact of blasting, noise and Chapter‐ 4
vibrations.
The committee sought a one – Chapter– 3
season data based on the new NAAQM Notification 2008 and an Chapter–4
EIA‐EMP on the incremental
impactsofexpansioninproduction
andalsooftransportationoflignite
by road and rail modes. Impacts of
mining on the AAQ, predictive
modelling using the ISCST‐3
(Revised)orlatestmodel.
The Committee desired that the It is very difficult to
number of trips should be reduced reduce No of trips as the
andthetransportationshouldbein vehicle service of local
trucks of higher capacity. Impacts villagers are utilized who
of mineral transportation within are not having higher
and outside the lease / project capacity vehicles. Part of
alongwithflow‐chartindicatingthe the vehicles handled with
specific areas generating fugitive in the mining site is
emissions.
Impacts
of havinghighercapacity.
transportation,handling,transferof mineral and waste on air quality, Impacts
of
mineral
generation of effluents from transportation within and
workshop, management plan for outside the lease/project
maintenance of HEMM, machinery, aregiveninChapter‐4.
equipment. Details of various facilitiestobeprovidedintermsof Surface plan is given in
parking, rest areas, canteen, and Chapter‐2.
effluents/pollution load from these
activities.
314
Section&PageNo.
Section – 4.1.6, Page –
150
Section–4.1.6,
Page‐150
Section–4.17,
Page–152
Section–4.1.7.1,
Page‐156
Section‐4.1.8,
Page–156
Section–3.3,
Page–88to94
Section‐4.1.5, Page –
138to148
Section‐4.1.1,
Page–169to171
Figure2.1,Page‐18
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
25
26
Comments
ChapterNo.
Impactsoftransportation,
handling, transfer of
mineral and waste on air
quality is given in
Chapter‐4.
Generation of effluents
from workshop and
management is given in
Chapter‐4.
Management plan for
maintenance of HEMM,
machinery,
and
equipment is given in
Chapter‐4.
Detailsofvariousfacilities
tobeprovidedintermsof
parking, rest areas and
canteen are given in
Chapter–2.
Effluents / pollution load
from the above activities
aregiveninChapter‐4.
Details of waste generation ‐ OB, Chapter– 4
topsoil ‐ as per the approved
calendar programme, and their
management shown in figures as
wellexplanatorychapterwithtables
giving progressive development and
mine closure plan, green belt
development, backfilling programme
andconceptualpostmininglanduse.
OB dump heights and terracing
should based on slope stability
studieswithamaxof28oangleasthe
ultimate slope. Sections of dumps
(ultimate) (both longitudinal and
cross section) with relation to the
adjacentareashouldbeshown.
Progressive Green belt and Chapter‐ 4
afforestation plan (both in text,
figuresaswellasintablesprepared
by MOEF) and selection of species
(local) for the afforestation /
plantation programme based on
originalsurvey/landuse.
315
Section&PageNo.
Section‐4.1.5,
Page–138to148
Section ‐ 4.3.2, Page –
179to180
Section‐4.3.1,
Page–174to178
Section‐2.7.16
Page–70to74
Section‐4.1.7,
Page–153to156
Section‐4.1.10
Page‐166to169
Section–4.3.4
Page–183to192
Section‐4.3.6,
Page–186to192
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
Comments
27
Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan,
postmininglanduseandrestoration
of land / habitat to pre‐ mining. A
Planfortheecologicalrestorationof
theareapostminingandforlanduse
should be prepared with detailed
cost provisions. Impact and
managementofwastesandissuesof
rehandling (wherever applicable)
andbackfillingandprogressivemine
closureandreclamation.
Flow chart of water balance.
Treatment of effluents from
workshop, township, domestic
wastewater, mine water discharge,
etc. Details of STP in colony and
ETP in mine. Recycling of water to
themaximumpossibleextent.
Occupationalhealthissues.Baseline
dataonthehealthofthepopulation
in the impact zone and measures
for occupational health and safety
ofthepersonnelandmanpowerfor
themine.
Risk Assessment and Disaster
Preparedness and Management
Plan.
IntegratingintheEnv.Management
Plan with measures for minimising
use of natural resources ‐ water,
land,energy,etc.
28
29
30
31
32
33
Including cost of EMP (capital and
recurring) in the project cost and
for progressive and final mine
closureplan.
Details of R&R. Detailed project
specific R&R Plan with data on the
existing socio‐economic status of
the population (including tribals,
SC/ST, BPL families) found in the
study area and broad plan for
resettlement of the displaced
population,sitefortheresettlement
colony,
alternate
livelihood
concerns/employment for the
displaced people, civic and housing
ChapterNo.
Section&PageNo.
Chapter – 7
Section‐7.2,
Page–205to224
Chapter– 4
Figure4.3,Page‐ 151
Section–4.1.7,
Page–153to156
Chapter ‐ 4
Section‐4.6,
Page–195to197
Chapter ‐ 7
Section‐7.4,
Page–232to254
Chapter ‐ 4
Section‐4.1.6&
Section‐4.3.2,
Page–150&179
Section‐4.1.3&
Section‐4.3.4,
Page‐136&183‐185
Chapter‐6
Section‐6.6,
Page‐204
Chapter‐7
Section‐7.2.7,
Page‐224
NoR&Rplanrequiredfortheexpansionprojectas
noadditionallandacquisitioninvolved.
316
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Comments
amenities being offered, etc and
costsalongwiththescheduleofthe
implementationoftheR&RPlan.
CSR Plan along with details of
villages and specific budgetary
provisions (capital and recurring)
forspecificactivitiesoverthelifeof
the project. The committee desired
that Third Party evaluation of the
impactofCSRthroughasurvey.
Public Hearing should cover the
details of notices issued in the
newspaper, proceedings/minutes
of public hearing, the points raised
by the general public and
commitments made by the
proponentshouldbepresentedina
tabular form. If the Public Hearing
is in the regional language, an
authenticated English Translation
ofthesameshouldbeprovided.
In built mechanism of self‐
monitoring of compliance of
environmentalregulations.
Status of any litigations / court
casesfiled/pendingontheproject.
Submission of sample test analysis
of: Characteristics of coal ‐ this
includes grade of coal and other
characteristics ash, S and heavy
metals including levels of Hg, As,
Pb,Cretc.
Copy of clearances / approvals ‐
suchasForestryclearances,Mining
PlanApproval,NOCfromFloodand
Irrigation Dept. (if req.), etc.
whereverapplicable.
CorporateEnvironment
Responsibility:
a) TheCompanymusthaveawell
laiddownEnvironmentPolicy
approvedbytheBoardof
Directors.
b) TheEnvironmentPolicymust
prescribeforstandard
operatingprocess/procedures
tobringintofocusany
infringements/deviation/viola‐
tionoftheenvironmentalor
ChapterNo.
Chapter– 7
Section&PageNo.
Section–7.5,
Page‐256
Publichearingisyettobeconducted.Detailswillbe
includedinfinalreportafterpublichearing.
Chapter‐6
Page‐199
Annexure‐10
There is no litigation / court case filed / pending
againsttheproject.
Chapter– 2
Section–2.7.6.3,
Page‐42
No forest clearance required as no forest land
involved in the project. Mining plan approval is
awaitedforexpandedcapacity.
AnEnvironmentalPolicy
approvedbyBoardof
Directorsisenclosedas
Annexure‐X.
Complied
317
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Comments
forestnorms/conditions.
c) Thehierarchicalsystemor
AdministrativeOrderofthe
companytodealwith
environmentalissuesandfor
ensuringcompliancewiththe
environmentalclearance
conditionsmustbefurnished.
d) Tohaveproperchecksand
balances,thecompanyshould
haveawelllaiddownsystemof
reportingofnon‐compliances/
violationsofenvironmental
normstotheBoardofDirectors
ofthecompanyand/or
shareholdersorstakeholdersat
large
Generalpoints
Alldocumentsshouldbeproperly
indexed,pagenumbered.
Period/dateofdatacollection
shouldbeclearlyindicated.
AuthenticatedEnglishtranslation
ofallmaterialprovidedinregional
languages.
After the preparation of the draft
EIA‐EMPreportaspertheaforesaid
TOR, the proponent shall get the
public hearing conducted as
prescribed in the EIA Notification
2006 and take necessary action for
obtaining environmental clearance
under the provisions of the EIA
Notification2006.
Theletter/ApplicationforEC
shouldquotetheMOEFfileNo.and
Alsoattachacopyoftheletter
prescribingTOR.
Thecopyoftheletterreceivedfrom
theministryontheTORprescribed
fortheprojectshouldbeattached
asanannexuretothefinalEIA
Report.
ThefinalEIA‐EMPReport
submittedtotheministrymust
incorporatetheissuesinTORand
thatraisedinpublichearing.The
indexoftheEIA‐EMPreportmust
indicatethespecificchapterand
ChapterNo.
Chapter–9
Section&PageNo.
Figure–9.1,Page‐262
Complied
Complied
Complied
Complied
Complied
Complied
Complied
318
ANNEXURE–III
S.No.
viii.
ix.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Comments
ChapterNo.
pageNo.OftheEIA‐EMPReport
wherethespecificTORprescribed
byministryandtheissueraisedin
theP.H.havebeenincorporated.
MiningQuestionnaire(poston
MOEFwebsite)withallsections
dulyfilledinshallalsobesubmitted
atthetimeofapplyingforEC.
GeneralInstructionsforthe
Complied
preparationandpresentation
beforetheEACoftheTOR/EC
projectofcoalsectorshouldbe
incorporated/followed.
TheaforesaidTORhasavalidityof Complied
twoyearsonly.
AdditionalPoints
GrantofTORdoesnotnecessarily
meangrantofEC.
GrantofTOR/ECtothepresent
projectdoesnotnecessarilymean
grantofTOR/ECtothecaptive/
linkedproject.
GrantofTOR/ECtothepresent
projectdoesnotnecessarilymean
grantofapprovalsinother
regulationssuchastheForest
(Conservation)Act1980orthe
Wildlife(Protection)Act,1972.
GrantofECisalsosubjectto
CircularsissuedundertheEIA
Notification2006.
Section&PageNo.
Agreed
Agreed
Agreed
Agreed
319
ANNEXURE‐IV
AMBIENTAIRQUALITYRESULTS
TABLE‐1
Location:GMDCSite(AAQ1)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
23.2
23.04.12
69.5
22.8
24.04.12
72.2
69.1
30.2
02.05.12
18.0
03.05.12
73.3
07.05.12
73.8
27.5
08.05.12
69.3
24.6
21.2
14.05.12
70.7
20.9
15.05.12
69.8
70.0
20.5
21.05.12
69.4
21.6
22.05.12
68.0
21.9
28.05.12
19.2
29.05.12
34.7
21.8
04.06.12
72.6
22.0
05.06.12
72.3
20.2
11.06.12
72.9
20.6
12.06.12
68.8
67.7
21.4
18.06.12
70.8
21.2
19.06.12
70.5
21.2
25.06.12
21.6
26.06.12
70.7
21.3
02.07.12
69.8
03.07.12
70.1
23.7
09.07.12
70.2
24.5
19.2
10.07.12
72.2
20.5
16.07.12
70.0
17.07.12
27.8
70.2
Maximum
73.8
30.2
Minimum
34.7
18.0
Average
69.2
22.3
98%tile
73.6
29.0
Allthevaluesareexpressedasµg/m3
9.8
9.7
10.6
10.1
10.3
10.2
10.3
10.7
13.1
12.9
11.6
13.7
10.8
12.1
10.8
13.2
11.4
12.7
10.5
12.1
13.2
13.8
10.6
13.1
12.2
12.6
13.8
9.7
11.6
13.8
14.4
16.2
15.6
13.9
12.8
13.1
13.9
12.5
15.0
14.8
13.7
16.2
12.9
14.4
12.1
15.3
13.2
17.6
12.8
14.3
15.6
15.9
12.7
15.2
14.9
15.0
17.6
12.1
14.4
16.9
<0.1
0.26
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.12
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.21
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.13
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.18
<0.1
<0.1
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.3
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
320
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐2
Location:Thordi(AAQ2)
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
44.5
24.4
26.04.12
39.8
21.8
04.05.12
41.5
22.7
05.05.12
44.3
24.3
09.05.12
46.6
25.5
10.05.12
43.8
24.0
16.05.12
41.5
22.7
17.05.12
40.8
22.3
23.05.12
43.8
24.0
24.05.12
42.9
23.5
01.06.12
40.9
22.4
02.06.12.
42.5
23.3
09.06.12
40.7
22.3
10.06.12
38.3
21.0
16.06.12
39.6
21.7
17.06.12
40.7
22.3
23.06.12
43.9
24.0
24.06.12
44.4
24.3
29.06.12
41.0
22.5
30.06.12
41.5
22.7
04.07.12
40.1
22.0
05.07.12
41.9
22.9
11.07.12
45.7
25.0
12.07.12
43.4
23.8
19.07.12
40.5
22.2
20.07.12
44.3
24.3
Maximum
46.6
25.5
Minimum
38.3
21.0
Average
42.3
23.1
98%tile
46.2
25.3
6.5
5.9
5.8
6.1
5.8
6.2
6.4
7.5
6.8
6.4
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.5
6.8
6.9
7.1
6.5
6.3
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
6.9
6.4
7.5
5.8
6.5
7.5
7.6
7.3
6.9
6.7
7.1
6.8
7.4
7.9
8.2
8.7
9.6
9.5
9.1
9.6
10.1
9.8
9.4
9.1
8.8
8.4
7.8
8.2
8.5
8.3
8.7
9.2
10.1
6.7
8.4
10.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
PM10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
321
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐3
Location:Tagdi(AAQ3)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
23.04.12
41.3
22.5
24.04.12
36.1
19.7
02.05.12
37.5
20.5
03.05.12
40.1
21.9
07.05.12
42.2
23.0
08.05.12
39.6
21.6
14.05.12
37.5
20.5
15.05.12
37.0
20.2
21.05.12
39.6
21.6
22.05.12
38.8
21.2
28.05.12
36.9
20.1
29.05.12
38.5
21.0
04.06.12
36.8
20.1
05.06.12
34.7
15.5
11.06.12
35.8
19.5
12.06.12
36.8
20.1
18.06.12
39.7
21.7
19.06.12
40.1
21.9
25.06.12
37.0
20.2
26.06.12
37.5
20.5
02.07.12
36.4
19.9
03.07.12
37.9
20.7
09.07.12
41.3
22.5
10.07.12
39.3
21.5
16.07.12
36.6
20.0
17.07.12
40.1
21.9
Maximum
42.2
23.0
Minimum
34.7
15.5
Average
38.3
20.8
98%tile
41.8
22.8
5.9
6.2
6.0
5.8
5.9
6.1
6.6
6.3
5.9
5.7
5.9
5.8
5.4
5.3
5.9
5.4
5.6
5.3
5.7
5.8
6.0
5.9
6.0
6.3
5.8
5.6
6.6
5.3
5.9
6.5
7.0
6.9
7.2
7.5
7.1
7.3
7.8
7.4
7.6
8.0
8.5
8.3
8.6
8.8
9.1
8.7
8.3
7.9
7.5
7.3
6.2
6.6
6.1
5.9
6.0
6.4
9.1
5.9
7.5
9.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
322
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐4
Location:Ratanpur(AAQ4)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
29.8
23.04.12
56.4
19.1
24.04.12
56.5
22.3
02.05.12
58.1
26.4
03.05.12
53.9
27.1
07.05.12
50.4
24.2
08.05.12
53.4
23.4
14.05.12
56.8
21.4
15.05.12
56.2
63.5
21.6
21.05.12
62.5
22.7
22.05.12
57.4
27.0
28.05.12
27.8
29.05.12
56.1
26.2
04.06.12
55.2
23.4
05.06.12
47.8
22.4
11.06.12
59.1
26.4
12.06.12
57.3
58.5
28.1
18.06.12
56.4
28.3
19.06.12
52.5
20.1
25.06.12
21.2
26.06.12
59.8
20.7
02.07.12
60.6
20.9
03.07.12
58.6
20.5
09.07.12
55.7
27.2
10.07.12
49.7
27.8
16.07.12
56.7
17.07.12
26.1
51.3
Maximum
63.5
29.8
Minimum
47.8
19.1
Average
56.2
24.3
98%tile
63.0
29.1
7.5
7.5
8.8
8.4
4.3
4.5
6.9
7.5
7.7
6.8
7.9
7.3
8.9
8.8
8.9
8.0
8.9
8.7
7.2
7.4
7.5
4.8
5.0
8.9
7.7
8.9
8.9
4.3
7.5
8.9
11.3
9.0
10.8
9.2
8.3
8.6
11.5
8.9
8.7
11.4
11.4
8.9
9.8
10.2
10.4
9.8
9.0
11.4
11.6
11.6
11.6
7.0
7.3
10.5
9.1
11.4
11.6
7.0
10.0
11.6
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
323
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐5
Location:Bhuteswar(AAQ5)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
51.8
24.8
26.04.12
46.3
22.2
04.05.12
48.2
23.1
05.05.12
51.5
24.7
09.05.12
54.3
26.0
10.05.12
51.0
24.4
16.05.12
48.2
23.1
17.05.12
47.4
22.7
23.05.12
51.0
24.4
24.05.12
49.9
23.9
01.06.12
47.5
22.8
02.06.12.
49.5
23.7
09.06.12
47.3
22.7
10.06.12
58.5
21.4
16.06.12
46.1
22.1
17.06.12
47.3
22.7
23.06.12
51.1
24.5
24.06.12
51.6
24.8
29.06.12
47.7
22.8
30.06.12
48.2
23.1
04.07.12
46.5
22.3
05.07.12
48.8
23.4
11.07.12
53.1
25.5
12.07.12
50.5
24.2
19.07.12
47.1
22.6
20.07.12
46.5
22.3
Maximum
58.5
26.0
Minimum
46.1
21.4
Average
49.5
23.5
98%tile
56.4
25.7
6.1
6.4
6.2
6.5
7.1
6.8
6.4
6.7
7.2
7.0
6.7
7.5
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.8
7.4
7.8
7.4
7.2
7.6
7.8
7.3
7.0
6.7
6.8
7.8
6.1
7.0
7.8
7.5
7.2
7.4
7.6
7.5
7.1
7.8
8.2
8.6
8.2
8.9
9.4
9.6
9.8
10.3
9.8
9.2
9.6
10.2
9.5
10.1
9.5
9.8
8.3
8.6
9.2
10.3
7.1
8.8
10.3
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
324
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐6
Location:Ghogha(AAQ6)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
16.6
23.04.12
49.2
15.6
24.04.12
43.3
45.3
17.5
02.05.12
44.9
17.1
03.05.12
49.8
16.9
07.05.12
52.6
17.2
08.05.12
17.7
14.05.12
50.1
16.5
15.05.12
50.2
16.9
21.05.12
47.7
16.5
22.05.12
49.3
50.5
17.2
28.05.12
50.1
16.8
29.05.12
49.3
16.5
04.06.12
49.7
15.5
05.06.12
17.4
11.06.12
48.6
16.9
12.06.12
47.8
17.0
18.06.12
51.2
16.8
19.06.12
50.1
48.9
15.5
25.06.12
51.0
18.5
26.06.12
48.9
16.4
02.07.12
51.7
17.2
03.07.12
16.5
09.07.12
49.9
17.6
10.07.12
51.2
16.9
16.07.12
53.4
17.07.12
17.5
52.0
Maximum
53.4
18.5
Minimum
43.3
15.5
Average
49.5
16.9
98%tile
53.0
18.1
6.0
6.5
6.2
5.8
5.6
5.8
5.5
6.1
5.4
5.8
5.3
5.9
5.5
6.1
6.3
6.6
6.2
6.5
5.7
6.1
6.3
7.4
6.7
6.3
6.0
6.4
7.4
5.3
6.1
7.0
7.2
7.6
7.3
7.4
7.8
8.3
9.1
9.4
9.0
8.6
8.2
7.8
8.6
8.1
7.8
7.1
7.2
6.7
7.0
6.7
7.3
7.7
8.0
8.5
9.4
9.3
9.4
6.7
8.0
9.4
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
325
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐7
Location:Surkha(AAQ7)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
46.7
25.5
26.04.12
44.3
24.2
04.05.12
43.7
23.8
05.05.12
46.7
25.5
09.05.12
45.8
25.0
10.05.12
43.5
23.8
16.05.12
43.4
24.0
17.05.12
44.8
24.7
23.05.12
46.1
25.5
24.05.12
49.7
27.4
01.06.12
50.3
27.7
02.06.12.
46.5
25.7
09.06.12
51.3
28.3
10.06.12
47.4
26.2
16.06.12
48.0
26.5
17.06.12
46.4
25.6
23.06.12
48.5
26.8
24.06.12
49.3
29.2
29.06.12
47.9
30.1
30.06.12
51.7
28.3
04.07.12
49.0
26.8
05.07.12
48.1
26.4
11.07.12
51.7
28.3
12.07.12
50.6
27.7
19.07.12
48.3
26.4
20.07.12
50.2
27.5
Maximum
51.7
30.1
Minimum
43.4
23.8
Average
47.7
26.4
98%tile
51.7
29.6
6.2
6.7
6.4
6.0
5.8
6.0
5.7
6.3
5.6
6.0
5.5
6.1
5.7
6.3
6.5
6.8
6.4
6.7
5.9
6.3
6.5
7.6
6.9
6.5
6.2
6.6
7.6
5.5
6.2
7.2
7.4
7.9
7.5
7.7
8.1
8.6
9.4
9.7
9.3
8.9
8.5
8.1
8.9
8.4
8.1
7.3
7.4
6.9
7.2
6.9
7.5
8.0
8.3
8.8
9.7
9.6
9.7
6.9
8.2
9.7
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
326
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐8
Location:Rampur(AAQ8)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
53.1
17.8
26.04.12
53.8
18.6
04.05.12
54.1
18.1
05.05.12
53.9
18.5
09.05.12
54.6
17.9
10.05.12
56.2
18.1
16.05.12
54.1
18.4
17.05.12
52.1
17.8
23.05.12
53.8
18.5
24.05.12
50.2
17.5
01.06.12
52.6
18.1
02.06.12.
51.9
18.2
09.06.12
52.2
17.8
10.06.12
53.6
17.6
16.06.12
51.7
17.6
17.06.12
50.5
17.9
23.06.12
52.8
18.2
24.06.12
53.4
17.3
29.06.12
50.7
17.9
30.06.12
54.1
18.4
04.07.12
51.8
18.1
05.07.12
53.2
17.9
11.07.12
56.6
18.8
12.07.12
54.1
18.1
19.07.12
52.5
17.9
20.07.12
56.9
19.6
Maximum
56.9
19.6
Minimum
50.2
17.3
Average
53.3
18.1
98%tile
56.8
19.2
6.2
7.4
7.1
6.6
6.0
6.3
6.5
7.2
6.5
5.6
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6.0
6.9
7.9
6.8
6.1
7.2
6.8
7.2
7.1
7.4
6.5
6.8
7.9
5.3
6.5
7.7
7.4
9.2
9.5
8.8
8.7
7.9
8.2
9.0
9.3
6.7
6.9
7.4
7.2
7.6
7.7
8.0
9.5
9.7
9.2
9.9
8.1
8.8
9.2
10.0
7.8
8.8
10.0
6.7
8.5
9.9
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
327
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐9
Location:Bhadi(AAQ9)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
46.5
25.7
23.04.12
41.7
23.0
24.04.12
43.5
24.0
02.05.12
46.3
25.6
03.05.12
48.8
26.9
07.05.12
45.8
25.3
08.05.12
43.5
24.0
14.05.12
42.9
23.7
15.05.12
45.8
25.3
21.05.12
44.9
24.8
22.05.12
42.8
23.6
28.05.12
44.6
24.6
29.05.12
42.6
23.5
04.06.12
40.1
22.1
05.06.12
41.4
22.9
11.06.12
42.6
23.5
12.06.12
45.9
25.3
18.06.12
46.4
25.6
19.06.12
42.9
23.7
25.06.12
43.5
24.0
26.06.12
42.0
23.2
02.07.12
43.9
24.2
03.07.12
47.9
26.4
09.07.12
45.5
25.1
10.07.12
42.4
23.4
16.07.12
17.07.12
46.3
25.6
Maximum
48.8
26.9
Minimum
40.1
22.1
Average
44.3
24.4
98%tile
48.3
26.7
6.9
7.2
7.0
6.6
6.8
7.1
7.5
7.3
6.9
6.5
6.8
6.6
6.2
6.1
6.8
6.0
6.4
5.9
6.5
6.6
7.0
6.8
7.0
7.3
6.6
6.4
7.5
5.9
6.7
7.4
8.1
8.0
8.3
8.7
8.2
8.5
9.0
8.6
8.8
9.3
9.8
9.6
9.9
10.1
10.5
10.0
9.6
9.2
8.7
8.4
7.2
7.6
7.1
6.8
7.0
7.4
10.5
6.8
8.6
10.3
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
328
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐10
Location:Nesvad(AAQ10)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
47.2
23.7
26.04.12
44.7
22.4
04.05.12
44.1
22.2
05.05.12
47.2
23.7
09.05.12
46.2
23.2
10.05.12
44.0
22.1
16.05.12
43.9
22.3
17.05.12
45.3
23.0
23.05.12
46.6
23.7
24.05.12
50.2
25.5
01.06.12
50.8
25.8
02.06.12.
47.0
23.8
09.06.12
51.8
26.3
10.06.12
47.9
24.3
16.06.12
48.5
24.6
17.06.12
46.8
23.8
23.06.12
49.0
24.9
24.06.12
49.8
27.1
29.06.12
48.4
28.0
30.06.12
52.2
26.3
04.07.12
49.5
24.9
05.07.12
48.6
24.5
11.07.12
52.2
26.3
12.07.12
51.1
25.8
19.07.12
48.7
24.6
20.07.12
50.7
25.5
Maximum
52.2
28.0
Minimum
43.9
22.1
Average
48.2
24.5
98%tile
52.2
27.5
6.2
6.7
6.4
6.0
5.8
6.0
5.7
6.3
5.6
6.0
5.5
6.1
5.7
6.3
6.5
6.8
6.4
6.7
5.9
6.3
6.5
7.7
6.9
6.5
6.2
6.6
7.7
5.5
6.3
7.3
7.4
8.0
7.5
7.8
8.2
8.7
9.5
9.8
9.4
9.0
8.6
8.2
9.0
8.5
8.2
7.3
7.4
6.9
7.2
3.7
7.5
8.1
8.4
8.9
9.8
9.7
9.8
3.7
8.2
9.8
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
329
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐11
Location:Malanka(AAQ11)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
23.04.12
52.0
17.4
24.04.12
52.7
18.2
02.05.12
53.0
17.7
03.05.12
52.8
18.1
07.05.12
53.5
17.5
08.05.12
55.1
17.7
14.05.12
53.0
18.0
15.05.12
51.1
17.4
21.05.12
52.7
18.1
22.05.12
49.2
17.2
28.05.12
51.5
17.7
29.05.12
50.9
17.8
04.06.12
51.2
17.4
05.06.12
52.5
17.2
11.06.12
50.7
17.2
12.06.12
49.5
17.5
18.06.12
51.7
17.8
19.06.12
52.3
17.0
25.06.12
49.7
17.5
26.06.12
53.0
18.0
02.07.12
50.8
17.7
03.07.12
52.1
17.5
09.07.12
55.5
18.4
10.07.12
53.0
17.7
16.07.12
51.5
17.5
17.07.12
40.1
21.9
Maximum
55.5
21.9
Minimum
40.1
17.0
Average
51.6
17.8
98%tile
55.3
20.2
5.5
6.6
6.3
5.9
5.3
5.6
5.7
6.4
5.7
4.9
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.9
5.3
6.1
7.0
6.0
5.5
6.4
6.0
6.4
6.3
6.6
5.8
5.1
7.0
4.7
5.8
6.8
6.6
8.1
8.5
7.8
7.7
7.0
7.3
8.0
8.3
5.9
6.1
6.6
6.4
6.7
6.9
7.1
8.4
8.6
8.1
8.8
7.2
7.8
8.1
8.9
6.9
3.7
8.9
3.7
7.4
8.8
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
330
ANNEXURE‐IV
TABLE‐12
Location:Koliyak(AAQ12)
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NO2
Pb
25.04.12
47.9
24.1
26.04.12
45.4
22.8
04.05.12
44.8
22.5
05.05.12
47.9
24.1
09.05.12
46.9
23.6
10.05.12
44.6
22.4
16.05.12
44.5
22.6
17.05.12
46.0
23.3
23.05.12
47.3
24.0
24.05.12
50.9
25.9
01.06.12
51.5
26.2
02.06.12.
47.7
24.2
09.06.12
52.6
26.7
10.06.12
48.6
24.7
16.06.12
49.2
25.0
17.06.12
47.5
24.1
23.06.12
49.7
25.2
24.06.12
50.6
27.5
29.06.12
49.1
28.4
30.06.12
53.0
26.7
04.07.12
50.2
25.3
05.07.12
49.4
24.9
11.07.12
53.0
26.7
12.07.12
51.9
26.1
19.07.12
49.5
24.9
20.07.12
51.4
25.9
Maximum
53.0
28.4
Minimum
44.5
22.4
Average
48.9
24.9
98%tile
53.0
28.0
6.3
6.8
6.5
6.1
5.9
6.1
5.8
6.4
5.7
6.1
5.6
6.2
5.8
6.4
6.6
6.9
6.5
6.8
6.0
6.4
6.6
7.8
7.0
6.6
6.3
6.7
7.8
5.6
6.4
7.4
7.6
8.1
7.7
7.9
8.3
8.8
9.6
9.9
9.5
9.1
8.7
8.3
9.1
8.6
8.3
7.5
7.6
7.0
7.4
7.0
7.7
8.2
8.5
9.0
9.9
9.8
9.9
7.0
8.4
9.9
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
Sr.No.
Date
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
331
ANNEXURE‐V
LANDUSEPATTERN
(BasedonCensusData,2001)
Sr.No. VillageName
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Ruva(Part)
Tarsimiya(Part)
Akwada
Shampara
Adhewada
Sidsar
Malanka
Avaniya
Shampura(Sidsar)
Kankot
Budhana
Lakhavad
Bhuteshwar
Tagdi
GhoghaSamdi
Valukad
Nesvad
Bhumbhali
Malpar
JunaRatanpur
NavaRampar
Mamsa
Thordi
Rampar
JunaPadar
Pithalpar
Kobdi
Surka
Ukharala
Kuda
Gundi
Hoidad
Vavdi
Badi
Koliyak
Trambak
Sartanpar
Rajpara
Bhadi
Nagdhaniba
Alapar
Bhadbhediya
Padva
Hathab
Kareda
Khadsaliya
Sanodar
Morchand
Nathugadh
Thalsar
Bhavanipara
Lakhavad
Piram
Total
ForestLand
Irrigated
Land
Unirigated
Land
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
27.74
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.94
57.47
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
21.40
0.00
0.00
17.93
7.92
0.00
0.00
153.40
37.63
20.00
141.64
104.00
99.14
74.86
16.18
889.00
76.48
260.00
654.38
280.00
218.13
302.94
561.08
430.71
74.00
414.79
77.07
138.40
101.40
76.08
229.86
94.54
177.96
89.83
149.33
70.82
918.25
306.58
266.69
205.17
124.64
391.73
434.64
211.24
257.79
111.91
143.66
259.41
143.66
87.00
280.43
385.64
399.40
382.02
209.97
1032.08
240.01
384.46
177.00
280.00
0.00
13493.63
242.92
104.00
301.85
323.82
631.47
762.93
410.89
396.59
161.96
99.12
553.25
29.00
323.89
201.43
88.85
1327.18
425.00
809.40
613.21
732.02
41.17
145.49
1019.84
161.88
191.01
121.43
161.89
121.54
718.95
314.97
121.55
324.98
324.89
398.88
242.82
134.94
242.86
231.46
404.74
364.33
202.39
41.07
522.40
183.80
474.92
485.74
1230.04
405.47
249.91
217.42
177.78
29.00
36.52
18584.86
332
Cultivable AreaUnavailable
Waste
forCultivation
0.00
139.71
298.00
12.95
51.45
188.78
20.32
133.00
34.39
37.00
159.95
33.00
51.85
58.57
50.00
145.69
0.00
133.69
95.79
139.95
8.25
19.62
93.57
13.10
40.11
26.71
63.71
10.58
70.38
52.61
0.00
88.53
8.09
122.65
42.49
52.00
79.32
49.77
31.69
48.61
36.89
16.74
225.44
32.38
162.18
19.84
120.89
239.58
22.63
78.50
50.12
33.00
0.00
3744.07
528.27
256.65
5520.00
100.26
204.35
248.99
59.69
1899.00
42.69
4.00
46.70
57.00
136.98
166.02
148.93
252.12
147.64
282.56
135.81
29.54
0.62
31.67
140.93
30.92
20.72
81.34
37.58
15.70
45.39
85.03
93.45
23.39
98.59
77.70
154.91
31.05
30.33
79.32
91.91
106.73
24.08
13.47
43.86
110.39
16.39
322.54
504.45
326.59
54.66
42.52
189.48
57.00
39.52
13289.43
Total
808.82
520.36
6261.49
541.03
986.41
1275.56
507.08
3317.59
315.52
400.12
1414.28
399.00
730.85
728.96
848.86
2155.70
646.64
1640.44
921.88
1039.91
151.44
272.86
1484.20
300.44
457.54
319.31
412.51
218.64
1773.91
816.66
481.69
642.07
556.21
990.96
874.86
429.23
610.30
472.46
672.00
779.08
407.02
158.28
1072.13
712.21
1052.89
1210.14
2086.75
2003.72
567.21
740.83
602.30
399.00
76.04
49265.39
ANNEXURE‐VI
DEMOGRAPHICDETAILS
Sr.No.
VillageName
House
Hold
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Ruva(Part)
Tarsimiya(Part)
Akwada
Shampara
Adhewada
Sidsar
Malanka
Avaniya
Shampura(Sidsar)
Kankot
Kankot
Lakhavad
Bhuteshwar
Tagdi
Ghogha(CT)
Valukad
Nesvad
Bhumbhali
Malpar
JunaRatanpur
NavaRampar
Mamsa
Thordi
Rampar
JunaPadar
Pithalpar
Kobdi
Surka
Ukharala
Kuda
Gundi
Hoidad
Vavdi
403
416
857
277
613
1160
646
516
282
238
682
122
421
282
2174
765
122
660
188
318
57
212
373
200
106
267
376
119
508
425
379
194
300
Total
TotalMale
Population Population
2331
2591
5152
1807
3664
7195
4016
2845
1742
1415
3891
873
2526
1907
10848
4653
818
4186
923
1720
334
988
2717
1292
718
1655
2301
785
3055
2549
2272
921
2052
1193
1336
2672
953
1923
3935
2032
1462
891
739
1926
450
1281
994
5390
2312
439
2132
504
857
163
506
1361
678
359
837
1223
390
1691
1306
1134
491
1057
Total
Female
Population
1138
1255
2480
854
1741
3260
1984
1383
851
676
1965
423
1245
913
5458
2341
379
2054
419
863
171
482
1356
614
359
818
1078
395
1364
1243
1138
430
995
Schedule
Cast
Population
15
89
493
98
146
419
43
14
38
7
575
11
146
13
225
495
0
119
15
99
0
0
241
38
0
0
84
0
71
35
87
10
31
333
Schedule Population Population
Total
Tribe
Litrate
Illitrate
Working
Population
Population
358
1151
1180
1061
0
1680
911
939
5
2419
2733
1768
0
1034
773
682
5
2004
1660
1374
8
4265
2930
2506
0
1870
2146
1541
0
1393
1452
873
0
884
858
786
0
809
606
671
0
1794
2097
1854
0
428
445
481
0
1150
1376
1103
0
1104
803
803
70
6844
4004
3226
4
2771
1882
1512
0
459
359
229
0
2237
1949
2092
0
566
357
301
0
798
922
802
0
223
111
197
0
444
544
358
0
1580
1137
1184
0
571
721
692
0
337
381
286
0
898
757
785
0
1383
918
920
0
387
398
267
0
1648
1407
1468
4
805
1744
769
0
1047
1225
909
0
568
353
500
0
1034
1018
731
TotalNon‐
Working
Population
1270
1652
3384
1125
2290
4689
2475
1972
956
744
2037
392
1423
1104
7622
3141
589
2094
622
918
137
630
1533
600
432
870
1381
518
1587
1780
1363
421
1321
ANNEXURE‐VI
DEMOGRAPHICDETAILS
Sr.No.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
VillageName
Badi
Koliyak
Trambak
Sartanpar
Rajpara
Bhadi
Nagdhaniba
Alapar
Bhadbhediya
Padva
Hathab
Kareda
Khadsaliya
Sanodar
Morchand
Nathugadh
Thalsar
Bhavanipara
Lakhavad
Piram
Total
House
Hold
154
466
279
1259
220
234
375
35
131
327
939
327
226
365
529
150
392
99
122
4
21291
Total
TotalMale
Population Population
978
2788
1811
7869
1440
1551
2588
204
1163
2015
6724
2278
1434
2408
3558
805
2172
567
873
9
129977
522
1445
899
3966
726
800
1332
99
579
1047
3449
1163
698
1255
1845
400
1157
287
450
8
66744
Total
Female
Population
456
1343
912
3903
714
751
1256
105
584
968
3275
1115
736
1153
1713
405
1015
280
423
1
63233
Schedule
Cast
Population
11
138
0
90
35
0
70
0
0
165
85
133
109
30
88
2
3
0
11
0
4627
334
Schedule Population Population
Total
Tribe
Litrate
Illitrate
Working
Population
Population
12
671
307
359
0
1703
1085
1155
0
746
1065
956
0
2041
5828
2911
0
580
860
840
0
579
972
789
0
1270
1318
782
0
105
99
103
0
454
709
443
0
866
1149
533
0
2916
3808
2957
0
1070
1208
682
4
456
978
823
4
1108
1300
1127
0
1815
1743
1077
0
514
291
479
0
845
1327
594
0
247
320
249
0
428
445
481
0
9
0
8
474
65008
64969
51018
TotalNon‐
Working
Population
619
1633
855
4958
600
762
1806
101
720
1482
3767
1596
611
1281
2481
326
1578
318
392
1
78959
( A G ov e r nm e n t of G uj a ra t En te rpr ise )
Khanij Bhavan, 6th Floor, “A” Tower, 132 ft Ring Road, Near University Ground,
Vastrapur, Ahmedabad –380 052
Te lephone: 2 791 2356 , 279 13 20 0 Fax : 27 91 1454 , 2 79130 38
E m a il: e nv @ g m d clt d .co m
The public hearing for Surkha (North) lignite mine of Corporation was conducted by Gujarat Pollution
Control Board at Deepak Memorial Hall, Sanskar Mandal, Bhavnagar on dated 9/2/2005 at 11.00 hrs. The
following representations were received and point-wise replied by the GMDC Officials. The point wise
compliance till date is as under :
Sr. Name
Representation
no.
A
Shri.
Mahesh 1. What is the
Pandya,
distance of
“ParyavaranMitra”,
project land
from
NGO,Ahmedabad
costalline,
whether CRZ
rules
are
applicable?
2. Out of 4690
ha.
Land
286.13.91 ha.
is of grazing
land what is
the
alternative
arrangement
for
the
grazing land
?
Reply
Compliance Statement
The lease is 1.75 to 3.5
km. away from the
coastal area, therefore
CRZ rules is not
applicable
to
this
project.
Not applicable.
After completion of
mining work, back filled
area will be provided for
grazing of cattle. In
initial stage of mining
no grazing land will be
acquired.
The final lease area is 3672 ha
only. Moreover 322.0 ha land from
lease area is proposed to be
surrendered.
A survey was conducted by
Survey of India and informed vide
letter
no.2187/42-A-5
dt.
13/10/2006 that the nearest point
of Corporation lease area and high
water line is 1.3 km and active
working area is 2.5 km from high
water line.
The backfilled area shall be
developed as pasture and handed
over
to
District
Revenue
Authority.
GMDC has started OB removal
work from 5/4/2008 and lignite
loading
from
14/12/2008.
Backfilled in the area about 45 ha
been started. The backfilled area
shall be reclaimed and planted
after achieving sufficient level
w.r.t ground partly with tree
species and majority shall be
developed as pasture in lieu of
gauchar land acquired.
335
Sr. Name
no.
Representation
Reply
3. The project is
to
be
implemented
in five stages
& lease is to
be taken for
20
years.
Whether the
Environment
al Clearance
is sought for
all the phases
of project or
for
first
phase only.
4. What is the
source
of
water supply
(90000lit/d)
for
the
project?
The
environmental
clearance is sought of
the total project as per
the letter from Govt.
land for the total project
will be acquire in 5
stages and company
sought
environmental
clearance
for
both
phases of the project.
The land acquisition only is
divided in stages and not the
project. First phase of acquisition
is completed and next stages are
under process.
The water required for
dust suppression and
other mining activity
will be met through the
water available from
mines (which may be
U/G water or water
collected in mine pits by
rain) the mine water is
reused after required
treatment.
Total 20 KL//Day water required
for drinking and domestic purpose
is taken through Gujarat Water
Supply & Sewerage Board
(GWSSB) connections and ponds.
336
Environmental
clearance
is
obtained for lignite mining in 3672
ha lease area vide MoEF, GOI
letter No. J-11015/234/2006IA.II(M) dt.7/5/2007.
Approximately 400 KL/Day water
used for dust suppression and
plantation.
Sr. Name
no.
Representation
Reply
5. Company
This
suggestion
shall install welcomed
by
low
cost Company.
desalination
project
for
drinking
purpose.
It
will be useful
to public.
is The mine seepage water is very
the less having TDS - 5600 ppm and
used dust suppression and
greenbelt development.
Due to lesser availability of
seepage water, desalination plant
is not installed. For drinking
purpose, a GWSSB connection is
taken.
GWSSB connections exist in most
of the villages and some of the
outskirt village has check dams as
major water source. Hence,
dependency
on
groundwater
(TDS~5600 ppm) or sea water is
very low in villages. Keeping view
of the above desalination plant is
neither requested by villagers nor
required at present.
The present status of water supply
in surrounding villages is as under:
Thordi
Malpar
Tagdi
Bhutesh
war
Bhumbh
ali
Rampar
6. About 548 ha
land is Govt.
land. There
may be river,
pond, nalla,
etc. in Govt.
land. As per
Hon.
High
Any river/pond/
Canal coming in mine
pit area would be routed
through adjoining area
& details would be
worked out in mining
plan
&
necessary
approval from Ministry
337
GWSSB connection
GWSSB connection /
Panchayat borewell
GWSSB connection /
private bore
GWSSB connection
GWSSB connection
Panchayat borewell
About 28 ha land is comprised of
seasonal nallas and ponds. Out of
which four seasonal nallas are
passing across the mine lease
which becomes active only during
monsoon.
Among these four, one nalla is
Sr. Name
no.
Representation
Reply
Court order
wetland
should
be
preserved.
What is the
precision for
the
Compliance
of Hon. High
court order?
7. EIA
submitted by
the company
is two years
old, so many
equations
would
be
changed, so
whether these
two years old
EIA is valid
or not.
of coal. GOIwill be diverted and three will be diverted
obtained.
as lignite is found beneath it. All
these seasonal water bodies are
active only during monsoon
(except pond) and do not qualify
for wet land status.
8. What is the
scope
for
local
employment
in
the
project?
B
Shri
Vitthalbhai
Patel
Village:
Bhumbhali
represented that
Why the land
acquisition
by
the company will
be done in five
stages.
Company representative --replied that per rule
validity of EIA is three
years & there is
negligible change during
this project.
The unskilled labors
required for the project
will be recruited from
surrounding area &
there are also good
chances of increase in
indirect
employment
due to coming up of this
project.
Company representative
replied that as per Govt.
direction land will be
acquire in five stages.
All together 293 persons
employed. Out of which,
persons are local villagers
have been recruited based on
suitability for the job.
In transportation and other
services, about 900 local people
are getting employment.
Corporation has acquired land as
per Government direction and
accordingly land acquisition is
planned as per provisions of Land
Acquisition Act.
In phase( 1) :
785-13-62 ha land has been
acquired
In phase (2) :
338
are
118
who
their
Sr. Name
no.
Representation
Reply
176-97-03 ha land is under
acquisition process.
C
Shri
Pandya,
Yogesh 1. He suggested
to
form
Grievance
NGO, Bharuch
committee at
village level
to solve the
problem of
local people
regarding
compensatio
n etc.
The company is ready
for the formation of
Grievance
committee
approved by the District
Collector.
2. He asked that
the time of
mining how
the top level
of fertile soil
will
be
preserved.
3. He
also
expressed his
concern
about
the
socio
economical
development
of the local
affected
people
&
asked
for
company’s
planning for
socioeconomical
development.
The
company
representative
given
assurance for separate
preservation of top
fertile soil& it’s relaying
at the top of back filling.
GMDC will work for
socio-economic
development
of
surrounding area i.e.
medical
services,
nursery etc. & GMDC
may recruit unskilled
laborers at local levels
as & when required &
will give priority to land
looser.
Remaining 350 ha land will
acquired in two different phases in
future.
Based on discussions, a Corporate
Social
Responsibility
(CSR)
Division is formed at Corporate
Office of Corporation, to take care
of Grievances of villager for their
development works.
Besides, GMDC Gram Vikas Trust
is also working for the same. Till
date,
the
various
relevant
Grievances of villagers are
fulfilled and is given in Table-1.
The top soil is preserved in 9.0 ha
area having height 2.0 m to
reutilize in reclamation of
overburden dump as well as
backfilled mine pit.
All together 293 persons
employed out of which
persons are local villagers
have been recruited based on
suitability for the job.
are
118
who
their
In transportation and other
services, about 900 local people
are getting employment.
GMDC Gram Vikas Trust and
CSR division of Corporation are
working for the socio-economic
development in this area. Till date,
the various relevant Grievances of
villagers are fulfilled and is given
in Table-1.
The future planning of CSR
339
Sr. Name
no.
Representation
Reply
activities in this area will have
emphasis on education, health and
sanitation through PRA. The
approximate cost is Rs. 3.62
Crores.
4. He suggested
that company
should
consider for
the
installation of
desalination
plant
as
ground water
table in the
area will go
lower
in
summer and
company
should also
consider for
plantation of
trees & to
provide
mobile
medical
services for
the people of
project area.
D
E
Shri
Sukhabhai He said that in
Farmer
their village no
Village: Kolyak
lignite is found,
so why land of
Koliyak village
is acquired.
Farmer of Gundi, In their village
Koliyak
Villages there are good
The suggestion for
installation
of
desalination plant is
welcomed by GMDC &
also
assured
that
plantation will be done
on thereclaimed area,
surrounding
of
the
mines & on both side of
roads in mine area.
The requirement of desalination
plant is not visualized till date.
Further mine seepage is less due to
clay and other reasons.
The stored mine pit water is used
for plantation & dust suppression.
The growth of plantation is
satisfactory with stored mine pit
water therefore desalination plant
is not installed.
In the recent times ground water
table has raised up due to higher
rainfall.
46 ha area has been covered till
september’11 which includes 41.5
ha of land and 4.5 ha of reclaimed
dumps by planting native species
like Azadirechta indica, Delonix
regia, Annona squamosa, Pogamia
pinnata, Holoptelea integrifolia,
Senna surattensis, etc. under
afforestation activity like greenbelt
development , reclamation of
External OB dumps in ML area,
plant density of
2000/ha is
maintained thoroughly.
If there is no lignite in The land in Koliyak village falls
that land than land will under Block B.
not be acquired.
According to the Mine plan
submitted for Block A, no land in
Koliyak village will be acquired.
GMDC
will
do Plantation programme is in place
plantation for protection to take care of the vegetation loss
340
Sr. Name
no.
expressed
concern that
Representation
their member
of
plants of fruit &
non
–
fruit
species.
What
company‘s view
for protection of
damage
of
environment due
to removal of
these
plants.
Planning done
by GMDC for
controlling
air
pollution
the
area.
Planning done
by GMDC for
maintain water
table in the area.
What will be the
effect of water &
air pollution due
to coming up of
this project?
Reply
of environment at entire
mined
land
after
reclamations and also on
sides of roads & on
dumps.
due to mining.
The plantation species comprises
of fruit and non fruit bearing
timber trees.
Regular water sprinkling is carried
out apart from plantation to control
air pollution.
It is planned to develop orchard
and play ground.
GMDC have awarded
technical
work
to
Central
Mining
Research
Institute
(CMRI), Dhanbad to
minimize the effect on
water table & report will
be received by the end
of March 2005
GMDC replied that as
per EIA report there
will minimum effect in
nearby area except
Rampar village & they
will be vigilant about
probable problem of air
& water pollution &
they will provide good
plantation for control of
air pollution.
341
The stated study suggested to
create artificial recharge structure.
The Corporation has made seven
check- dams to facilitate increased
ground water recharge.
Corporation is taking measures
like,
 There is no outside discharge
of mine seepage water.
 Workshop waste water is recirculated after oil and grease
separation.
 Mine
seepage
water
is
collected in a pit and used for
dust
suppression
and
plantation. If the stored water
indicates lowering in pH, lime
treatment is done.
 For rainwater, garland drains
are provided around dumps and
mine pits and rain water is
routed to settling pond for
reduction in TSS and than
stored. In case of excess rain
Sr. Name
no.
F
Representation
Shri
Jethabhai The both above
Gohil,
Farmer farmers
Village :
expressed their
Malpar
concern that they
have built house
&
in farms & they
have no house in
Shri Dalubhai Ahir, village
they
Farmer
requested
Village: Bhumbhali company not to
take their land.
Reply
the storm water after settling of
suspended solids shall be
discharged through surface
drainage.
 The service buildings are
provided
with
segregated
sanitary facility equipped with
septic tank and the sewage
after septic tank treatment is
discharged in sock pit.
 All used oil is separately stored
and send to the authorized reprocessor.
 Regular water sprinkling is
carried out on entire fugitive
dust emission source.
 All vehicles are regular PUC
check.
 All loaded trucks are covered
with tarpaulin.
 Avenue
plantation
and
greenbelt development is going
on based on requirement and is
continuous activity.
The District Collector All the land acquired as per
replied that District provisions of Land Acquisition
Land
Acquisition Act.
Officer of the Govt.
will issue necessary The building etc. constructed by
award to the affected the farmers in the acquired land is
people
regarding additionally compensated.
suitable compensation
against acquired land &
building by the company
& the Govt. will ask for
the land in the village
for rehabilitation of the
affected people living in
the farm.
Company representative
is also agreed in
principle for giving
compensation as per
342
Sr. Name
no.
I
Suggestions from
Shri
Girishbhai
Shah
(Senior
Citizen Member)
and Collector Shri
A. B. Panchal
Representation
Reply
rules.
1. Company should take responsibility of Compensation has been given for
overall development of farmer when land acquired.
farmer are surrendering their land for
company.
Corporation is regularly taking up
measures for socio- economic
2. The
corporation
has
moral development in this locality.
responsibility
of
socio-economic Table- 1
development of the people.
For GMDC Limited,
(B.P. Pati, IFS)
Chief General Manager
Authorised Signatory
343
Table - 1
Expenditure on construction of Check Dams and on CSR activities
Sr. No.
Description of the work
A.
1
2
THORDI Village
Deepening and Widening of Check-dam
T-5 street light fixtures installation upto 14.10.10 = 129 nos. Proposed =
9 nos.
Financial Assistance to Miss Anjliba Gohil - Daughter of Shri Kishorsinh
Gohil village - Thordi, survey no. 13 P and 27 P land acquired by GMDC
Two nos - Computer allotted to primary school – Thordi
dt. 30.10.10
Construction - extension of school building Navdarpan Vidyalay - Shree
Sitaram Education Trust, Bhavangar
One no. computer (HCL - allotted to primary school – Thordi
MALPAR Village
Deepening and widening of Check-dams.
Check-dam no. 5
Check dam no. 6
Check dam no.4
Check dam no. 2
Check dam no-1
Check-dam no. 3
2 No. of HCL computers allotted to primary School of Malpar
TAGADI Village
Supply of 60 nos. school benches to primary school
1 No. of HCL computer allotted to primary School of Tagadi
Repairing of overhead water tank and pipeline with providing and lying
new water pipeline
RAMPAR Village
Preparation of Volleyball playground
2 No. of HCL computers allotted to primary School of Rampar
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
Kanya Kelavani Fund
Solar Lights for Khodiya Mataji Mandir
‘Vanche Gujarat’ project by Smt. N.C & B.V. Gandhi, mahila Arts and
Commerce College, Bhavnagar.
Supply of 5 No. powder coated SS type steel benches each having seating
capacity for 3 persons at Lilashah Pir Dirgah.
TOTAL
3
4
5
6
B
1
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
2
C.
1
2
3
D.
1
2
E
1
2
3
4
344
Total Expenses
(in Rs.)
986101.00
255913.00
11000.00
50000
2181600.00
16500.00
554553.00
506903.00
346215.00
154155.00
114360.00
60616.00
35 600.00
180000.00
17 800.00
5 55 800.00
8000.00
35 600.00
100000.00
161391.00
40 000.00
26 250.00
6398357.00
Proposed CSR work in next 3 year
Sr.
No.
Village
Name of the work
Estimated
cost (Rs.)
1
Thordi
Renovation of
and ponds
check dam
1296000
2
Tagadi
Renovation of check dam
and ponds and pipeline work
5056800
3
Bhuteshwar
check dam area
2808000
4
Mamsa
dam area
2160000
Grand Total
5
Rampar
12616800
Proposal for construction of
individual toilets (280 nos.)
345
Cost estimation
is under process
346
347
348
GMDC is committed to
1. Adopt best environmental management practices by
consistent knowledge up gradation, capacity building and
adoption of best suited measures by systematic approach to
prevent and control pollution at its facilities.
2. Ensure total
requirements
practices in
functions
compliance of all environmental regulations,
and go beyond compliance by integrating best
every operational activity with assigned line-
3. Develop a culture of environmental and health consciousness,
resource conservation and waste reduction awareness among
all stakeholders for shared responsibilities of environmental
protection.
4. To develop green belt in harmony with nature for sustainable
development, mining, power generation, industrial activities.
5. To reduce carbon footprints and in long term goes for
carbon and climate neutrality by adopting best practices in
the operations and management.
(V.S. Gadhavi)
Managing Director
(A Government of Gujarat Enterprise)
Khanij Bhavan, 6th Floor, “A” Tower, 132ft Ring Road,
Near University Ground, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad – 380 052
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
349
ENVIRONMENTPOLICYOFGMDC‐2010
BACKGROUNDINFORMATION
Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation (GMDC) is one of the flagship Public Sector
CompanyofGovernmentofGujaratengagedinmining,mineralbeneficiationsand power
generation. It’s present productive and other economic activities has significant
environmental implications which affect both the physical, biological and social
environmentanditsinteractions.EnvironmentalimplicationsoftheCorporationcanalso
becategoriesasimpactonalltheaspectsofair,water,soil,floraandfauna.Inallmostall
casesitaffectsnegativelyontheenvironment.Miningactivitiesareintimatelyrelatedwith
the environment, due to their inherent characteristics. It can harm the environment
adversely mainly by affecting land use pattern, wildlife and fishery habitats, water
balance and local climates, especially the pattern of rainfall. Mining also causes
sedimentation, depletion of forest and the disruption of the ecology. Power generation
utilizingfossilfuelalsohassimilaradverse environmentalimpactsmore towards airand
waterpollutionsincludingacidrain.
PRESENTPRACTICESOFENVIRONMENTMANAGEMENTINGMDC
Duringlastfourdecades,GMDChastakenmeasurestoprotectandboosttheenvironment
byimprovingitsenvironmentalstandards.Thecompanyhasalsoadoptedbestpracticesof
itsownandotherindustries,whichhaveledtoimprovementsinproductivity,workersand
local communities, safety and environmental protection. However, most of the measures
adopted were based on the actual problem encountered at project level. Therefore a
proactive measure to holistically strengthen environmental management and resource
conservationatgroundlevelandestablishmentofanEnvironmentalManagementSystem
isrequired.ThecommitmentofGMDCforbetterenvironmentandworkingofourproject
canbestrengthenedbyincorporatingthesustainabilitypathforenvironmentmanagement
inagreementwiththenationalandinternationalenvironmentmanagementsystems.
Presently GMDC apply single high environmental standard in its operations. The reasons
forthisare:
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
350
1. To avoid tarnishing of its reputation on changes of environmental exploitation by
consumerorganizations,shareholdersandthemedia.
2. It may be less expensive to apply a single environmental standard in its units
throughout its operation areas rather than having tailor‐made production lines
basedonvaryingenvironmentalstandards;and
3. Thereisarequirementoflaw(AllenvironmentallawsandrulesofIndia),guiding
environmentalperformanceofGMDCinitsoperations.
Moreover,GMDCshouldtakefollowingmeasurestoimproveenvironmentalperformance
andaddressenvironmentalconcernsatalllevelsoftheCorporation’sbusiness:
 Adoption of corporate codes of conduct: Formulation and adoption of defined
codeofconductwillsignifytheconcernsofGMDCforenvironmentandensurethe
implementation of precautions to be taken towards better environment
managementinlinewiththeethicsofaPSU.
 FrameandimplementEnvironmentalManagementSystems(EMS)andRegular
environmental reporting: Framing a system to control the efficacy of
environmental management practices adopted and regular reporting to the
managementwillensurethateverylevelofmanagementandworkingiswellaware
andstayinformedabouttheenvironmentalhealthinandaroundourproject.Togo
beyond the compliance fulfillment by adopting better management system, the
managementneedstobeupdatedwiththerequirementsofactionstobetaken.This
canonlybeensuredthroughregularenvironmentalprogressaswellasregulatory
compliancereporting.Moreover,thecorporationmayadoptISO14000Standardat
all the facilities to increase the credibility of GMDC. For that also, well
documentationandregularreportingispre‐requisite.
ACTIONPLANFORIMPLEMENTATIONOFEMS
 Environmental Governance: The most important step in meeting the
environmental challenges is making environmental administration of the GMDC a
partwiderenvironmentalmanagementofits’wholesphereofoperation.Thiswill
ensure strengthening of Environmental Management System (EMS) and
identification of gap areas for complete governance of environmental
administrationofGMDC.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
351
 Formulation of EMS: The next step is to formulate an EMS for the company
holistically. Holistic formulation of EMS encompasses environmental concerns of
operational management, human resource management, Corporate Social
Responsibility for environmental protection, environmental health of employees
andlocalresidentsandincreaseconfidenceamongstakeholders.
AnEMSprovidesastructuredmethodforenvironmentalmanagementofacompany
andcontroloverenvironmentalperformanceofitsprojects besidesincreasingthe
reliabilityofregulatoryauthorities.
 LifeCycleassessment:Itistobeappliedtoallstagesinthelifecycleofaproject.
The life cycle encompasses analyzing the environmental impacts from cradle to
crest of any activity. For GMDC it implies from exploration to mine closure and
erectionplantodismantlingofequipmentsviaphasesofoperation.
StagesinEMSCycleandFormulationofenvironmentalpolicy
 Formulation of environmental management plan (EMP): The EMP of any
project is formulated and declared to regulatory bodies and public through
EnvironmentImpactAssessmentreportbeforestartofaproject.Howeverthereal
situation encountered during the operational phases requires more strong
provisionstoabateandcontrolthepollutionandprotecttheenvironment.Further,
tocomplywiththeupdatednotificationsfromregulatoryauthorityandtoincrease
the reputation of the Corporation, EMP requires to be reviewed and innovative
approachestobeadoptedunderpredefinecodeofconductofthecorporation.
 Establishment of standards for emissions and performance monitoring: All
projectshavetheirownemissionanddischargestandardsimposedthroughconsent
andclearancesbyregulatoryauthorities.However,tailormadestandardforallthe
projects for emission and discharge of pollutants beyond the condition stipulated
should be implemented at all the projects. This will enhance the status and
reputationofGMDCamongallthestakeholders.
 Socio‐economic impact assessment of the projects before hand: Every project
hassomesocietalimpactatlocalandregionallevel.Thisimpactisalwayspositive
foreconomy.Moreover,thecorporationalsoundertakesdevelopmentalactivitiesin
co‐ordinationwithlocalgovernment.Thebaselinestatusofsocio‐economyandthe
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
352
up‐liftmentcausedduetoprojectandCSRactivitieshastobewelldocumented.The
realistic picture of the development caused due to the project, environmental
awareness and environmental protection and conservation attitude developed in
the society as a co‐benefit of the project need to be quantified so that public
participationcanbeincreasedandatruepictureofprojectbenefitcanbequantified.
 Operational control and emergency procedures: Monitoring of operation/
production is key to success of any production unit. The operation should be
monitored in terms of productivity, environmental governance, employee health,
sustainability,regulatoryrequirementandprofitability.
Every installation requires an onsite and offsite emergency plan for tackling
predicted unforeseen hazard due to any malfunctioning or failure of operational
parametersoranynaturalcause.
 Environmental compliance and audits: Compliance of environmental clearance
and operational consent conditions need to be submitted to environmental
regulatorybodyonsixmonthlybasis.Therefore,inpractice,thecomplianceneeds
to be achieved duringregular operation atthe project. The reporting (tracking) of
same on regular basis will ensure fulfillment of compliances and increase the
confidenceofemployeeandstakeholdersinthecorporation.
Environmental audit (EA) on calendar year basis is regulatory requirement which
needtobesubmittedtoGujaratPollutionControlBoard.EAisanannualoverview
of the operation and environment health of the project. This audit work can be
extended to get the real requirement of project and due diligence for operational
activities and formulate the roadmap to go beyond the compliance fulfillment.
Moreover, in case of adopting ISO 14000, the corporation would be benefited by
confidence of stakeholders, regulatory bodies and benefits in terms of rebate and
rewards.Thiswillalsoensuretheproperutilizationofresources.
 Review of the system regularly: The review is required for implementation of
environment management plan and environment organization at a project. The most
important benefit of review is to observe the achievement of the investment on
resolvingenvironmentalissues.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
353
ISSUESCONSIDEREDFORENVIRONMENTPOLICY(EP)‐2010
After due deliberations, as an environmentally responsible Corporation, GMDC
formulated an Environment Policy. The EP has futuristic view considering present
sphere of operations, consolidation and expansion plans of GMDC in line with the
requirement.TheEPismainlybasedon
 Presentinternationalandnationalscenarios,trends,technologies,lawsandpolicies
toformulatethe“EnvironmentPolicy”.
 A commitment to go beyond the present realm by proposing self imposing,
community friendly and environmentally sustainable targets as GMDC is a
responsiblePSUofGovernmentofGujarat.
 AdeterminationtoadoptanewEnvironmentPolicyandinitiativestomakesound
commercial sense and generate cost savings within GMDC that could provide
funding for those areas where increased costs are a possibility or investment is
requiredtoreaptherewardsoveranextendedperiod.
BASICPREMISESOFPRESENTEP‐2010
 This proposed Environment Policy shall be the corner stone of GMDC’s intent to
reduce its carbon footprint, improve recycling, minimising waste; reclamations of
old working areas, improve efficiencies on finite natural resources in all of the
company'soperationsandalldepartments.
 Allenvironmentalcommitmentswillbeanintegralpartofthedaytodayactivities,
clearly communicated to all employees and will form part of application for ISO
14001certificationorregistrationundertheEMASschemeforeachproject,which
isherebyproposedtobeobtainedinnearfuturebyGMDC.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
354
STRATEGIESFORIMPLEMENTATION
ThestrengthofGMDCisthattheenvironmentishighonitslistsofcorporateconcerns.So,
theCorporationwilladoptfollowingstrategiesforimplementation:
 Training to personnel to handle environmental problems: Employee is most
valuableassetforGMDC.Theemployeesneededtobeupdatedwiththeadvancements
in their own field as well as in contemporary environmental concerns. It needs to
develop a complete picture of environment in the mindset of an employee. Based on
thispreamble,trainingneedsofanemployeeshouldbeinvestigatedandtrainingswill
beimparted.Itisworthwhiletomentionthatanenvironmentallysensitisedproduction
staffwillalwaysgiveco‐benefitstothecompany.
 RegularcommunicationandbriefingtotheBoard:TheBoardofDirectorsshouldbe
wellinformedwiththechallengesandachievementsofenvironmentalhealthofGMDC.
Because,beingamainminingorganisationwithdiverseportfolio,GMDCshouldbehave
as more environmentally responsible organisation and the management should have
requiredinformationtransparently.
 Introducing eco‐friendly technology: Examining new technology options, including
environmental friendly technologies and adaptation of renewable energy sources will
signifythecredibilityandconcernsofGMDCasaresponsibleorganisation.
 Prevention of hazardous incidents and has emergency plans: Onsite and offsite
emergency plans and disaster management plans should be available with all the
projects. Wherever this is not available, in‐house team should be constituted to
formulatethesamesothatalltheprojectsofGMDCshouldbewellversedandequipped
totackleanyunforeseencrisis.
 Identificationofprioritiesandadvisesandcontrolmanagement:Atthefrontstep,
alltheprojectsshouldbestudiesfortheirimmediateenvironmentalprioritiesincyclic
manner.Accordinglyplanstobeformulatedandimplementedsothatnothingshouldgo
hazardousintheorganisation.
 Undertakesenvironmental‐riskanalyses,anddoesresearchontheenvironment:
All projects need to do a life cycle environmental risk analysis and all potential
environmentalriskshavetobeidentified.Sincetheproductionunitsaregettingmore
responsibility from regulatory bodies through notifications and charters, this is an
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
355
important aspect. As a mineral harnessing and power generation organisation, GMDC
experiencestheissueswhichneedtobeinvestigatedtoavoidrepetitionandformulate
thefuturestrategy.
 Divulgeandpublicisethecompanypolicy:Awareness,publicityandsensitisationis
key to success of environmental performance of any production unit. A holistic view
shouldbetakenwhichencompassesemployees,localresidents,andotherstakeholders.
All should be well informed with the commitment of GMDC for enhancing
environmentalstandardsandresponsibilityofanindividualtoservethenature.
 Awareness: Involve and generate awareness among the local communities in and
aroundprojectareasforemergencypreparednessandmonitoring.
 Standard Operating Process/Procedures to bring into focus any infringements
/Deviation/Violationoftheenvironmentalorforestnorms/conditions:Incaseof
environmental/forestconditionsviolationfollowingprocedurehastobeadoptedatall
projects:
If any infringements/deviation or violation has observed at site by any one he will
informtothein‐chargeofenvironmentdepartmentatprojectimmediatelyin‐chargeof
environmentdept.willcommunicatethe same tothe concerneddepartmentinwhom
areanon‐compliancehasoccurred.Afterthentheybothwillimmediatelyinformtothe
GMProject.GMProjectwillimmediatelyissuenecessaryinstructionstotheconcerned
HODofthearea,wherenon‐violationoccurred,totakecorrectiveandpreventiveaction
and they both should ensure to remove the violation at the earliest. After removal of
violation the HOD of concerned department will inform to the GM (Project) and
environmentdepartmentaswellashewillpreparearootcauseanalysisreportalong
withdetailsofcorrectiveandpreventiveactionstakenforthecomplianceandsubmitit
toGM(Project)andIn‐chargeEnvironmentatsite.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
356
 HierarchicalSystemtodealwithEnvironmentIssues:
BoardofDirectors
ManagingDirector
ChiefGeneralManager
GM– CorporateOffice
Manager
(Env.)
(C
Asst.Manager
(Env.)
dD
t
t)
GM(Project)
ConcernedHODofProject,
whereViolationoccurred
Asst.Manager(Env.)
 Systemforreportingofnon‐compliances/violationsofEnvironmentalNorms:
Incaseofanyenvironmentalnon‐complianceobservedanyGMDCProject,In‐chargeof
Environment Department and / or concerned department where non‐compliance
occurredwillimmediatelyinformtoGeneralManager(Project),whowillcommunicate
thesametotheirconcernedGMandChiefGeneralManageratCorporateOffice.Further
concerned GM and Chief General Manager will inform the same to Managing Director
andincontinuationMDwillinformthesametoBoardofDirectors.
RootCauseAnalysisalongwithCorrectiveandpreventiveactiontakentoremovethis
environmental non‐compliance will also be communicated on the same manner after
resolveofmatter.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
357
REQUIREDACTIONSFORIMPLEMENTATIONOFEP‐2010
 Make environmental concerns an integral part of our planning and decision making
process and commit sufficient resources to implement effective environmental
programs.
 Practice sound environmental stewardship of all corporation‐owned facilities and
propertiesandallnaturalandculturalresourcesunderourmanagement.
 Educate employees to be accountable for environmental stewardship and encourage
them to seek innovative ways to improve the environmental aspects of GMDC owned
facilityoperationsintheirdaytodayworkings.
 Minimize,mitigateorrestoreanyadverseenvironmentalimpactscausedbyoperations.
 Maintain open channels of transparent communication with customers, employees,
government agencies, public officials, the media and the public to meet their
informationneedsinregardtoenergyandenvironmentalissues.
 Participate with government agencies and others in framing responsible laws,
regulations and standards affecting the community, the workplace and the
environment.
 Continually improve our environmental programs. The in‐house capacity building on
environmentalmonitoringandawarenesswillbethewinwinsituation.
 Promote the efficient use of energy and natural resources through cost‐effective
conservationandenergymanagementprograms.
 Ensuretheproperhandlinganddisposalofallwastesaspertheregulatoryguidelines
and minimize their creation while pursuing opportunities to prevent pollution and
recycleandreusewastematerials.
 Supportresearchanddevelopmentofprogramsandtechnologiesaimedatminimizing
theenvironmentalimpactsandwastegenerationinouroperations.
 Evaluate our environmental performance through periodic reviews and audits to
ensurethatourconductisconsistentwiththeseprinciples.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
358
By making the business as usual scenario as base line and comparison after
implementation of the environmental management system will always give co‐benefit at
several front. This will be besides our service to the society, nation and nature. In the
present trans‐boundary scenario of environmental concerns and ambition to take a
leadership position among the PSU’s, Environmental policy is the first step. This is a
commitment, an assurance and a zeal for betterment in the existing environmental
scenarioandincreasingconfidenceleveltonewhigh.
Telephone: 27913200,27913501 Fax: 27911454
359
360
361
362
363
364
Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations - 151
(as on April 5, 2013)
Scope of Accreditation
As per NABET Scheme
S.
No.
Consultant Organization
Sector
Number
1
4
ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited (formerly
known as ABC Environ Solutions Pvt. Ltd.)*
7
8
Address: No. 2, 2nd Street, Thangam Colony, Anna
Nagar West, Chennai – 600040
10
13
15
1
E-mail:[email protected],
[email protected]
16
19
Tel.: 044-26161123/24/25/26
9566055555, 9566034444
Conditions apply
21
Name of Sector
Mining of minerals (Open cast
only)
Thermal Power Plant
Mineral beneficiation including
pelletisation
Metallurgical industries (sec. - Cat.
B), Sponge iron – Cat. A
Petroleum refining industry
Chlor-alkali industry
Leather/skin/hide
processing
industry
Chemical Fertilizers
Textile – cotton and manmade
fibers
Synthetic
organic
chemicals
industry
(dyes
&
dye
intermediates; bulk drugs and
intermediates excluding drug
formulations; synthetic rubbers;
basic organic chemicals, other
synthetic organic chemicals and
chemical intermediates)
List of Accredited Consultant Organizations/ Rev. 07/ April 5, 2013
*denotes Provisionally Accredited Consultants
Category
Project or Activity as per
Schedule of MoEF
Notification dated
September 14, 2006 and
subsequent amendments
A
1 (a) (i)
A
1 (d)
A
2 (b)
B/A
3 (a)
A
B
4 (a)
4 (d)
A
4 (f)
A
5 (a)
B
5 (d)
B
5 (f)
Page 1
365
As per NABET Scheme
S.
No.
Name of Sector
Category
Distilleries
Sugar Industry
Isolated storage & handling of
hazardous chemicals (As per
threshold
planning
quantity
indicated in column 3 of Schedule
2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989
amended 2000)
Airports
Industrial
estates/
parks/
complexes/
Areas,
export
processing zones(EPZs), Special
economic zones (SEZs), Biotech
parks, Leather complexes
Highways, Railways, transport
terminals, mass rapid transport
systems
Common
effluent
treatment
plants (CETPs)
Common municipal solid waste
management facility (CMSWMF)
Building and large construction
projects including shopping malls,
multiplexes,
commercial
complexes,
housing
estates,
hospitals, institutions
A
B
Schedule of MoEF
Notification dated
5 (g)
5 (j)
B
6 (b)
A
7 (a)
B
7 (c )
A
7 (f)
B
7 (h)
B
7 (i)
Sector
Number
22
25
28
29
31
34
36
37
38
B
8 (a)
Page 2
366
As per NABET Scheme
S.
No.
Schedule of MoEF
Notification dated
Sector
Number
Name of Sector
Category
39
Townships and Area development
Projects
B
8 (b)
34
Highways, Railways, transport
terminals, mass rapid transport
systems
A
7 (f)
A
1 (a) (i)
A
1 (d)
A
5 (b)
A
5 (e)
Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers & Consultants
Pvt. Ltd. *
Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency
Srinagar Colony, Hyderabad
2
E.mail: [email protected],
[email protected]
[email protected],
Tel.: 040-23737633
Conditions apply
Aditya Environmental Services Pvt. Ltd.
Address: 107, Hiren Light Industrial Estate, Mogul Lane,
Mahim, Mumbai – 400016
3
1
4
17
Email: [email protected]
Tel: 022- 24456473/ 42127500, 09821513367
20
Conditions apply
Mining of minerals including Open
cast/ Underground mining
Thermal power plants
Pesticides industry and pesticide
specific intermediates (excluding
formulations)
Petrochemical based processing
(processes other than cracking &
reformation and not covered
under the complexes)
Page 3
367
ANNEXURE – XIII
VARIATION IN VILLAGE NAMES
In the EIA report the spelling of the villages are expected as per the revenue record and
used in the vicinity. But there are some variations between revenue records and Survey of
India (SoI) Topo Sheets in spelling of certain villages. As per the condition of SoI we are
maintaining those village names as given in the map and the variations are tabulated
below.
S. No.
Name of Village
As per Revenue Records
As per SoI Topo Sheet
1.
Rampar
Rampur
2.
Tagdi
Tagadi
3.
Thordi
Thoradi
4.
Ratanpar
Ratanpur
5.
Bhutesar
Bhuteswar

environmental impact assessment - Gujarat Pollution Control Board

Transcription

Similar documents

Job Opportunities - Association de l`exploration minière du Québec

Project 1: Cheesy Pick Up Lines

Smile Empty Soul Compromise

Mining Park of Almadén

Forest Rehabilitation of Post-mining Areas: Mitigating the

hstamids

GEORGIA`S WATER 2015`s - Georgia River Network

Motherlode - July 1, 2012 - Chamber of Mines of Eastern BC

april 2008 - Fortuna Silver Mines